Qigong Exercise herapy Writtn Rvi d Tranatd b
Zhang Jianguo Bi ongshng Yu Wnping un Xigang i Caiping
y P
Fist E ition ISBN
igong Exercise Terary W by h Ju
Rd by d by
YuYh Wp Su L p
Published by Shandog iece d Tecology Press Yuh Road, Ca Prited by Sadog Bzhou Xua ritig House Dstributed by Cia Internatioal ok Tradg Corporatio Cegogzhuag Xilu, ijig Cia P. x ijg, Cha
P P'
Peae
Qi Execise Ta is one volume of Te Seies Qigong aitial Ciese Meicie exercise therapy has a ongFei historyReaes. of about seven or eight thousands of years and has been playing an mportant roe in the prosperity and deveopment of the hinese nation. Physcians of each dynasty n the hnese hstory especaly snce the founding of new hina have been attaching great mportance to Qgong exercise therapy and accumulated a wealth o experence in the preven tion and treatment of diseases. Therefore Qigong thera py serves as an important part of tradtiona hinese medicine. On the basis of summarizng the experence of the pre decessors and that of my own decades' clinica practce I have written this book which I hope wi do a bt n the development of Qigong e�ercise therapy and faciitate the physicans to guide the patients to practise Qgong exer cises or to guide the patients themseves to practise. Ths boo is composed of the folowing contents: the necessary nowledge of principles and characteristics of Qigong exercise therapy and essentias of Qigong exercise practice; Qigong exercises and their main points for attention in the treatment of specific internal gynecologica E. N T. and surgical and traumatic common diseases; Qigong exercises of callisthenics and obesty relief and prevention and treatment of Qigong devations. This boo rich in both contets and figures is an deal one for Qigong doctors and patients who see Qigong exercise therapy.
1
We are most gratefu to Mr i Yongsheng a professor and respectabe teacher of Chinese Qigong for h enthusiastic support and assistance in providing data and checking and approving th anuscrit of tis book The Authors
CONTENTS n ntrocton to on Exerce Ter 1 l Princip es of Qigong Exercise Therapy ···ap 1 C haracteritic of Qigong Exercise Ther 7 Essentials of Qion Exercise Practice 9 reventon d Tretent o ntern ee 1 ............................................ Co mmon Cold 11 Couh ..................................................... 17 Astha .................................................. 3 Rtention of Phlgm and Fuid 6 Palpitation ............................................... 3 Vertigo .................................................. 35 Ioni .................................................. 1 Gastragia 6 Hiccup ..................................................... 8 Diarrhea Conipation 55 Abdomin Pain 8 Hypochondriac Pain 6 ympanites 6 Abdominl Mass 1 Eea 75 Strangri ............................................... 81 Uoschss (Retenion of Urin) 83 Impoence ............................................... 86 Spermatorrhea Semina Emision) 93 Prematre Ejalation 97 Headache .................................................. 99 Arthrlgia Syndrome 16 Flaccidity Sndrome 11 Melancholia ............................................ 11 1 •• •• ... . •.... .•. • ••• •
•.• . .. ..• .. • •.•• .
••• . • ••.••• • ••.•
••••• •• • • ••. •• •• ••••• •••
Diabetes Facial Paralysis Hemiparalysis Hypertension Lumago Pulmonar Carcinoma Hepaic Carcinoma Esophagea Carcinoma Gastric Carcinoa Carcinoma of Large Intestines Prevention and Treatment of Gynecpathy Nodules o f Breast Dysmenorrhea Abnormal Amenorrhea Abnormal Menstruation Prolpse of Uterus Infertility ··· Menopausal Syndrome Mammary Cacer (Mastocarcinoma) Cervical Carcinoma Cntrol of Diseases of th e Nose, Ears and Eyes
•• •• ••• ••• •• • •• •• ••• ••• • •• •• • •
.
.
Stuffy Nose Deafness and Tinnitus Myopia Prevention an reatment of Surgical and Traumatic Diseases Inesinal Obstruction Angiitis
Acute Masitis
• •• • •• •• •• ••• • • •• ••• •• . • ••
Hernia Chronic Prostatitis Cervical Spondylopathy ····················· ········· Scapulohumeral Periartritis Prolase of Lumbar Intervertebral Disc
2
116 120
121 1 24 126 1 27
1 4 1 48
1 50 153 1 55 1 55
17 159 161
1 62 165 166
169 1 70
1 72 1 72 1 74
176 1 2 1 82
1 5 1 89
191 194 1 96
2 03 21 1
Traumaic Parapegia
ain in he Neck Shoulder ad Bac
2 3
216
Q Cc d n Obity Rf
2 30
Qigng Callisthecs Qigong Obesity Relief
2 30
... •.• .. ... ... ... .• •• •• ..• •
2 44
. Prv nn d Tram ent f igng Dvatins 257 Appenix I '" . ...... 2 6
sibuo e o u s Lea) ............................................................... 2 6 s e reen Caes eri) ............................................................. 269 isibuio o ue aes serir) .............................................................. 2 70 x 27 pp en ibu Bo s L) . 2 7 1 s 272 isibui B Ps e B s Pos) 2 7 3
3
An Introduci Qig Exercse Theapy
ls of Qgog xcse Theapy he dtrne of Yn a g tra part of the sene tdn l Ches mdc C pat am n preventon and treatmt of ea wt Qgog can b reched oy when ths octr ta naton
T
B Yn Y
As rers to Yn nd Yag n reg of m nenaton n Zh M Yo Jue Key o Succe in Qigg ods tht Apply Yan at h Yang per ame oncentrat the d n the cd locato of e dae ; a apy YnQ a t te Yn perod (nht) and otat t ocaton of the dsese" nd When YQ a o fees a cold as ron; when Yn s taken one fee a a f nd tated n Y hen n Hu (W Helh Preei) at Whe one thnks r hs body w b w e ns wat hs bdy be cod Al te a tat t d and ot f ns f the human body an e t ug Qgog s 1
ad is is cosey relaed o combao of mid coceraio wi applicaio of Yi ad Yag. As adjusme of posure oug a correc posure is a im pora facor e key of success ies i applicaio of e docrie of Yi ad Yag. Te meods of igog pracice are divesified owever o maer wa kid of igog exercises (saic dya c e combiaio e aspecs wo ei sadig siig pracised e Y adofYag erms of ad upperead oweris lef ad rig forward ad backward upward ad dowward srecg ad bedg ascedig ad descedig opeig ad closig sof ad ard ad ces ad abdome ca be see al e me. For isace ose wi gasroposa sould pracise igog exercises i a lyig posue order o promoe e reposo of e somac. Paies w asma may ake e siig posure so as o faclae descedig of e adversely risg i. igog icludes saic exercises wic sress quiescece ad dyamic exercses wic sre ss movemes. Nevereless quiescece i moio ad moio i quiescece " are e commo pracice. I Yu S Zog Suo (Yu's Y arises from quiescece ad Yag comes from moio is saed ic meas a quiescece develops Yi ad moio produces Yag ad ose wi excess of Yi ad deficiecy of Yag sould pracse dyamic exercises ad ose wi excess of Yag ad dficiecy of Yi soud pracise saic exercse s. I sould be remembered asaic ad dynamic" are rasformable accordig o e law of Y ad Yag as poied ou i Nei Jig (Ca 0/ Int Mecne) a Yag i excess produces Yi ad Yi i excess produces ag". Te year is also divided io Yi ad Yag. pri is warm summer s o auum s cool ad wier is cod ad e period of sprig ad summe is Yag ad a of auum ad wier is Yi. igog pracice e pricipe of oursg Yag spri ad summer ad replesig Y auum ad wier soud be adered o i order o promoe e armoious producio ad row of Yi ad Yag preve diseases ad preserve eal . I sprig ad summer igog praciioers oe pracise saic exercises ad
the exercise of stirrin saliva with the tonue and swallowin the saliv" or the exercise of iainn ice and snow" so as to nourish Yi to replenish Yan nd keep the iveri noral and the Hearti ubstatl. And in autumn and winter they usually practise dy namic exercses of holding breath to et heat" or concentratig the mnd to et heat" so as to enerate Yan to replenish Yin and avoid yess and accumulation of the uni and turbidness and descendn of the idneyi The 24hour day is divided into six Yang peios (fro Zi period to Si period i. e. from 11 p m. to 11 a. m. and six Yin periods (from Wu period to ai period i e. from 1 1 a m. to 11 p. m. . It is believed that durin the s x Yan perods of the day the external world is filled with active force (te force promotin rowth and development while durin the six Yin periods the external world is enveloped in stanant force it is advisable for those with exuberance of Yan to practise ion durin the six Yi periods and for those with exuberance of Yin to practise durn the six Yan periods to uarantee a ood balance between Yin and Yan B Dgng tbe Ceis Dsllng tbe Patbogenc Factors
The experienced ion practitioners may often realize te crculatio of his euie i alon his chanels a perception of the exstence of hs channels by inward vision The enuine i ciculatin in the channels is called cannel i Ony when i is kept crculatin continuously alon the channels can the normal life activities be maitained ion practice and te reulaton and uidance manipulations with hands may ensure the channel i crculatin normally and can relieve i and blood stanation in the cannels. The practice of small circle of i" can help the channel circulate in the Ren and chanels and as the Ren Channel is believed to be the sea of Yin chanels" which overns all te Yin channels and the Channel to be the sea of Yan chanels which controls all te Yan chanels when the Ren an channels are open all the channels are the same . The practice of lare circle of i may help i circulate smoothly in the twelve ordnary channels . And by guiding 3
Q spellng Q an Daoyn an massage the practtoner can ect s channel Q to ascend descend open nd close ccong to s own neds to keep hs channels redge and pthogec Q s pelld C Regatng the Int
O
The heart s the foundaton of lfe and entalty (sprt whch s belve to hebynmn t e art Qgog pactce canand relte the hert an entalty contrato quescence exton of the body and rgulate th unctons of th Fu and ng ogns by keepng the eart an mntat e fro any outsde dsturbnce Enterng nto quescence n Qgong ay set the nd n a specl functonal state an practcly the therapeutc effect of Qgong n strengthenng the costtuton an tratng seases depends lrgely on the depth of quesc nc Quescenc m s a stable stte of quetness wth no strctons an te n concentrted on one pont Dantan Ths s a specal functonal tat at whch the pctone s nethe qute cocous or sp t s mn s concentrated on Dantan or somewhr nucn exctaton n the corresponng rea of the cerebral cortex The eper the quescence g oes the more the exctaton s ntfe an local focus o exctton wll for Ths wly veop tato ocs can suppress the abnormal exctato focus n t cal cot casd by stulaton by undesabl ternal o xtal v onment and ths suppesso n s protectve calle pottve suppressng functon" so when th n at t p Qgog tat e practtoner y actvely regulat t untona tt o t ta organs and th body The lung compa to a aop wc pefors the uncton of resprato In th xpece wo ave gone though Qgong cse n gato of pao t lung can tke n the essence of th eavn an ath a get ot the turbd Q n the Fuorgans a th can lp Q an blood crcuate al over the boy a all t tna oa os an extretes and get them no an vgoat envr Q crcultes the blood o T gt t to ctons the brethng shoul b tran to b mo rtmcal naturl sot and deep
knd of repraton trang i donated by veent f the diaphrag whch ay a the ae te provides good assage to the organs h a bdona cavty. And as te pressure inde the ab donal cavty ncreae along th the alternaton of inhalg and xhalng the flow of bood and lyph is proted. When blod flow fom e abdona aota to the peripheral blood vessels and hen back to of thete heart y way of he uperor and inferior vena cava function ea facltated Mingen 4 alway taken as an portant point in gong pacc We he md concenrate d on Dantian ad the respira we egulaed the functon of Mngen ay be fully obi e condton of h kdney deternes the conditon of the one bone produc mar row ad the bran te reervior of arrw Wen the dney ubantal one wil be uck in ng goo at memozng an trong with the endons and o I found ou now that pracc of igong can reguate the uconal actvte of the endocrne sye actvate he vagn u yem uppres te pathetcdrenoedullary syste and reduce e creton of cortca ormone and gowth horone which tu my ecrea ped pacement of protein change the actvty of eyme and mpove muny In the a of quescen t wh th eletal muscle are relaxed a h i tanqu wtou any dtracton the ver wl circulate normay an te hacv lverYang and he iverfire wl subde automacay The practce of Qgo ca o mprove dgetion absorpo excreon and oer functo earch has prved that after prac ting gg th pactr ac evacuton quickened nnal gurglng eac appet acvate hi dgton and abrpton become e a te uctn of he body a whole is mprove. It ao ou out a when igong prac ted the cet on of gatrc fu crease an te concentraton of gastric acid and proeae grow apparenty D Prrvng Enc, Vt nrgy a Srt Jng, Q a
Shn
Essence ( Jn vta enery ( nd sprt ( Shen re three nds of essentia substances of the hun body nd its vtal actv tes. In on practce much emphass is lad on the role of essence vtal enery and sprt. Th comon prctces of accumuatn to doube the amount of essence and transformn essence nto a at promotn mutual transformaton of essence and and man them more functna whch requres the practtoner to practse mnd concentraton and reulaton of respraton. Thos who are d at heath preervaton are d at reulatn f respiraton. Th ass of t is that the lun overns and by respraton reulaton the transformaton functon of the whoe body wll be factated. hs transformaton s embodd especay by Sanjao. When transfor maton n the UpperJao s enhanced the lun wll be more effectve n dstrbutn the fne substances all over the body thou the channels clateras an d the vesses . Good functona actvtes n th MdleJao can mprve the speeni and stomach whch n turn may mprove appette deston absorp tion and the nutrtona status . And when n the MddleJao s we reulated of the dneyYan wl be substanta and fur ther th transprt and transform functons of the spleen and stomch wll be promoted and the whoe body w g et warm. Reguaton of mnd actvtes s coey reated wth reulaton of respraton n on. The ancent heath preservers put the preservaton of heart (sprt on the frt pace n ther Qgng practce and dvded sprt nto Sh Shen (perceptua sprt and Yuan Shen (premordal sprt or mentaty. Sh Shen (perceptua sprt bears thnn and concousness and s ornated follown rth derved by the ody from percepton of the outsde socety and all the thns of the nature and s beeved to be able to dminate lfe wthut cntr of coscousness. Yuan Shen (premorda sprt or mentaty s formed n the fetal stae by recevn the premrda Q and premorda een c f th mother and father. Perceptua spr t and premorda prt re not tw ndependent systems but are related cosey. A tca xampe that whn quescnce btaned n Qong 6
practce the practtoner can ontrol by hmself the speed of hs heart rate and can ncreae and decrease the temperature of the kn around the pont that he concentrates s mnd on And just beause of ths effet the practce of on can re gulate the nternal orans and the functons of the human body to reach the am of preventon and treatment of dseases
Charatrsts of Qgong Ers Thra
y
A. lf Pctc
Qgong an nque ence whch emphaszes self practce Though self practe of mnd concentraton respraton and postures the role of the practtoner subjectve ntatve can be better played the latent potentaltes promoted and the functonal actv te of the human body reulated Thu the constuton s strengtened the resstance aanst dsease rased and the goal of dsease vnton dsease treatment and consttuton buldng reached In ong self practce dstracton e xpelln self confde nce and role of subjectve ntatve are very mportant The practtoner should have a profoun rasp of the requred exercses keep up practce gan ahvements and onsoldate the results B Vete f Exc
gong exercses are generaly vded nto wo categores dynamc and statc numbern severa thoands altoether Dynam and statc exercses are ommon n mnd and repraton practce and dfferent n physcal postures and movement The former ncludes verous physcal move ments whle the latte r need a ngle posture Postures n ong practce nclude lyn sttn tandn walkng and dynamcstatc combnaton postures w tot wth elble exercses are to be selected on the bas of health status and dsease In short Qgong s y o lean and the exercses are dversfed and easy for the practtonrs to choo 7
aordg to ter ow eeds C Rlvnt Aptin f h Humn dy t Ntu Env mt
Coespodene between ma and te uerse s a mportat oept w s mosty empaszed n gong exeses ad trad toa Cse medne bods tat uman eat s osey ated to te atua . Teore te anges ws te atua woromet soud e eart ad grasped nd mdadonetto ad espat o guat soud b taed gog exrses are to base o Y a ag a daeta ore udestadng te wod aet Ca to oorm o te ages of te seaso ad to foow te natura aw s. te bass of aaptato to te angg word te uma dy a strengte te ats to ombat dseases D Slctn f n t Ovll Anly f n
ct ndtin vea anayss of sex onsttuto symptoms and sgs soud
e doe to determne te ategores of dsorders efore te seeto of exerses are made Fo exampe te Ine Heat Cut vaton Exerse s ege for gastr pa w a stregte te spee regulate te stoma and normaze te futo o te spee ad stoma. If t tr pa s aused by od patoges te Exers of Tag Essee from te Sun to Warm Yag may e adde w an reoe te Yagwarmng ad odexpeng ef et ; f te gastr pan s aused by te te ypeatv attag te stoma te Exrs o ug Cest adve Xu may be added w soote te ver ad reguate rua Eve wt oe exs t esprato mnd onetrato osture tme of prate an deto oud be reguated aodg to t sordrs tems o od ad eat defe ad exess ad Y Yag
Essentls of Qgong Eese Pte o Pc o Qgo Eerce
1. t famiiar wit t movements of the sected xrcise t
rspiration mind cnctraion and manipuatios rquird and th points to b usd 2. Subjctiv initiativ is vry importat T pctitionr soud av confidnce and dtermination to practise Qigong ciss an gain possitiv resuts throug coscientious and stpystp prac tice Rationay arranging daiy activities and gtting ri of anxitis befor practice are avisab 3. Th pac pactic soud b aifrsh a quit ithr in doors o ouoors Practising Qigong xrciss in a draugt o undr an ctric fa shoud b avoidd 4 The practition soud cm down vacuat stoos and ui oosen th waist bet and ta of wrist watch and gasss to iitat th circuation of Qi an bod xposur o body sac is needed in some Daoyin xrcises ad som spcia rqument are stipuatd in certain xrcises 5. Qigong xrciss soud not b practised w th practitioner fees fu o hungry Gnray te exrciss shoud b on o hour after meas A these main points sud b grp and foowd bor prc tising Qigog xerciss B ng Prctc Qgng Exerc
1. nt b fright or cuious w t os ig swing sourness achig mbs itcg cooig for ton or mucuar twitc o s a t orm poma f te functiona activis o i Ta t poma asy a atura 2 imit th frquecy x trcours ad te amou of smoig iig ad ita of ta a pgen foo ins 9
Gve up smokng grdully. 3. nt be frightened or nervous n cse bng rubdub or oter noises or some unique phenomena tke plce during prctising Qgong exerces. Tke t esy nd clm down before continuing the practce. C tr Prctc of gong Ec
ech or practce Qigongexercise exercisemy quetly nddisturbnce stedily. of CarelessEnd strtng endngofigng led t i flow and ts functnl ctvtes.
10
Pevenon and eamen of nernal Dsease
Commo Cold
e common cod s an exopatc dsorder due o nvason of te uman body by te patoenc actor of wnd It many manested by eadace stuy nose rorea sneezn averson to cod and feve
T
Te upper rspratory nectons termed n Western medcne be on to te scope o common cod we nuenza beons to te scope o seasona epde mc cod. t may be treated reference to te descrptons n ts secton A are amount o data ave proved tat te practce o on may prevent te commo cod by mprov te costuto of te ndvduas an d reuatn te deensve un Apparen efec can be seen wthn 20 days o ractce n tose wo ar upbe to te comon co because o weak consttuton. prevento man vrtue o on concernn t ness 11
A ic igng ci
1 T xc of HavnEat Roo Qi un un uan Gong (1 Peaaton Ete a stanng o sttng postu can be takn T standng postu s of taknnd as anelaxd exampl Stand quet wt t fet at soules wdth wole body elaxe espaton natual sactons xpell eyes sgtly cose tongu ted aant te palate an an n font of te chst n a pos o Buhst geetng (Fg 1). Holdng Rotang Bal(2wt Hdsand at Its Upp ow Sdes t t ans na ualy n fon of th cst an abomen espctvely as f o ng a ball (the left an abov te gt n mal an vc vesa n femae t tumb of th up p an towa t pon Tanong (Rn th tna emnnce mno 17, of t low hand towad the navel and t Inn aogong (P 8 of th two ans pntng at eac ot (g 2 Bat natualy an magne oldng a ball an n an Yang cculatng b tween the two ans Fstly
g
ale to sn o Dantan by wll an exal to ct Q to flow 2
from Dntin to te spce between the plms followed by pusg nd pullin e nds with internl strent severl time. Wen senstion of ttrction or conestion h been obtine d pus nd rotte te inlted" bl with the left nd urn clockwise n the rit counterclockwise s i rubbin the bll or 25 imes. Ten excnge e nds nd push nd rotte t bll in e oppoe directions for 30 n times. (3) Holdin Rottin the Ball w a Riht Sides t e nds t te two sides of te ypocondra respectively s if ol din bll wit te point oon (P 8 e wo nds pointin eac other nd te two tumbs levellin Tnzon (Ren 17) (Fig 3). Turn te lefcounerclckwise nd clockwis nd te rit 25 times. Ten rotte te ll e oppisite direcions 30 ims ( 4 Rottin e Sun n Moon in Turn. S e left n t the level of te poin Tnu (Ren 22) nd t riht nd a te level of Senque (Ren 8, w cener w lm fac n ec oter s ifi ol in te ars bret n send downtobllDntin en (Fig. exle4to Frly ui Q o te spce between e plms. Drw te nds towrd eac er n pull em in e opposite direcions alternael w nrn ren for severl mes. Wen feeling of i a ee a tined urn te nds nd te rerm clockwise d counrccwise lterntely 25 times. Ten turn e nds nd forerms counerclockwise nd clockwise lterntel 30 times. Finlly get e two plms closed n fron of e ces like Buddit greeng for
momen nd en rub e nds
fce to en te exercise. 13
2. The Daoyin Exercise for Expelling Pathogenc Wind from the dy Surface ( Qufeng Jiebiao Daoyi ng ( 1 Pushing the Forehead. Put the index mddle and ring finger of and othpush hands to each other the cloe forehead with them from the midpoin of the two eyebrows traigt up ward to the ront hairline for 24 50 times (Fig. 5 ) , then pu from the midpoint of the fore head sidewards for 24 0 time. Pu forcefuly wile i
g
haing. Tryh to fee thewhil flowing of Qi beneath ands puhing.
g 5
Kneading Taiyang (xtra 2 ) . Put the midde fingers aginst the point Taiyang (Extra 2) and press and knead them counterclock wise for 2450 times (Fig. 6). 14
g
t llblddr C r
t tr d gtly curved. rp wt t ger tp t blddr C rm v th r bckwr v t frntl gle f the frehed wrd the bck f th hd 51 tm F 7. (4) Bth t Rub the drl d f t tumbs wt h thr t ty gt wrmd Rub wth tm t ig sd t gty d dw. Rub 5 tm durg h prtn nd ech xprt fr ttr 9 rrtry y Fg. ) B upplmnty Ec
1 Ptt wth cmm cld f wdcld ty mftd by vr tlrnc f cld, fvr r n fever, n wtng, hdche, chg p t xtrmt , tuffy ns nd wry l dchrg my prcts th Dy Exercs f Hldng Brt d ducg Swtg n ddt t th bsc exercs. Th Dy Exercs f Hldng Breath nd Induc Swt L th rght d . Wh nhlg , bnd t d lbw 1
much s possble nd smultneousy mke tght fsts d curve the toes nwrd old breth s long s ossle nd the n begn ehng durng whch one shoud rel the whoe body nd conscousy gude the eopthc out of the body the ores of hr the proce dures 9 tes and then turn o e on te et sde nd repet the pro cedures or 9 resprtory cyces untl the eopathc fctors re e peled ong wth swetng.
g
2. tents wth commo cold of wdhet type mfested by se vere fever , slght chlls , hedche nd swetng my prctse the Doy Eercse r Dpelg Wnd nd Inducng Dphoress n d dton to the bc eercses The Don Eercse for Dspeng Wnd nd Iducng Dphore ss: St o bed wth the legs stretched nd the hnds pressng the bed Arch the ck (Fg 9) for 9 resprtory cycles , then pt fro the bck down to the lons wth the two fsts for sever tmes. (2) St crosslegged on bed ut the hnds on the regon of Feng fu 6) nd Fengch (GB 20) t the ower prt of the occptl boe wth the fngers nterlocked, nd rub for 9 resprtory cycles Then wth h nds hod ng the b ck o the hed , bend forwrd untl the hed reches the bed. t the body strght nd restrt the whoe procedures for severl tmes epet rubbng the bck of the 6
head for 9 respratry cycles to ed the exercse.
Fg
nt f Atntn
To prevet comm cd prctse the xercse f Heve Earth otaton Ku u Go) once or twce daly. It s desrable to practse early the morng (57 clock ) whe the ar s fresh nd n a grceful evronmet . To tret te dsease practse the Daoyn xercse for xpell Pathogec Wd from te dy Surfce. The supplemetry exercses shud be prctsed the bss of dfferetat of the dcold ad Wndeat. It s sutable to prctse 24 tme dly. 2. Geerally t s desrble for the prct er t fce est southeast or south durng the exercses. 3 he practtoner should keep e clote hes d socks dry warm ad comfortable It dvsbe to do some costnt physca l lbour or exercses n oder to strethe the csttut. 4. ry to d the exercses aturally and comfrably . T hd mapulatos hould be etle. ouh exeron d oerfatue shuld be voed.
Couh ough one of the a y mptoms the dses es of te repr o 1
ry syste, anests tse as soundng cough wth sutu, soun dng cough wth no sutu, or sutu wth no sondng. Western edcne, cough and eectoraton o hleg are oten sytos o bronchts, neuona and other nectons of the uer resratory tract c gong Exeses
he Q Eercse Fe.Zheng ng)of elatng the Lung and Strengthenng Q L Preare an urghtsttng or a standng osture wth the whoe body reaed, the tongue rong aganst the aate, the eyes sghtly closed, the resraton natural and the dstratons eeled. KeeDantan the twoashands near the(2)Lower hong a ball Fg. 0 ) . ake antdroc abdonal resrton. When nhang, get the als sdeward orceully wth nternal force whle contractng the anus and rasng Q when ehang, ull back the als wth the
F
center o the als toward the Lower antan whe relaxng the anus to concentrate Q n Dantan eeat the rocedures or 36 resratory cyces followed by keeng the hands n ballholdn g gesture ) at ntan and concentratng the nd there or 5 0 nutes (3) Proceed fro the last stance urn the hands and rase the wth the as uward to the Mdde Dantan at ahong, en 7) , then turn the als toward the two sdes resect vely and ush leftward and rghtward Fg ). urn the als toward each other and get the closer and coser unt they are closed at 18
hog (e 17 he tur the s dowwrd d ush the towd he Lower Dt to gude ck to ts org the rocedures for 36 or 81 restory cycles wth the resto turl, the d cocetrtg o the pls, the oeets esy d the force eerted getly Lstly , ee te ls t the Lower t for oet to ed the eercse Eercse of egultg t he ug d Gug (L Fe Do2 he Gog) (1 rethg wth te c ced t crosslegged turlly wth the pls pressg gst the ed ure the ces t d rse the hed to get deep hle Hold the reth for whle d the rch the bck, bed the eck, ull the chest d ehle sultously (Fg 2) epet the rocedures for 9 or 18 resprtory cycles
F 12
(2) egulto o the Lug ke turl crossle gged pos ture Apply the pls to oth the keecs d tur the wst 19
slowly clockwse (Fig. 3) d counterclockwise for 8 respiatory cycles respectiely. One respirtory cycle refers to oe rottio of the wst Ile we turig forwrd nd exhle we turng bckwrd. B upplmn Erciss 1. Ptets with coug h due to exterl ctors re dsed to d te xerce f Rbbng te st d S" Q (Mo ong S Fg Qi og ) Tke the stnd g or stg posre with he whole bdy relxed he distrctios expl t te fl ms o e reec ve sdes of the chest (Fig. 14) d le slowl S Sy. " durg exle the twoforhds rbg ct . rttve R with roceres 8 or
36 resr
g
P wth cough of widhet type cued ext m fted ogh stcky sputum sore trot hirsty d feveris sesto of the bdy my prcise the respit exercse of A 2 ) s booster Ptiets wt oug of widcold d widhet e cused by exopthy mfested s cough whitish d th spu tum stuffy ose d wte sl dscrge my prctise the left 0
ht tg exercise of ) as a booter. Cough due to Inte njuy 1) Patients with coug and abundat pum may paie te Exercise of Rubbing the Hychondum and "Si Q a a booter B
1) ) Patient with co ough caused by reversed low of Q,
us fce Exrie trt nd hyochondriac n caued d y ouh ma r of Rubbing the yochondria "Xu ster Te rise o Rubbing te Hyoonda and Xu Q: Tang a tt or tanding pote ut te am on te two de o te ypoondium resectively (Fig 15). Exhale lowly wile uttering Xu, an simultaneouly rub the yooa n tly wt the palm eee o 9 epatory yle
g
() Patet t dry o, le pm, atenoon ee, ho seaon the palm and ole, ght weating a weakne my pate the Exeie o akn Whte Q n adtion to t ba exe e Exe o aking te Q ake te standng, ttng o lying pote, ela all ove breathe turaly an dpel te dis trations t the upper and ower teet tapping eah ote o times we stirng te saliva in the moth wt the tongue Sal low the ala 3 time after te taping a end it mentay dow to
the Lwe ntn 1
Then mgne tht there s whte . nle the wte nd fll the mouth wth t. nd t slowly durn exhlng dwn to te ung nd further to Dntn, d get t dstrbted t te k nd rs the wole body ths for 9 or tmes , follwed by cocentrtng the mnd on Dntn to end the exerce wy ( 4 ) Ptents wth dry coug h , sstude f te lns nd knee s emcton, lngudness weknes my toprctse te exercse. Exercse of Tkng Essence from thend oon n ddtn the bsc Te Exercs e of Tkng Ess ence from t oon Te exercs e s dne n the evenng. lect n open plce wth fresh r , stnd uet nd rexed, rethe nturlly, expel dstrctons nd fce the moon Close te eyes slgtly to see only te fnt lt t m hle wth bot te mt nd t se te m e y nd fl the mouth wth t menty d d ncentte t md. Exe ndtomgne mo swllowed nd slowly sent down Dntn.thte tessc r 6 rte r 6 resp- rtry ycl t f Attt t xre 4 tm m
fcg te est, tet or sotwest. 2 Select net nd oen envronmnt wt r d t xercse to pre vent nhle of smke or dust. Attentn sd be pd t clmte vrtons to prevent common cd. entl rrtton sould b ded. Smlld freqt mnt phycl ex ercse suc s brdc exers lo prevered. Vctm crc d e dence nd prctse n execes dusl d prt n rdr t tc try cevments. 4 Cses wt cute bronchts suld tretd mt wt drgs to control nfecton. en the fect brt der control , reduce the dosge of drugs nd ke gng prctce s the m erpeutc method. 22
stma Chese , sthm s cmpsed f tw chrcters pruced X d Chun. he frmer refers t shrt d rpd respr t ltterwth mes dffcultpen resprt whchwth evewheezg, mkes the whle ptetthe gspg the muth d the shulders srugged d uble t le ft Brc sthm , sele chrc brcht s d pulmr em physem defed Wester medce re cluded th ctegry f ths dsse A c gng c
e rtrg Relxt Exercse Bu We Fu Zg Fg g g) ) Prprts he prctter my tke y f the sttg , crsslegged st tg r stdg psture Whe the dsese s severe , e my d the xercs wt the bck gst the hed f the bed, d w vd stdg psture my be tke Std w te tw ft t shulders wdth wth the hd verlpped th rght mle d vce vers femle) d put st t lwr bdme t Dt, the whle bd cludg the terl rgs d tssues ) relxed , the eyes clsed slghtly , brethg tur , the tgue prpped gst the pl te d the ds trcts expeld ) Relxt. Frst , ccetrte t he md the upmst tp f the bdy the hed) d sy slently relxt, the shft the ccetrt step by step frm the upper t the lwer prtns cludg the shulder s , upper lmbs , bck , wst , hps d the lwer extremtes , d d the sme relxt fr 5 0 cycles. hen crry ut relxt f the chest d bdme fr 5 tmes fllwed by relt f the lug, hert, lver, kdey d lrge d smll testes. Specfcly , frstly mge the shpe d prt f the lug d sy sletly relxt t rx the lung metlly, d d the sme t the ther rs dw t t mll tstes t cm 23
ete e cycle ltgether 50 cycles). Resrt my be te t csdert durg the exercse. he wrd rext my be sd sety durg exhlg whle e ccetrtes the md the rt t be relxed d mges th t the whle bdy s rexed d cmfrtbe , the Q ctvtes re reguted d the stuffess f the chest , d further , sthm , re cured cmpletely As lst ste, rub hds d fce t ed the exercse hethe Chesthychdrum Dy Exercse g e D Gg) ( Prerts. ke stdg r sttg sture wth the resrt evely regulted , the dstrcts exeled , the eyes hlf e but seeg thg, d the tgue red gst the te. ) Fgerushg sge f hg Re 7 Coduct ush msse w he ex , mdde , rg d sml gers g te mde s m the sursterl tch dw t the xd 6 mes. he rub the t Tzhg Re 7 wt gers fr 36 tmes. Brethe turlly whe dg ths d ccetrte the md the Q ctvtes uder the fgers. () Plmushg sse Regute Q. ushg mssge wth the rght lm strtg frm the mde f e ces etwrs fr 5 0 tmes durg exh g d st ushg durg hlg. ths r 0 resrtry cyces Coduct the sme wth the eft lm t the rght sde f the chest. Remember tht ccetrt f md shuld fw th d muts t gude Q t dstrbute t the left d rgt sdes f the ches. ( 4 ssgg the Hych drum t wer Q. hs s de durg exg, wt the tw lms dg ushg mssge sr frm the rmts t the sdes f the bdme fr 5 10 tmes. e exercsg sess eeds 0 resrtry cyces. B Supplmnry Erc
. Ptets wth ttc sthm d th, whtsh d frthy sutum my rctse the xercse f Stregtheg Q d vgr tg g ddt t te bsc exercse. The xercse Stregteg Q d vrg g e 24
ndn pu nd "Z W Ju hnd u (F 6 h whl dy huld lxd, dn xpll y d lhly nd m nnd n h Lw D g n uld nn u Q x x p nd ld h n, h nd lw dully, nd h m m nn m h Lw D A h pn a n ul n n huld p d hn g h h lw, fn, nd n adully Odm ndr admna pn may l xd A l p, u h umal n lwly nd nly fm h upp lw nd x F a mplad wh fny, nd nnn n h Lw Dnn hul llwd y mnn wm, h nd gh d un n Dn ln wh ahn nd h h lgh nd un d m D y p f h dy nludn kn nd wh mk dy wm h n pn hn lh nd h k Dnn lwly nd h x n wh k f ahm, ylw, ky nd hk pum nd dfly xpn my p h Ex un h Ch nd "S Q ( "Cu Bl) n ddn x C Points or ttention x huld dn �4 m y Dun h u k hm pp mdn huld pdd nd Qgn my akn n uxy hpy, dn CM pnpl "n nl p dun u k nd h fndmnl ug mn Whn h u ympm a n mpd, h pn huld d m Qn x n d n Q l h lun pn uh ak
3. A the deae ten aued by at uh a the mmn d, mate hange, atgue, mppe det and egua day e, the m hd keep ppe tng and wk extent, ad eee pungent and ht d, qut mkng and dng and d ppe phya eee t mpe the gena nttutn a t peen attak
Rtto o gm d Flud Retentn phegm and ud ee t the dde bdy ud n t dtbutn, tanptatn and tanmatn, h eut n etentn the bdy ud n etan atn the human bdy he ymptm nude hyphnda pan upn ugh, eeng fune n the het, mitng, abundant expetatn mpeded beath, a due t deeny dde enegze Yang and deen duty the ng, peen and kdney n the tanpatn and eguatn bdy ud hee ymptm may appea n etan tage hn ta het, bnha athma, exudate peut and dtane gatnetna unn, thu Qgng teatment aed n een ta dagn the deae may be apped A ic gng Exercises he Dayn Eee Aendng and endng Yn and Yang (Sheng Jang Yn Yang Dayn Gg) ( epaatn Sand eet, with eet apat a wide a hu de, hand ang natuay at the de the bdy, tngue aant he paate, eye kng taght ahead, nek taghtened a up ptng an bet n he head, hude eaxed and ebw hanged, beath een, and mnd nentated n Dantan (2) tudng t and Guding Q nng the wat wy wad, hand n natua ptuding a w a pbe n nt the eet (g 7 Smutaneuy, gude Q he ee Yang hae t m the head t the eet a the ak, wat, hip 26
and he oe exeiies. Then saihen he wais soy ih he fiss cenched as if ippin soehin ihy a he sae ie gide Qi of he Thee Yan Channels of Foo o fo Yon K he and hen oo he loweanlibs ab doen and he ches especively alon he Thee Yin Channels o Foo. ( 3 ) oudin a s and Guidin Qi. oceed fo he as sance. Tun he fiss ino pas facin pad lif he pas foad and pad unil he as becoe saihened ( Fi. 8 . Siuaneosly ide ih il Qi of he Thee Yin Channels of Foo p o he ches and hen flo hoh he ppe ibs o Inne Laoon ( 8 aon he Thee Yin Channels of and. Then
g
pul back he ches hands ide naually fon of he Qi ofin he Thee Yin Channels of and o flo fo Inne Laoong (P 8o Oue Laoon ( 8 and conine o flo alon he Thee g Yan Chanels of and pads o he sholdes and head hen cench he hands and uide Qi of he Thee Yan Chanes of F oo doad. Gide Qi o fo his ay fo 36 cycles. 2
he movements an guidance shoud be integrated with brea thing : exhalng is require to cooperate wth the guiding of Q of the hree Yang Channels of oot and the hree Yn Channes of Han to flow ownwar to the toes ; while inhaing is require to cooper ate with the guiding of i f he hree Yn Channels of oot to the abdomen an chest an the of the hree Yang Channels of Han o the hea. 2 Duckwatch igong (W Xing Qgong) ( Preparaion : Stand erect with feet as wie as the shouder s relax the whole body reathe evey an calm the mn (elmnate all the mscellaneous thnkng from the mn). (2 Exercse : Keep the oy erect neck straightene as f sup porting an oject on he hea . Inhale an gude i wth wll to the sease part then ho reath as long as possibe folwe by ex haling slowy. At he same tme the chest back an ower ms shol reman erect while the neck an hea lean forward to the most extent. Whle leaning thnking n mind that the accumulate phlegm an flu n the sease part s being draine downwar a long the boy the ower limbs an the feet own to the earth these exercses for 2 or 2 respratory cycles. uppmny Ec
he Exercise of aking Essence from the Sn an Warng Yang s eligle for the victims with the foowing symptoms : fll ness n he chest splashing sound n the abdomen vomiting of wa tery f an phlegmatc flu voent voting upon drinking wa ter vertgo shortness f reath palptaio feeng of contracture n he abomen ysura nsmooth breath an severe yspnea p on exerton. he Exercise of aking Essence from the Sun an Warmng Yang : Stan erect relaxe an facing the sun wth the fee apart as wide as te shoers reatng even an mscelanes thought eiminate. When the sun is rsing from the horizon close the eyes slightly an enjoy the soft an re lght. Inhale slowy when mag ng tha the warm rlance s gettng fl of the muth; exhale slowy when swallowng the mothfl of the brilance imagning 28
at te briiance guided with wi is taken sowy to Dantian. Re peat the inhaation and swaow for 9 imes , hen imagine tat the warm and briiant sun ocated at ntian is getting warm and hot , and the warmth and eat are being irradiated throug the whoe body, the stagnated phegm and fuid are being evaporated and dri ven f te body. 2 In adition o the basi c exercises , the Exercise of Rubbing the Cest and "Si i (see "Coug an te Exercise of hing the iver an Veniaing te ung may be pracise if te foowing sympms appear : pain upon cough , boyturn or breating , fu ness sensain in ypnrim e i reenin in te est an ypoconrium; or cog wi dyspnea and funess sensation in te ces, aernate cis and fever, ces and hypochondriac fu ness and pain (due to whic the victim can not lie in the supine posi tion) , and bitterness in the mouth and dryness in the throat due to retention of pegm in e lung. he Exercise of othing the iver an Ventiating te Lung: () Adopt the sitting or standing posture . While exaing , rub , with the rigt palm, from the midde ine of the ces efwards for 0 imes; wie inaing, suspen the rubbing. Practise te rub bing for 0 respiratory cyces . hen , ru wit e eft pam right wards for another 0 respiratory cyces . (2 owering the adverse fow of i wit wi guidance : Put the two pams at anzhong (Ren 7, wit the right on top of he eft , and rub sow wih the pams from ahong (Ren 7 to Dantian (Eixir Fiel). Wie rubbing, guie wit wi the pegm pathogen to fow downwards and to be draine out of the body from te pe rineum. Rub and pus for 0 times. () Rubbing the hypocondrium to ower i: Put te pams on te ypocnria , one on each side. Exhaing , push an rub down wards and sideward eac side of te abdomen for 50 times. Practise for 0 respirotary cyc es. C Pnt Attntn
Practise he exercises 2 times each day. 2 Drink ess water, and avoid raw, cod, pungent and hot ie 2
uring igong treatment. Exposure to rainfall , waling in water and sitting and lying in damp goun are restraine 3 Keep the boy warm (Change clothes accoring to weather). 4 . During practising the exercise s , train to strengthen the will movement in warming up the accumulate phlegm or in guiding the retaine phlegm an flui to be raine out of the boy.
Palptaton Palpitation refers to a synrome of heart throbbing with terror, restlessness an failure of selfcontrol. Clinically, it is usually paroxysmal , cause by emotional stress or over exert ion an accom panie with insoma , amnesia , vertigo , tinntus , etc . Diseases th palpitaton as the man manifestaton such as ar rhhmia , ironefic iency anemia , aplastic anemia , hyperthyroiism an neurosis inclue n Western meicine may all be differentiate an treate in reference wth the escriptions in ths section. ic igng Erc
. he Exercse of Relaxaton an uescence (ng ng Gong) Preparation . Sit upright on a chair wth he hea slightly in cline forwar, the feet at shoulers with, the knees bent at a e gree of 90·, the shoulers an elbows roppe , the ten fingers stretche , the center of the palms applie on the knees , the tongue proppe against the palate , the eyes close gently to see oy a threa of light, the heart calm, the min concentrate, the istrac tions expelle, an the whole boy in a state of natural relaxation an quiescence. Ajust the breathing with natral resprao metho for 3 minutes. (2 Procee from the last sta ce. When geting to quiescence, carry out the followng relaxaton exercise in cooperation with respi ation. Drng exhaling , relax slowly from the vetex of the hea to the Mile Dantan along the Ren Chael an simultaneously from the same position to Mingmen (Du 4) along he D Chanel. Drng 30
the next exhaing, reax from the shouders to the ebows and hads During the foowing exhaing , reax from the Midde Dan tian at the anterior and Mingmen (Du at the posterior to the ower Datian and the umbosacra region And then exhae and re ax from the ower Dantian and the umbosacra region to Y ongquan (K 1 ) aong the ower extremities With the reaxation and quies cece , guideaway Qi tothe fowpathogenic downward and imagine a wam has washed factors and the that whoe body isshower ight a comfortabe, and with the reaxation during exhae, say sienty "quiescenceso as to induce reaxati on of the mind ad heart When the reaxation is done to Yongquan (K 1 ) , imagine that the heart evis wi e driven out from the soes and the heart is beating as sta by as the swi ngin of a penduum Carry out the above steps for 1 2 or repiatory cyces () After the above practice , imagine that Qi is conver ging sowy in theonMide forthe nave timesand hen the handsroun (the right top of Dantian, the eft) on turnoverap them cockwise the nave and step by step with the circes earged to the sides of the abdomen and the pit of the stomach, for turns the same countercockwise from the sides of the abdomen in argest circe to the nave in smaet circe for another turns inay, rub the face ad hands , open the eyes and w ak freey to cose the exercise 2 e Eercise of eguating the Heart an Guiding Qi (i Xin Dao Qi Gong) (1 ) a Standing with thenturay, Pams Cosed akethethetongue standing posture reax over, breathe and stick against the , paate Cose the two pams genty and set them in front of the chest Keep in "quiescence for a moment with the mind concentra ted on Dantian (ig 19). (2) Pushing the Pams ckward Proceed from the ast stance Abduct the pams an d get the two arms stretching to the ba ck aong the sides of the body Keep sti for a moment (ig 20.
1
19
() Lifting the Palms Pro ceed from the ast stance urn the ams uwards a ift them to the sides of the chest (Fig ) ( 4 ) Pushng the Palms Straght Forward Proceed from the last stance Stretch the hands sowly orward with strength focused on the tis of the midde fingers and the major thenar ued down a ittle (Fig ) ( 5 ) Puing the Fists Bck ward Proceed from the last stance Cench the fists as if dragging some heavy things Pul the
b n he bdy (F 23).
2 2
3
) Puhing he Pam F wa rna Procee m he a ance L he rgh a i in heav hn high o he ch Un i abuc he am he rgh an uh i orwar Fg 24). Nex rw back he rgh m a h ame wh he e han Then rume e rgn oure an reea he r ure r ageher - 3 m. B Supplemen xe 1 Paen wh pan, 2 reene vrgo hr breah comen wekne, r inmnia n y muh may prace he Exerce o Takng Re Q an h bac exerce Th Exercie Takng Re Q:
Preparation ake a stanng, sitting or lying postre elax
all over, breathe natrally, expel distractions (2) Fst, have taps of the upper and lower teeth for 36 ties while stiring the saliva in the moth with the tonge Swallow the saliva 3 ties after the tap ing and send it entally down to n tian (3 hen imagine red Qi nhale the red Qi nasally an d fil the oth with it. nd the red Qi slowly down to the hert and then to Dantian dring exhaling to get the heart and kidney coornatd and then all the channels of the body coun cated with each other this 7 or 14 ties hen resue the srcinal postre to end the ex ercse 2 Patients with palpitation, short breath, severe dyspnea on exertion , lassitude and cold limbs ay practise the Exercise of ak ing Essence fro the Sun and aring Yang (see "etention of phlegm and Flid Bl) in addition to the basic exercises 3. Patients with palpitation, tffiness in the chest and recrrent precordial pain ay practise the Exercise of ubbing the Chest and "KeQi (Mo Xiong Ke Qi Gong) in addition to the basic exercises he Exercise of bbing the Chest and "Ke Qi : ( Preparation: ake the standing or sitting posre with the whole body reaxed, distractions expelled and breath natral (2) ap the teeth and stir the saliva with the tonge as prescribed above After the saliva is swallowed, pt the right pam a gainst the heart region and ina slowly, followed by slow exhaling while pronouncing "Ke and r bng the heart region lockw with ind concentrated enea the pal this for 6 12 resp 5 ratory cycles (Fig 25) Pnt r Attntn
1 Practises the exer cises 2 4 ties a day 20 30 inutes a 4
time The duration and frequency of practice shoul be decided baed on the conditions of the patient he baic principle is comfort wthot tiredne 2 The environment for practice should be quiet Attention shou be pai to prevention of affection by col pathogen 3 As palpitation is cosely reate to emotional factors , the thera peutic effect is largey decided on the extent of "quiescence he deeper one gets into quiecence , the better the effect it is essen tial for the practitioner t o avoid istractions , restlessness ad exces sive irritabiity by the seven emotional factors 4. Cases weak in constitution and serious in illness shoul take only the sitting r lying posture when the Exercise of Reaxatio an Quiescence (ng ing Gong) is practise When the health tatus is improve, the Exercise of Reglating the Heart an Giding Qi (i in Dao Qi Gng) may be aded
Vertgo Vertigo (uan Yun) is a sdrome manifeste mainly by izziness and dim eyesight , "Xuan refers to dim eyesight while " un to ziness As the two symptoms often appear simutaneously, they are termed together as "vertigo In mild cases , the conition may be relieved quickly when the victim rests for a moment with the eyes closed ; in severe cases , the victim may not be able to stand steaily as if being in a tossing car or a ship , accmpanied sometimes by nau sea, vomiting, perspiration or even faint. Diseases termed in modern medicine sch as cerebra arteriosce rosis , atory vertigo , hypertension , anemia , neurosis and other diseases invoving the brain an having vertigo as the main manifes tation may all be ia gnosed and treated with refere nce t the escrip tions in this section. ic Qign Erci
1. he Daoyin Exercise for Vertigo ( ou Xuan Yun Dao Yin 35
ng) ( 1 ) Stand or lie supine with te eyes cosed sligtly te tongue propped against te palate t upper and lower teet toucng eac oter te ind concentrated te wole bod relaxed a respira tion atral () Interlock te ten fmgers andte old andFig pull te to cest ) rigt Holdnee and pull te knee tigtly during in aling and relax it during exa ling Repeat tis or 3 ties Ten do te sae to te let knee (3) Raise te ead srug te older and sik te nek Turn te neseed let ad wit an iceaig orrigt 1 ti esectivl ( 4 ) We ialing end Q F 26 tat as bee taen in by will lowl to ntian and ten to te soles alog te Tree Yin Ca nels o Foot at te interior side o te le and cocentrate te ind on Yongqua ( 1 ) Wen exaling take eerting natural to get read te ext inaling ts or 81 respiratory cyles Te Massae Exercise or Reresing te Mid Xig Nao An MoGong) ) Take te sittig postur e and get te ead str aigt te breat natural te stractions expelled te wole body relaxed and te tongue proped agaist te palate () Pusrub wit te two als ro Cengjiang Ren 24 ) Reog ) te coers o te out Yingxiang LI ) te nose te eeks te eyes te orbits and te oreead troug te aterio airlie to te posteor airline as i wasing te ace and ead ig ( 1 » Wen reacg airline get te two ring
ingers on te Cannel , te iddle ingers separately on te Cels o ootTaiyang at te two sides and te index ngers and te tubs separately on te Cannels o ootSaoya, a pressnead te points tese annels nd and stret te joints o te ngers siultaneously wit te pressingneading anipula tion. Repeat te wole predure or 30- 100 ties. 3) Put index, ,ide and orbits ring ingers and, rub side wards wittogeter te tete oreead te upper , te eyes te lower orits , te sde o te nose , Reong 26 ) and Cengjiang Ren 2 4) o 5 -0 ties respetivel . Repeat te wole proedure 3-5 ties. (4) nterlo te ten ingers and apply te against te ba o te ead Rub te points engi GB 20 ) wit te root o te pals ro e eorsueo sde to e ineoosteror side 203 0 7 (2»
2
2
3 Te ese Relaxation by dy Parttons Bu Wei an ng Gong ( ) Prepaaton. Eiter te sitting o lying posture an be taen te stting posture, on an sit on a stool wit te eet as wide as 37
th shoulders and the to hands on the thighs he practitionr is rqud to tug in the chst, straghtn th back and nck, ra th shouldrs , drop th elbos , drop th wrists and ra th fgers , cos th outh and tth gnty, pro p he tongu agast th paat, fall the eylids, breath naturally and concntrate the nd on Dantian eain in this stat for a oent (2
egulation of espiration Overlap the appy handseth the thubs crosse or proppe against eac other and pams on Dantian. Inhaling , imagine gtting into quiscence. Ehaig , say "relax silently and relax the whole body in the order of the head , the neck , the upper limbs , the chest , the abdomen , th bak, the waist, the thighs and the feet the eercis 3 5 times en the hole boy is relaed , turn into practice of guiding i by will. (3 If the lying posture is taken, it is advisable to lie on one's right side . he height of the pillo can be ecided on one's habit to ensure a most cofortable position. he body should be b ent sight ly, the right leg stretche naturally with the left lg on top, hich is also bent naturally, the right han on the pilo 5 10 cntime ters from the head , and the left hand on the left thigh he methods of respiration and relaxation are as same as those in the sitting pos ture. On ening the exercise , rela mind concentraton and guide i back to its srcin. hen knea the abdomen clockwse and counter lockise for 10 times respetively. B Supplmn Ec 1 Patients ith vertigo , tintus , selling pain in the head ,
heavier dizziness an headache on exertion or motonal strain, re current flushed fae , liabiity to anger and impetuosity , and insom nia my pratise the Exercise of Purging the Liverfire , Suppressing the LiverYang an elieving Vertigo Xie Gan ian Yang Zhi Xuan Gong) in addition to the basic exerciss he Exerise of Purging the Liverfire, Suppressing the Liver Yang and elieving Vertigo : Sit with the eyes closed slightly, the whole body rlad and the 38
mind concentrated. Appy the two pams genty against the two sides of the ower abdomen and reathe calmly for 18 respirator cy ces. hen raise the two hands owy to the shouders and put the thubs , the inde fingers , the midde fingers ad the sa fingers on Qubin (G ) Shuaigu (G 6 ianchong (G 9) and ubai (G 10 respectivey, and sweep thee points with the fingers back
12 m ward 100200 Drop via Quepen he hypochondr ia to ties. the two sidestheof hands the ower abdomen.(St rea ly, ttering "Xu uring ehaling for 18 respiratory cyces. 2 Patients with severer vertigo on eertion, pae copeon, dim lips and nais , papitation an d lassitude may practise the E xer cise of Strengthening the Spleen and Invigorating Qi (Jian Pi Yi Qi ng) in addition to the baic eercises. he Eercise of Strengtheng the Spleen and Invigorating Qi: ake the sitting or lying posture. Put the left hand enty on Zhongwan (Ren 12 and overap the right ha n on the left , with the eyes cosed and the tongue propped a gainst the paate. ap the teeth and when the fuid fils the mouth, stir it with the tongue, swalow it and send it sowy to Zhongwan (Ren 12 Dring ehaling, ro tate the hands counterclockwse sarting from the leftsperior side of Zhongwan (Ren 12 for haf a circle and compete he circle du ring inhaing, for 49 respiratory cycles. hen change the position of the hands (the eft aove the right) and rotate them cockwise from the right an inferior side of Zhongwan (Ren 12 for half a circle dring exha ing and complete the circe dring in haig , for 9 respi ratory cyces . 3 Patients with vertigo, assitude, aching and weakness in the loins and knees , spermatorrea , tinnitus , as wel as dysphoria with feverish sensation in the chest , pams and soes , insomnia and ght sweating may practise the Eercise of ourishing Yin and Repeni shing the Kidney in addition to the basic exercise. Patients with ver tigo , lassi te , aching and weakness in the oins and knees , sperma torrea , titus , as wel as cod i bs ay practise t he Eercise of Reinforcing Yang and Strengthening the Kidney in addition to the basic eercise. 9
The Exercise of Nurishing Yin and Replenising te Kidney Zi Yin Bu She Gong) Take the sitting o lying-supine postue with the respiration calm , te woe body reaed , t e eyes c osed and te tongue aga inst te palate Put the ef t palm gent o Guanyuan Ren 4) and overlap the right pa m on te left Tap the upper te eth wit te lower When the fl uid fi ls te mout , stir it wit the tong ue and swal w it thee time s , sending it slowly to Guanyuan Ren 4) uing eh alig , otate te ands coun terclock wise starting from the leftsuperior side of Zhongwan Re 12) for hal a circle ad complete the circle durig inhaling , for 4 respirato ry cyces The rotate them clocw ise from the right an d inferior side of Zhwa Ren for haf a circle durig exhaling ad coml ete the circe ri g ihaing , fr 4 respirator cycles We apare nt warmth is felt beeat h the palms , uide Qi to flow fo Yogqua K upwar alog the exterior side of the loe limbs to Datia dig exhalig , ad durig h aig , gide it via te same oa ack to ogquan K D this for 4 respiatory cy ce s The change the posi io n of the palms the left o top of the respiratory ccles right) and repeat the procedues for another The Eercise of Reiforcing Yag and Stregtheig the id ey Zuag ang Jia Se Gong) Take a sittin g or stad ig pos ture and pt the two palms o the tw oits of Sheshu (UB separatel y , w ith te mind cocentrated beneath the hads Whe warmt is felt i t h cet er of the pa lms , rub with them up and dow for times Patie ts with v ertg heavie s o t he head , stuffi ess in the chest , ausea , poo ap petite a d drowsi ess ma practise t e Exe r cise of Regulating the Stomach ad Ivigorating the Spleen He Wei Jia Pi Gong) i additio to the basic exercises The Exercise of Regulatig the Stomach and Ivigorating the Splee : Lie supie with te whole body relaxed , the two palms against the two sides of he hypochondria respectively and te two middle Inha lig , push the fingers against the poit Tazong Re pams from Tazhg Re dowward to the xiphoid process 40
and along te b to te ia et ; ealing , lit te al lowly to te oial ales wit nd onentrated on te ente o te al . Reeat te oedue or 81 resiratoy yles. C ns f Aenn 1. Patie te exeie 2 -3 tie daily 2 e ratitione ould ave nd onentated on a tie. Attention ould be aid to w ollowng and anulation" and to ooeation between and anulation and reiation. 3 vetigo daea ate atie , te atitioner ay on tinue to aie te Maage Exerie o Rereng te Mind ing Nao Mo Gong) and te Exeie o Relaxation by dy Patition Bu We Fang ng Gong) , two o tee tie a day 4. Duing te attak o auditory vetigo , te ratitione ould din le ate and tae ligt ood.
Isoma noa i oterwie alled leelene , eerig to abnoal ly oo lee o allow lee n te ild ae , te atient ay ave diiulty to get into lee o te lee ay not ound wt equent wakenig , wle in te evee a e , e o e ay ail to all alee ove ngt. Te oble equently een in neuoi , enoaual yndroe , and elated deae tee in oen edine. Bc Qgng xecses 1. Te Exeie o StandingVbating o Relaxation Zen Zuang Fang ng Gong) 1 Peaation Stand wit te eet at te oulde widt , te ead taigt, te et dawn in, te bak taigtened, te oul der elaxed, te and alling natually at te ide o te body, te knee bent ligtly, te abdoen and anu ontated, te eye lid doed , te tongue againt te alate , breat natural and te 1
dtraton exelled. ( 2 ) Vbratng. St te wet o te boy to te eel. Ten bend te nees ltly and vbrate te wole boy and down to exert ree to te eel. At te ae te swn te and to and ro t te extet nreaed rad ally to at te wait te ab doen an te lboaral orton and te lower abdoen and ten ta ently wt te nert te abdoen and te lubosaral orton te wat and abdoen and te est and te ba tep by te . Fll lo don and to te vbratn an ree te ornal otre. (3) Reaxn te dy by Prtton. Frt relax entaly n e qene o te ead ne oue rs ar ba and et wast a abdoe ts nee an and ole . Ten t naal reraton ay lently relaxaton" dr aln a onenrae te n Yoqan (K 1 ) rn exan. (4) Pern te Pt one (e rt or eale an e et or a ae y an et te nex iddle an rn ner a n. Per t e t o e te ee n o a ( 2 ) Tayan (xtr 2 ) aa (G 4) Jn (J 20 an Fen (G 20 n trn or 79 e. Pe tee ont on te rt de n te ae ay t anote n or 79 te. Ten rb te ad to et e ot n bate te e t te oe te eye lly and wa reely to en te exere. 2. Te xere o Plln te Fner to Faltate t e Cannel (n i Ton Jn Gon (1) Tae a ttn or lyn otre t te ole by relaxed dtraton exele a beat natra te ar orward ten bend te ner to ae t Stret and bend te lttle er or 81 tes. (2 Dre te Tree Yn Tree Yan Cannels o and. Tae te ttn otre Pt te rt al (te l on te rt ti and b wt te let al te nner sde o te rt ar ro te oler aon te Tree Yn Cannel o an down to te and F. 28 ( 1 ) . Exale lowly at te ae te wt nd onentrate n te ovn al. Ten rn te t 42
pal ove and psrb te it a wit te let and o t back o te rit and alon te Tee Yan Caels o Hand back to te solde wen inlin , wit te sae nd concentation , or altoeter 7 ties , ollowed b assain te point He LI 4) wit te it and o 36 ties ntensive oldn o beat sold be avoided and te pper libs sold be elaxed as c as possi ble Fi Finall, pessknead Qci LI 11 and He L 4) 36 ties28(2)J. espectivel
2
28
(3) Dedin te Te Yin and Te Yan Cannel Foot Sit on bd and apl te let and on t antrio side t oot o te it ti and t it and on t extenal and osteio sid o it Psrb t it le wit bot pals din exalin down t t oot alon te Te Yan Cannels o Foot , wit ind con centation ollowin te ovin pal Fi 29)J. Ten din in alin , pllb pwards alon te T e Yin Cannels Foot p to te oot o t ti wit te sae ind concentation o 7 9 ties Fi 29(2)J. 4
Fi 2
B uppmn E 1 atient wit palpitation inonia ritation dyporia wit everi ensation in te cet pal and ole tinnit and ane ia ay practie te Exercie o Tain Eence ro te Moon ee Co" B2(4» in addition to te baic exercise. 2. atient wit dreanes eaine o wain aneia verti o e laitde tat elene in te ot and di co pleon ay practie te Exercie o Swallowin Yellow Qi addi tion to te baic exercise. Te Exercie o Swallowin Yellow Qi : Sit cally wit natral breat and ditraction expelled. Tap te pper teet wit te lower or 36 tie ti te aliva wit te 44
toge , swallow te saiva 3 ties ad iagie tat te saliva is a ied to Zongwa Ren 1 2) ollowig ea swallowig. Te , ia gie tat tee is ellow Qi aoud te ead , tae a otl o e ellow Qi wile ialig , ad iagie tat te ellow Qi s slo aied to Zogwa Re 12) ad te distibted to te l wle exalig. Reeat te oedue o 0 ties. wit isoa , atiee iitatio ojtiva 3 Patiets ongestion, bitteess i te out, ellow, uie ad , ostiatio a atise te xeise o Rubbig te Hoodiu ad Xu" Qi see Coug" B2(2) additio o te basi exeises. 4. Patiets wt isoia , eaviess in te ead , abdat su tu , stuiess i te est , ausea , belg , dizziess ad btte ess taste te ou a atise te xeise o Rubbig Zog wan Re 12) ad Hu" Qi i additio to te basi ess. Te xeise o Rbbig Zoga ( Qi: Coose tl te sittig stadig ostue. uto te igt al o Z9 gwa Re 12) i te eigasti aea. Pa atte io to otig wile ialig ; otate ad ub te eigasti a lowise wit te igt a ad onoue Hu" g. 30 wie exalig. Reeat tis edue o o 20 esiato 0 les. C oin s or enion Patise te exises 24 ties a da. Te xeise g Pllig te iges to ilitate te Caels Zi Tog ig Gog) sold be atised eve tie beoe slee. 2. Isoia is lose elated to eotioa atos. it is advised to taqulize te id to avoid iitabilit b te seve eotioal 45
factor drng practce 3 ve a regua fe ua activtie houd be mted
Gastalga Gatraga ao caed epgatraga, whch mainy mafeted by contant pan in the epgatric region Gatraga frequently seen n acute or chonc gatr it , gatrc and dodenal ucer and gatroneuro termed in etern medicne i gong Eee
he Inner Heath Cutvation Eerce (ei Yang Gong) 1. Pote he yng or ittng poture can be taken accordng to one' contttona coditon hoe weak n contituton may practe with the yng poture frst, ether ying on one de or yng supine. One may le upine with the body tr �! rms tretched natualy at the ide of the body, fnger reaed and pam pward, the ower imb tretched naturay and the hee touchng each other and the tip of the two feet separated Or one may e on one' ide with the head pulled towad the chet and the pina cou bent ightly If ying on the rght ide , the rght arm houd be bent naturay and put on the pow with the pam p ward, the eft arm tretched naturay and put on the hp of the ame de , and the right eg stretched na turay and the left eg put at the ide of the hank of the right ower limb with the left hip and the knee bent ghty. he eyes shoud e close genty so that one can ee ony a tead of ight and the tongue houd be propped a gainst the paate. hoe in better constituti on may practse with the sitting posture St traght and staby on a chair with the neck straightened a if upporting omething on the head, the shoulders reaxed, the e bow dopped , the two pas upward on the knee , the two feet eparated at the shouders wdth, the ange between the body an the thghs being 90 egrees , and the shank et verticaly with the 6
ron. 2 Respiration an Min Concentration. Wen te postre is re ate ake antiromic or ortorom ic respraion wit nasal in aln an exalin. Imane wors sc as "qiet "sit qiely "sitn qiety s oo for healt an "sittin qietly an te eat e o . One may a the nme f wrs raay t y not exceein 9 Inain imaine an te exalin first rima en olsa ea iman he wors n te me ne e a r. o exampe hen "sttin qiety s oo for ea mane one ma ake nasal nan an pop e tone aans e paae an contact e ans an aomen ima n n qey en o ea an imaine " oo an en exae nasay an rop te one le te aomen an re ax te an manin "for healh. e exercise so e one epeay. en reate folowe natrally yforiin a momen e the min n antan i it wil concenrain to rotate takn te e as e cene of a circe cockise from te smallest circle o te ae f 36 crces an contine to fo conercockwse from te lre e smaes circles an ack to te nave. nal y r te an face to cose the exercise. Sppl
Paen aac of atrc pain toerance of c pefrence fo a nk an ack of tirs may practse te"Retention Exerce ofofakn fom te Sn Warmin Yan (see PemEnc an in an aition o te ac execse. 2 Patents t en pain in e c cviy evere pan af ter meas nonocae pan raiain pan pcoria severe pain pon emotiona re feqent ecin c aft e pan in fom oes nasea omin an ac a prace e Exercse of Rin Hoconra an X Q "Co 2(2 n aon o e c c . 3 Paent wt astc pan afte miay an n emp f e akn mea 4
ysphra, rrtan, ry mth, btterness n he mh, flshe cheeks an lss f appette may practse the Dayn Exe rcse f Reg latng the Spleen an Stmach n atn t he basc exercse. he Dayn Exe rcse f Reglatng the Spleen an Stm ach ( shng the Abmen. Rb the palms wth each ther get them warm , then verlap hem (he rght abve the left n male an vce versa n female) an pt them belw the rgh breas s frm the ches wnwar the rght se f the lwer abmen when exhalng an repstn the palms when nhalng 10 tmes. the same aln g th e mlne an the left se f the ces an ab men, 10 tmes respecvely. Rng he Abmen. Rb the palms aganst each ther ge them warm an pt them verlappe n he abmen wh the Inner Lagng ( ) agnst the navel. Rb clcwse an cner clcwse, 36 mes respectvely whle gng t crclate wh e mvemen f he palms wth rell gastrc pan , watery vs preference fr atents warmth an pres , lasste , pr appette , lse stl an cl lms may pracse he Exercse f ang Yellw ( see Insmna n an he basc exercse. t fr Attt
1 he exercses shl be practse 6 tmes a, 0 30 mnes each me. he patens shl have cnfence an keep lghthearte. erseverance n practce wll reslt n satsfacry cratve effec. 3 he patents shl cltvate a g lfe hab an lve a reg lar lfe n ems f gettng p early n e mrnng prper et an mely gng pracce. xcessve cnsmpt n f rrtable t hngs , sch as pngent an ht f, cgarette an alchl shl be ave.
Hiccup Hccp, als calle n Chnese , refers h e symptm f 4
nvolntary hccp whch s characterze sort an rqent c cp wth sonng n the throat , an s cas y rverse an p war flow o . It may last or severa mntes or severa hors an e cre wthot treatment vere hccp may last sevral ays , the ayannight attack may nterfere wth the vctm's foo ntake an sleep an mak te vctm very ncomfortale an tre Wstern mcn ols that hccp s o gastrontestnal neross or spasm of th aphragm case y sorers of the stomach, n tstns , pnm , mastnm an esophags A a xrc
h xcs of Loweng the Avrsly Rsng Cck Hc p an G Gong) San acn w t t apa s th , whoe oy reaxe an the two hans at th y naray. ak t antromc ana rspa nang , as h t s slghtly to stan oy n t p xan , g w ownwar to Dantan an frther own to the pont Dan L wch s ocat e at th tp of th g ts for a p o o 3 9 praty cycs. hn overap the two hans ( th rt on top t n mae an vce vrsa n eml) at the lower aomen an tak antromc aona resprato n. ak a eep reath an, when n, tter "X to ge to fow own wa to Dan L B . S atnts wt ntn
ccp scmort n t pgast c regon whch may reee y a an aggravate y co nss , oss o appette , smell n m , vxaton , scanty ark n , wht an most tong fr an a an sw plse or yellow tong f an sppery an rap p may prcts th xercse of Rng pgasc Area an "H s Insoma 4 n aton to the asc exercse atnts wth low a n wak son of hccp an s a , pale complexion , col xtrmtes , pae ton an p , y pls or ryness of the tonge an mo n onge wtot fr an thray, rap ps ma pacs x 49
e f aking Yellw i (see "nsomnia 2) in addition to the ba exerce. C Pnt Attntin 1 he practitioners should practe the basic igong exercise
during the attack of hiccup and the supplementary exercises durng the relief r 3 times a day. It is advisable for the practtners t drink a cup f warm wa ter and then it dwn to rest for a whie following the practice of the bac gng exercise. 3 he everty f the dieae vares greatly. he ccasional at tak may nt be taken serious and can be cured quickly by practising the aboementned baic exerie; in the course of ther diseaes attentn huld be paid to further treatment.
Diarrhea Diarrhea refer t ncreaed frequency f mvement f bowes wth thin and se and even watery stools. Diarrhea ere cver that caed by acute and chrnic enterti ntetinal tberuls and fnctnal irder f the gastrntestinal nerve terme n Western medne. A. c gng Eci
he netrn Lngevity Exercie (Yan ian iu Zhuan Gong) 1 reparatn. Stan wth the feet a the hler with head prppe as f pprtng methng back traightened houlders relaxe hip slightly cntracte breath natural tngue propped agant the palate eyes oking straight ahead nd distractions ex pelled. ap the upper teeth wth the lower 36 time while tirring te alva wth the tngue. Swalw he saliva in 3 me and send it mentally t the Lwer Dantan. Kneadng the Epigastric Region. Apply the index middle and rng finger f the two hands (the right above the left) t the ep gatri regn an knea unterckwie 2 turn (Fig. 3) Cn 50
cenae on he sensaion beneath he hans an he manipulation should be gentle, slow an soft 3. ushing he Aboen veap he inex , idde and ing fin gers of he two hands ( he righ above he lef) and apply them to
e epigastric egion Rotate an push te un i they get to the pu bic symphysis whee hey are sepaaed and ade to r sidewise an upwas ack to the epigastric region (Fig Repeat te pocedure orand me
g
31
g
4 Pushng te Ren Cnne vera nde mdde nd ring finges of te two hands (he ight above te lef) and pus ong the Ren Canne straight ownwads for times 5 ushing the Stomach Channe wit Han Akimbo Stand wit the left hand akimbo , tumb poining te front ush wit the rgt pal fom beow he left beast (te poin Rugen St 8) towards the ef groin fo times (Fig 33 Then wit te rigt hand akimbo, push wih the left palm from beow te rigt reast to was the ight goin for times Tuning he Waist in Sitting ostue Sit crossegged ter e pushing Make ists with the two hus nipping Ziwen and put te 5
fists o the kees Thow out the lef side of the chest d dw i the righ o swig d tur the wist or imes Fg 4 , fol ed y trowig out he right side d drw i the let d do he sme rotto or o imes
F g
B ppmr Exrs
s r soos s
grg sos gesd ood lss gs go d oor m rse h Atom io s o Z og i o o s e se T Ami io Ee rcis se R over d y oge gis the e e v s he ceer o irce d move the dom ss my rg ihlig , Qi followig wi he mo vg srs om te oit right to d eow the ve, ockwise, o e oi ft to d ove the vel , while syig siely T he whie gr is hig i the est . The durig hlig , cotie he movg o comete the circe whie syig sietly The gr drgo is hdig i the wst Move the muscles clockwis e roud th vel from the smllest circle to the rgest for 6 rods Fig 52
5 Continue the moving in the oppoite direction, i e , trting fom the pont eft to nd eow the nve upwrd nd right wrd to the point oppoite the trtng point during ining , ying ilentyn The green Com drg on i hiding the wet pete the crcle counterclockwe during exling , ying The wte tiger i hiding in te et Mke the countercock wie moving for 6 circle , from e rget to te met nd eventu to te nvel to end
ig
theginner exercie o f thi exercie my t firt try o direct Q to rotte men of reprtion nd movement of the domin mucle A oon they re kied they w e le o rect the trinic Qi to rotte round the nve only y wil Thi procedure i foowed mging te domen cockwie nd counterclockwie for 6 tme repectivey to end the exercie Ptent wt drre, dominl pin, urgent dere for p ng to or contnt urgency for efecton, yewrown nd fou toomy , yeowi rneExercie of e of voume nd he urng entonndin the nu prctie the Ruing Epgtrum u Q ee nomni 4 in ddton to te c exercie Ptient wt domin pn, nten grgng ound, fou tool melling rotten egg , fou tool with undigeted food fol ech, domin dtenon, reef of pin fte efecn nd poor ppette my prctie the Autmic Q Circution Exerce in ddton to the c exerce ee Suppement ee in t ection Some tertin houd e mde for the trement of t 53
o e ctng te Aomtc Q Crction E xece gding Qi o move cockwe fr o 1 crce e cotecoc we or 6 crce 4 ient w owooe nowwery oo dgeed ood oex dom deo de d ow com leio my cte e Exerce of Tkng eow Q ee Inom 5 i ddo te eerce Fo ten wi o nemg d eeed ck o de tnge drg od e dmered como w cce of te Eece o Argg o So e So Zi Xi og ) S o e on e ck ver e m e rg oer e ef) w e o ogog coveng e ve Cocente te mnd ee e e d oo w wd g e ve for 5 me en ke ntidomc reto g co ct te domen conc e mc oe nd g e oder d drec Q w w o ow wrd og e Ce to B Eng drec Q o o dowwrd og e Re Ce o te nve e oce dre or 5 1 reor ce C t f Attt 1 e eerce e d
e coer od reee e d oo d re e w e eore rcce e rcoer od ee roer de cice o Qgog w f or em o d o e v oded or e fomer ed to go o ed o e ow o Q 4 For e c coo emg d wery d re e eer rgg eec od e dded 5 e r e o eeg good vg odg re d g dgee d ret ood od e dered o Te de od e m d reqe Rw cod or o d gey food roed 6 Ce w ce tc d deydron od e reed wt eter d don dg i coo 54
Coso Contaton a yndroe caracterzed by aggloeated ad tool dculty n deecaton rolonged and dicut deecaton and dycea According to te teory o Weter edcne contaton otly ile unctional) toug t ay be caued by intetnal or ganc dieae. cued in t ecton le contation. sc gong Exercses 1. Te Exerce o Regulatng Q to Rotate Autoatcally Tao Qi Zi Zuan Gong) Pearaton Sit or le on te bac wt te wole body re laxed breat regulated even ditraction exelled and tongue oed agant te alate Ta te teet o tie ten tir te alva wt te tongue Swallow te aliva n 3 te and en t entally to te owe ntan (2) Taing te navel a te cente o a crcle ge te ntrc Q to rotate clocwe by wl reaton and oveet o te ab donal ucle . Te ovng o Q tat dung nra ton ro te ont 't to and below te navel clocwe to t e ont let to and above te avel ad cotne to ow cocwe durng e ra to to te orgnal ont to colete te crcle Coduct te ovng o Qi or 81 crcle o te allet ccle at te avel to te larget along te de o te abdoen �e gude Q to otate conte clocwe o anote 81 crcle n te ae way. gner o te exerce ay at rt ty to drect Q to otate wt te el o re aton and te oveent o te adonal ucl e Wen lle one w be able to gude Q to trn oly by will. 2. Te Maage Exerce o Facltatng ecato ong Ba An Mo Gong) (1) ie une wit te aboal ce eae ly il al te rgt ove t let to te navel ad otate ad a te 55
adome clockwise fo 2 ci cles , followed y ottig ad keadig couteclockwise fo cicle s Cocetate te mid o te sesa tio eeat te ads ad te espiatio sould e atual (2 Wit te same ad gestue , pus ad massage te adome fom te xipoid pocess to te puic sympysis duig exalig fo times Cocetate te mid o te sesatio ude te palms 3) Take te postue duig Apply te palmsfoto 5 te lumosaca joitsittig usoadstadig u dowwads exhalig 0 times ad susped te uig duig ialig Coduct te po cedues fo 50 espiatoy cycles B upplmnry Erc
atiets wit dy stools a ostucted owel movemet fo seveal days , distesi o and pai i te adome , fused ceeks , feveis sesation of te ody , dyess ad foul smell i te mout , vexatio, ed togue wit yellow fu ad slippey and apid pulse may pactise te Execise of uifyig te ug ad Si " Qi Su Fei Si Zi Gog) i additio to te asic execises Te Execise of uifyig te ug ad Si Qi Stad wit te feet at souldes widt ad te wole ody elaxed Duig ia lig, lift te two ands via te adomen upwads i a pose of liftig a aseall clu Wen tey get to Taog Re tu te ads to get te ack of te ads facig eac ote ad pus te ads outwd ad stetc te ams we exalig ad pooucig Si At te ed of te exalig , dop te ams natually Repeat te pocedues fo altogete 24 espiatios 2 atiets wit dy stools ad difficult defecatio, distesio ad fulless i te cest ad adome, fequet elcig, loss of ap petite , ti a wite togue fu ad taut pulse may pactise te Daoyi Execise fo Guidig Qi to te Coccyx Weilu Zui Qi Daoyi Gog) i additio to te asic execises Te Daoyi Execise fo Guidig Qi to te Coccyx Take te stadig postue, wit te souldes sugged, te eyes widely ope, te teet cleced, eat eld a te aus contacted tigt ly Tu te ody left ad igt fo seveal times Te wit getle asal exalig ad eyes lookig iwady at te coccyx, elax te 56
nus nd guide Qi fo e es o e bdoen nd finy o e oyx. epe e guiding of i fo 8 o 16 espioy yes . 3 Piens wi vey diffiu efion opied w so ness of be nd pespiion nd figue fe defeion, pe opexion, oug ips nd finge-nis, esessness, pe nd en de ongue wi in fu nd wek nd edy pus y pise e xeise of Conening e Min on Dnin (Yi Sou Dn in ng) in dion o e bsi exeises. Te xeise of Conening e Mind on Din: Tke snng o yng supine posue. i e boy exd , e nds pu on Tinsu (S 25) nd Deng (Sp 15) w e od e o e nve , ongue gins e pe , in oncened on e Lowe Danin d eyes oking inw , pise nidoi espi ion fo 81 yes. 4 Piens wi diffiu dfeion, e dripping uinion, oness of e exeiies , odness n pin in e bdoen , pef eene fo wr nd vesion o od o ing n odness of e wis nd oins , pe ongue w wie fu nd ee nd eded puse y pis e xeis of ing Dnin (en Dn Gong) in ddiion o e bsi exeises . Te xeise of ing Dnin: Snd o ie supine wi e woe body exed nd be nu. Afe fing ino e se of "quiesence, igine e w n bigy ed sun is giving ou e in e Lowe Dni beow e nve, nd e w is speding gduy ove e woe bdoen. Ten guide e w wi w o un ound e nve cokwise nd oune okwise fo 3 ies espeivey, nd finy guie i bk o n in. C Poin or enion 1 Te Qigong epy soud be done 26 ies diy.
2. Te pciione y di one up of sy we evey o ning nd soud ke oe vegebes nd fibous food. 3 Keep egu oveens of bowes (One soud go defeing fixed ie even if e s no feeing of efeion). 4 Te piione soud oine ind onenion, 5
beahng, posue an han oveens n one ung pacce 5 When he sypos f consaon sappear afe pracce , one ay sll keep on he Execse of eglang Q o oae Auo acally Howeve , he oaon of Q shoul be clockwse fo he navel o he ses of he abdoen fo 36 cles fs, followed by o aon couneclockwse fo he ses of he aboen o he navel
domal a I efes o pan n he aboen above he pbes an below he uppe gasrc gon Abonal pan s vey coon an appears n any seases Hee scussed s anly h e Qgon g eaen of pans foun n nenal ecne The following nrouce Qgong execses ay be pacse n case he pan sypo s appea n acue panc eas , gasonesnal spas, neuroc aboinal pan, yspepc aboinal pan, pe os, ec A ic gong Exercie
The Aboinal Execses ) epaaon e n supne posue , elax he whole boy , ake naual beah wh he ongue gans he plae ressng an Movng o Senghen Q u he gh pal ove he Zhongwan pon en , an pess an ove roavely fo he gh o he lef fo 36 es Then press an ove he u blcus oavely wh the pm for 36 e (3) ushng the Aboen o Regulae Q ut he wo hans a gans he upper aboen , one on each se , an push ownwars ro the xpho proess o he pubc sphyss wth srength exee on he pals or he nger oher han he hubs ush h way fo 36 es Whe pushng, he wll s foue on he sen saon of he pushng an rubbng anipulaon 4) ressng an Movng Danan o Srenghen Q u he wo als on Dann , wh he ght on op of he lef hen press an 5
ove oaively fo 36 ies. Ta Danian genly wih he five fin ge is fo 5000 ies. 5) essing a nd Moving he ain oin. u he ndex iddle and ing finges of he lef hand ogehe on he ain aea of he ab doen and u he same finges of he igh hand on o of he fin ges of he lef. ess and ove clockwise if he case is an excess syndoe )) foo5 0 couneclockwse if isheexeed case lighly i s a and deficiency synoe ines. Sengh genly a he beginning and oe heavily and deely hen afe. 2 The Auoaic Qi culaion Execise see Diahea ) Guide Qi o ciculae aound he umbilcus clockwis e he cicles ae geing bgge ) when he pain is of exceshea ye nd o ci culae couneclockwise he cicles ae geing smalle) when he ain is of defciencycold ype fo 8 beahs eecively. Slemen Exercises
acise he Execise of ushing he Abdomen o Regulae Qi see Hiccup). if he sypos esen heselves as abdoinal pain wih suffiness and fullness esless ness s consiaion and cany dak une. acice he Execise of Rbbing Hochondia and Xu Qi see ough 22» if he yoms pesen heselves a abdoinal an wih adiaed pan in he hyochondia. 2 acise The Execse of Taking ellow Qi in Insomnia f he sympoms ppe o e dul bdoinal pin onandoff doinal ain pefeence fo pessue on abdoen uon chng loose ools and weakne. 3. acise he Execise of Takng Essence fo he Sun and Waing ang see Reenion of hleg and Fluid ) if he syos ae violen abdoinal pn alleviaion of pain uon waing u of he abdoen and wosening of ain uon coong down of he abdoen. C Poins or enion
cise he elgible execises 24 mes daily. 2. acise he execises in acco dance wih he doco s insuc on and accep dug eamen a well if he abdoinal ain is sevee 59
with vomiting, nausea, haematemesis o hematochezia. the pain is due to an acute abdomnal condtion, seek sugical teatment without delay. 3. Pass stools and uine befoe pactising the Qigong execises. is desiable to pactise one hou afte meal. not pactise when one feels hungy and tied. 4. The movements of the execise shoud be gentle and slow , and should coodinate with beathing and will contol. Chronic abdom nal pain due to conditions of gastitis and gastic ulce should be teated by pactising the execises specially designed fo the teatment of gastalgia.
Hypoondri Pin Hypochondiac pain is a syndome chaacteized by pain in one side o both sides of the hypochondium. It is also a common self felt clinical symptom. Chonic hepatitis , hepatolithiasi s , cholelithiasis , cholecystitis and othe diseases elated to th live and gallbladde temed n esten medicine can all be diffeentated and teated n efeence to the ex planations of Qigong theapy n ths section. aic gng Exercie 1. The Execise of othng the Live and Gallbladde (Shu Gan
i n ng) (1 Pepaation. Stand quiet and elaxed with the feet as wide as the shouldes , the head staightened as f suppoting an object on it , the spinal column staight, the hips contacted, the knees elaxed, the ams falling natually at the sides of the body, the shouldes and elbows dopped, the pams stetched natually, the eyes closed gently to look inwadly at ntan and the tongue popped gainst the palate. Stand quiet in this postue fo a whe , then tap the teeth 36 times , sti the saliva with the tonge and swallow the saliva in three times to send it to ntian mentally. 0
(2) Pessing the Abdomen and Qi. Ovelap the two hands (the ight on top of the left) and apply them against the lowe abdomen, with the two Inne Laogong (P ) diecting at Dantian. Take the nasal inhaling and exha ling o the nasa l inhaling and mouth exhaling method and the antidomic abdominal espiation . Inha ling , contact the abdomen slightly with n tian as the cente and contact the anus and the scotum Exhaling, bulge the abdomen slightly with Dantian as the cente and elax the anus , utteing at the same time. Repeat the pocedues fo 9 espiatoy cycles. Rubbing the Hypochondium and Xu Qi. Poceed fom the last step . Apply one hand at the affected side of the hypochondium, dop the othe at the side of the bdy and beathe in the same way as mentioned above. Ehaling , ub the ibs of the ight side with the left palm while utteing Xu. Inhaling, stop the ubbing ad uteing. this fo 1 1 espiaoy cycls. Then exchange the position of the hands and do the same o the othe side of he hypocodium fo aothe 11 espiatoy cycles. (4) Dicting Qi of Lie and Galbladde hael s. Poceed fom he last stance. Take ypochodiac pain of the left side as the eame. Take half a ste foad o the lef with the left foot an d get the inteio side of the big toe touching he goud, th heel lifed, the knee bent slighly he weight of te body on the i ght foo h ight kee bnt a halfsquating poition, the neck staighnd a if supoing a obec o the ad ad th eyes closed genly. Sick e pals (stetchd natually) lftfowad a log ith the sepping of the left foot ith he two Laogong (P ) oi oining at ach ote ad paalel o the poit Riyu (GB 4) of the Galbladde hannel and simultaeously exhale and push the hands doad o h poit Zuqiaoyn (GB 44) at th foot. Then inhae and lif the body to saighten the legs , and simultae ously un Laogong (P ) toad Dadun (Liv 1 ) along the Live hannel of Fooueyin folloed by pulling te hands upwad along the Lie hannel ad diect Qi to Qimen (Liv 14) this fo 1 espiato y cyces. Echage posiion of th foot and the hand ma nipulations to ect Qi of the Lie and Gallbladde hannels of the 61
I
ight side fo 1 1 espiratoy cycles. Finall, esume the pepaatoy postue to close the execise. The Execise of othing the Live and Giding Qi (Sh Gan Dao Qi Gong) (1) Pessing the Palms down to Guide Qi. Stand elaxed and quiet, the two arms natually at the two sides of the body. With the aised slightly pwads , pess palms down wads withfivea finges little foce , tnking that Qi has beenthedected to the cente of the palms and futhe to the fingetips. Pess the palms down 3 times (Fig. 36) (2) Pushing the Palms fowad to Guide Qi. Poceed fom the last postue. Lift the two hands up to the chest with palms facing the font (Fig. 3) Push the palms fowad while concentating the d . Then daw the palm ack o e chet.
Fg 36
Fi 37
(3) Puig e Palms paately o ude Qi. Poceed fom the last postue. Spead the ams left and igt like a bid setchig its wings. Wth the finges eected upwad , push the palms towad the ight and left espectively (Fig. 3) and guide Qi to the cnte of the palm and then the fingetips. the pushing 3 times. (4) Guiding Qi to the Lowe and Middle antian. Poceed fom 62
the lst pos te Withdw the hnds nd set them in font of the chest with plms upwd nd the fingetips of the two hnds poin ting t ech othe Tun ove the plms an push them down (Fig 39) to the pubic symphysis to guide Qi to the Lowe Dntin Then tn the plms upwad nd hold Qi up to the Middle Dntian (Tanzhong Ren 7) this fo 3 times. Dop the hands at the sides of the body to end the execis
g B Spplemen Exercses
Fg
atints ith ochondiac distenson and pain aggaation upon emotionl stess stuffy chest and fequent belching may pac tise the Execise of Rubbing the Hypochondim and Xu Qi fo times. atients h stbbing nd localized hypochondic pin may pacts the ecise of othing the Lie to Gude Qi fo 6 9 tims. 3 atients ith dull hypochondiac pin y mouth nd thoat eation and vetigo may pctise te Execise of Taking Geen Qi in additon to the basic execises. The Execise of Taking Geen Qi: Take a standing sitting o ly ing postue elax ll o beathe natully xpel the distactions 63
and stick the tip of the tongue on th palate t the upper and lower teeth tapping each other for 36 times while string the saliva with the tongue Swallow the saliva in thre ti mes after te tapping and each time send it down to the hochondria and furter to Dantan Then imagine green Q Inhal the green Qi by way of the nose and fill the mouth with it Snd it slowly down during xhaing to the liverRturn and then Dantian Repeat for or 1 6 times to thetopreparatory posturethe t o procedures end th xrcise C Poin for nin
1 Practise the exrciss tims a day As the aladdr is ieved to b the source of vigorous Qi of Shaoyang and substantial in the morning th practitonr sould tak advantages of the time of ary morning and select an nvironmnt with fresh a to do the exercises so as to facitat th circation of th gallbadderQi Tak nutritional food control t amount of diet and avoid irritabl and rough food Grasy fod should sund n patients with cholcystitis Acoho and toacco are stric tly prohibited 3 Avoid motional irrtaility anger and aity and kp th mind tranquiied and the hart cam during practce
Tympanites t is so named because of th distnded a bdomen like a dum and is characteried by dilatd abdomn with pale and yeow skin and exposed suprficial vins t rfrs to ascits du to hpatocirhosis intraperitoneal tumor tuberculous per itonitis etc tered in Wes tern medicin A ic Qion Exci
Preparation : Take a natura standing postur This is the starting posture for each of the following 6 exercises Breathing: Tak orthodromic adominal respiation with inhaation through the nose and exhalation through the mouth While x haling pronounc the correspondng words and concurrently tighten 64
up the aboen , contract the anus , lift the kineys , touch th groun slightly with the toes an shift the boy weig ht to the hels While inhaling, close the outh with the tongu against te palate an shift the boy weight forwards to the front part of the soles. Rgulation of reathing: th inhalation an exhalation are one through the nose. Whie inhaling, lift the ars in front of the chest (slightly ) thatthe the groun . When the ars an palssie ar e lifte the pals level offacing the shoul ers , turn the pals upwards (ig. 40). While exhaling, bend the elbows with th palms turned back to wars th face and concurre ntly akng scircls , lowr the hans in front of th face, neck, chest, aboen, an then to the two sies , resuming the preparation posture . this for 6 respirations. Repat this for 6 respirations after each of the following 6 exrciss
Fg
1 he Xu Qi xrcs. Put th two hans on the lower ab-
on (one on top of the othr with the Laogong points (P 8 coinciing, the right on top of th left for an an vic vrsa for woan) with the Laogong point (P 8 against Dantian and Yuji point (Lu 10) against th ubilicus (ig. 4 Whil xhaling , pronounce Xu" with the lips slightly opn and th air flowing 65
through the tip o f the tongue and the upper gum, and at the same time, open widely the eyes and concentrate the mind on the liver region (inward vision The exhalation should be exhausted before this making ialation Prac tise for 6antimes While exhaling, the Qi flow should be guided with will Qi flows upwards along the iver Channel from the dun points (iv 1 ) of the outer laterals of the big toes of the feet, via the the lower abdomen, to the lung
g ·
Then it still goesQiupwards via throat , along eyes , the forehead ihui to( ). Stil then, flows downwards ung toChannel Shaoshang points (u 11) The K Qi xercise The movements in this exercise are the same as that in regulation of breathing of the asic exercises in this section Inhale whil lifting the arms and hands ; exhale while bending the ebows , making semicirces and resuming the prepara tion posture When exhaling , pronounce Ke ith the mouth half open and the tongue tip against th ower gum While the Qi flow guided(S with1 )will Qi flows along theexhaling Spleen ,Channel fromshould Yinbaibeoints of the inner sides of the big toes via the inner sides of the legs nd thighs up to the abdomen where it meets the Chong Chael (Vital Channel , then it goes further via the heart, lungs and axillary fossa down to Shaochong points (H 9) at the litte fingers along the inner sides of the arms Also , while exhaling , kee an inward vision of the heart The u Qi xrcise Stand in the reparation posture While inhaling, lift the hnds in front of the chest with the ams uward While exhaling , lft and turn the right forearm inwrds 66
over the head with the pam facing the sky ad the fingers pointing to the eft Lower and turn inwards the eft hand to the eft side of the body with the eft pam facig the groud The exhaation shoud be concurrety accompanied with a pronunciation of Hu" with the ips contracted round and smal and the tongue attened and against the lower incisors Imagine tht the upgoing Qi in the Chong Chanel shoud is beingbegushed out ofThen the mouth The exhation exhausted slowywhie lowerexhaling and rotate outwards the right forearm with the plm facing the chest simulta neousy sowy ift ad rotte outwards the left hand with the pam aso fcing the chest ad he fingers poitig up making the two hands cross in front of the chest (the right hand in the outer The owering ifti d crossig of te hands re accompnied inhatio Whie the eft with hd sti oes upwrds with the m ci uprd d th right hnd downwrds ith the pam facing groud proouc Hu (i 4 Prctise this for 6 times ( iftig of the hnds oe right one eft is ccuated s 1 time Resume the preparation theow ex ercises with posture the twoafter hds ering to the sides of th body Fg 4 from the front of the chest While exhaing the Qi flow shoud e guided with wi Qi in the Speen Chel goes upwards from the Yinbai poits (Sp 1 i the inner sides of the big toes to the spleen ad th branches to the stomac Simutaneous y Qi continues to flow upwads to the throat and the tongue rot and subsides in the subingu rea and also from the stomach to the heart and then to Shaochong points (H 6
9) in the ier sids of the litte fingers along the Hea Channel When Qi lows , inwad vision of the the spleen and stoma ch should be made 4. he Si Qi Eercise Pro ceed from the preparation pos ture Lift the hands as boin an object and upwards in front the abdomen the chest, andofthen turn the palms forward at the level of anhong (Ren 17 and strtch and sepaate the hands trlly (i 43). All these movements houd be accomp nied with haling and pro nouncing Si with th ips con tracting y closedbackwards nd th, teeth tongusliht tip genty touching the crevices of g the teeth When the exhalation is exhausted, ower the arms naturally along th sides of the body nd begin to inhale Practise this for 6 times While hlig, the Qi flow should be guided ith wil Qi goes upwrds from Dadun points (Liv 1 in the outer side of the big toes alon th Liver Chnn, through the inner sides of th egs and thighs ,(u to the then along the vision Lung Chael to rea Shaoshang points 1 lungs in the, thumbs nwrd of the ung should be made during the flowing of Qi 5 Th Cui Qi Exercise Lift the arms naturally with the finger tipes of the right hand pointing at the corresponding ones of the eft fingers , nd the two thumbs and two index fingers forming a circle Pronounce Chu i and ehale with the lips slightly open an contracted backwards and the tongue held forwad, whie the foot toes fimly touching the ground, knees bending, the lowered naturally as if holding a ball (ig 44), and finally the hands drop 6
ping on the sides of the kn following the eaustion of exhalation Then inhale with body and knees slowly straig tened and the hands rubbing an mving upwards along the ou sides the 0 thighs pointsof(GB on via the Huana hi o Shenshu oints (UB on h wast, and the two hand stretched forward n fron of t chest , the arms mad a circl if holding a ball Pracise for 6 tmes While exhaling, the Q fo
Fg
should e guided wll Channe Q gos through uwards th fromnner Y ongquan ( K 1 ) balong thewth dney sides ofpoints the thighs and then the spine to the lungs , where it flows into the Per cardum Chanel and along t down to the Zhongchong points (P 9) on the tips of the middle fingers When Qi flows , make an inward vsion of the kidneys 6 The Qi xercise ollowing th rearation posture, in hale when lfting te hands in front of te abdomen to Tanhong point ( Ren 1 ) on th chest wth the palms upward xhale and pronounce wit the lips and contracted and the tongue flattned andslighty slightyoen contracted while thebackwards forarms turning inwardly and the hands stretchng upwards over the head ith th alms u and the finger ts onting to each other (g 45 ) The exhalaton should b exhaust ed Then inhale whl e tur ning the forearms and hands outwards with the palms facing back wards , and lower the hands n front of the face and chest Still then exhale (no pronoucing when lowerng the hands with the palms facing te ground and finally dropping te ands on the sides of the body Practis this for 6 tims 69
When exhaling and pronouncing " Qi shoud go under will control upwards from Zuqiaoyin pots (GB 44) on the feet aong the outer sides of the legs and thighs to the head and then into the Trijiao of HandShaoyang, and Channel still then go downwards along the outer sides of the arms back to Zuqiaoyin point (GB 44) of the Gabladder Channe B Spplemeny Execie
1 Those who have the symp tom of abdomnal tympanites
Fg
with abdomina skin, upon percussion hypochondriac hoowtightened drum sound of the abdomen stuffiness , fulness or pain poor appetite , dstension after meals , beching, maaise or have the sptoms of distended abdomen, wa tersac sensation of the abdomen upon palpation , tiredness , fatigue , poor appetite with loose stoos , or have the symptoms of hard and distended abdomen with exposed veins , stabbing pain i the right hochondrium, darkish complexion, purpebrown lips and vascu lar nevi on the head , neck , chest or arm are advised to practise the Qi xercie theHu Qi xercise addition , The the Ke Xu Qixercise and and the Si Qi xercise may beInpractised additional practice times shoud be 6 , 2 or 8 (times of si , deter mned by the domination extent of the pathogenic factors Those who have the symptom s of distended and full abodmen with exposed veins , darkish complexion xerostoa , vexation , in termittent rhinorrhagia or gingiva beeding may, in addition, prac tise the xercise of Taking ssence from the oon see Cough 24) C in f Aenin 0
1 These s basic execises ae better to be actised 3 times eve ry day , 15 30 minute s each ime When pcisig it is bette o face the east in the moning and the south in the afenoo A new eane of the six basic execises may give the pioity, step by step , to pactising postue and ponounciat ion whe exha ling In practising pronounciation, pay attention to the degee of i onding , ponouncing and sooth air fow Afte about 5 days of pacice, the ponouncition may dimish to an exent ha one ca hardly hear it whl e the exhaation becoes slow , eve and asting Yi Xue Ru en ( Crse f Medicine) oins out th Though the six basic execises may help send ou exopathoge hey ae foidden fo those wih deficiency ad sweating due to de biiy , hey e coindicted fo hose who hve deficiency sydome Stop pctisig immediaey he sweig due o debii ty, paiion o diiess pe scitic fid is cused by uercuo sis o scsosomisis dug they is needed 3. If the paien is too weak o do the abovemeioned six sic execises , he o she my si o ie , nd pcise these execiss with no movements of the body 4. Attentio shoud aso be pid to uiion , ygiee ad e stains of pungent, hsed, geasy o fied food ad smoing o diking
Abomnal Mass Adomin mass (i u is a syndome chaacteied by fomation of mss in he abdomen accomed by pain o disensio Tdi tiona Chinese medicine hods th i and u e diffee i seveity and pathogenesis Geneay, i efes o shaped mass fixed in ceain ocation with ocaied pain u efes to un shaped mass which may aggegate and dispese a any time mafes ted by migatoy pain unctiona disode o the stomach a nd intestines , pyoic o in 7
tstnal obstructon hepatoegaly splnogaly tuors n th abdonal cavty as wll as ptoss of th nternal organs ay all be ncludd n th scop of abdonal ass of tradtonal Chnes mdcn A ic on Exee
1 The Exrcse of Spontaneous oveent (Z a ng Gong) ( 1 ) Prparaton Takandtheback standng posturethew wast th theandfet shouldrs wdth th head straghtened hp at laxd th kns bnt slghtly th wght of th body on th hels th shouldrs and lbows dropped th ars doppng natu rally and th whole body <ncludng th nd) rlaxed th ys closd gntly th brows smoothned th tongu aganst th lat and th mouth closd gntly () Rspaton and nd Concentraton Tak natural respraton frst and gadually turn t nto dp slow thady and vn abdomnal rspaton As th frst stp rlx the body mntally fro the top to th botto by parttons svral ts Thn opn th ys slghtly and star at on spot straght ahead ( g on pont on a wall or a t or agn you ar starng at a sall wht ball cntts ahad for sval sconds o sval n utes untl your ys ar tred and your uppr ylds drop slowly and naturlly to gt closd At ths t lowr th wght of your body dowward mntally and magne that th body wght as a ball drops out from th coccyx and s suspndd 0 0cm blow t by Q Tn magn tht th ball s swngng foward and bckwd f you body bgns to swng slghtly long wth th swgg of th ball gt th ball nto th Lower Dantan mntally relax th nd and kep th natural ovent of th body wthout any nd actvts () Spontanous ovmnt Whn slght natural (spontanous movment of the body occurs through th nd and postur xc ss and contnuous rlaaton thre wll be spontaneous phnona such as forward and backward bndng of th body quverng of th whol body ovnts of th ars and quck an short gats At ths t th practtonr should lt thngs go naturally wth thes 2
Qi phenomen, otherwise the sponneous movement my be inhibi ted This may be followed by enlrged extent nd incresed freque cy nd vriety of the movements rregulr nd different movements my occur in mny prts of the ody, such s dncing, jumping or mrtil rts , which will slow down grdully nd finlly sop fer 2060 minutes of such sontneous movements (4) Closing When the spontneous movement stos , resume the preprtory posture Then rise the rms from the two sides of the body nd let them pss by th e shoulders , the bck of the ers the bck of the hed nd the top of the hed until they rech the fore hed , followed by lowering them pssing by he fce , the chest nd the bdomen with the center of the plms fcing them, nd finlly get he rms bck o he srcnl position Crry out t s closin exercise for 35 times 2 ineturn Longevity xercise (Yn in iu Zhun Gong (see Dirrhoe B Sulemen Execses
Ptients wth ccumulion of Qi in the bdomen with migrto ry distending pin nd discofort in the hypochondium nd epigs trium, nd the condtion tht Qi my ccumulte nd disperse with emotionl chnges , my prctise the Ches thypochoni um Doyin xercise (see Asthm in ddition o the bsic exercises Pients with bdomnl distension or in, costiion, norexi d intermittent presenttion of cordshed mss with severer distension d pin upon pressure my prctise the Doyin xercise of Regulting the Spleen nd Stomch (see Gstrlgi 3 in ddition to the bsic exercises 3 Ptiets with plpble bdominl lum hrd in texture, fixed pin, drkshgrey complexion, emcition, lssitude nd norexi my prctise the Exercise of Pushing the Adomen to Regulte Qi see Abdominl Pin (3» n ddition to the bsic exercises 4. Ptients with hrd mss in the bdomen, progressive pin, yel low or drkish complexion poor ppetite nd musculr emcition my prctise the nn er Helth Cultivtion Exercise (see Gstrlgi in ddition to the sic exercises 3
C Poin or enion
1 the exercises 23 times a day 30 minutes a time and 3 months as one treatment course 2 Reieve bowes and t ake off spectaces , watch , pen and other thngs before pract ice It is advisabe to take a wak to get the mind tranquiied and Qi reguated first a quiet pace with an even ground de3 ect sirabe to have the therapist or someone ese onfor spotpractice in order Ittoispre vent faing or other accidents 4 ven though the spontaneous movements my be strenuous , the practitioner should stil keep the mind relxed and the distractions expeled If no spontneous movements pper , one should not force himself to get it This phenomenn usuy comes d oes naturally nd often occurs en one rasps the principes of the exercise The spontneous movement may not appear in some cases However , temay effectiveness for treatment diseses d preservtio of health e the sme 5 n t e frigtened if vioent or strenuous movements occur ne may just open the eyes and sy siently some suggestive words such s I want to stop or wnt t slo dwn te mvements, ad the spontaneous movements wil be discontinued rduly And if one dont want to prctise any more t the time eig, one my press digitaly ihui 20) or ingmen 4 , or get the ten toes clutching the ground olowed y rexing the whoe ody Re peted practice of this fr several times i et the movements stopped completey 6 After the closing exercise as ee fiised, one should first get the mind tranquilied and take a wak not eat nything or wash the hnds and ace or tke t immediately after practice If there is sweat , dry it with a dry towel first
4
Edem nerally edea refers to retent ion of the body fluid and is a fested as pufiness on the head face eyelids libs back ab doen or all overkinds the whole body he following of edea tered in Western ecine ay be treated with the eercises introduced in this section accordingly: carac edea due to heart diseases nephrogec edea due to gloerulonephritis or nepotic syndroe trophedea due to hypoproteineia vitain B deficiency and serious aneia and en docrine edea due to hothyroidism and priary heraldos teronis ic gong E eses
1 The iveStep Eercises for Vitality Qi low our postures of walking standing sitting or lying ay be chosen in practising these eercises Generally the sitting posture is the first choice Sit on a chair or stl with suitable height to ensure horiontal thighs verti cal shanks and groundtouching of the whole soles of the feet the two knees are as wide as the two fists place the hands on the thighs (one on each) with the palms downward relax the shoulders and drop the elbows and straighten the back and neck as if supporting an object on the head with the andible slightly shrinked ackwards ) Step 1 Keeping the ind on the Epigastriu with haling Shorten the vision expel distractions concentrate the in on the apex of the nose and then close the eyes and a ke an inward vi sion on the epigastriu isten carefuly to the ehalation sound which should be avoided to become rough and concentrate the mind on the epigastrium when exhalatio is being ade et the ind concentration be natural hen inhalation is being ade practising this way for soe time the vital Qi can be gradually accuula ted at the epigastriu f distractions can not be removed and the ind can not be concentrated try to count nubers fro 1 to 10 and repeat
th dull coutig til th mid calms dow The cotiu to rac tis this st Thr or fv days aftr ractisig th xrcise of ths s thr will b a ssatio of havss o th igastrium; f ds latr, a hat stream flowig to the epigastrium wil b ss wh xhalatio is mad This is th maifestatio of vitality Qi cc2. tratio, pavsevry th foudatio xrciseoo stpad evig rally, of ractic day i thformorig, r3 tims which sectivly e eeded, 20 miutes for ach tim tratmt cours cosists of 0 days (2) Stp 2. Cocetratig the id o Datia th Exhalig Aftr gainig the obvious ssatio of hat at th igastrium, guid, with l, th heat to move dow to Datia slowly ad g tly This rocess should ot b mad with udu hast vrhatd ssatio du to ovr ractic is good for tratmt of th illss Wh exhalig, thr wl b stram of warm Qi flowig to Datia The phoma of gurglig soud i th lowr abdom, icrased peristalsis ad frqut assig of wid ar th mafstatios of improvmt of th itstial fuctio ad expllig of th athogenic factors thaks to th arrival of vital Qi at th lowr abdome Practis xrcis st 2 two tims a day, 20 � 30 miuts ach tim 3 Stp 3. Regulatig Rsatio ad Cocetratig the id o Datia Aftr accomplishig th xercis st 2 wh o gts a markd ssatio at Datia, rgulat th rsiratio o mak sur that o mor guidac of hat flow dowwards is exrted while xhalig, ad that th md is coctratd o Datia Rspiratio should b atura ad will ctrol should b ld to revt ovr cosumtio of Yi fluid (bdy fluids of varius kids Thr will emrge a Qi lum i th lowr abdom aftr t days or mor xrcis of st 3 , ad th lum will grow ad th rgy i the lowr abdom will icras with cosistt ractisig W th ergy bcoms strog eough, t ill mov, ad a itchig s 76
sation on the pudendum bouncing on the perineum or heatig o the extremities and waist may b sensed Practise exercise step 3 three times a day, 30 minutes or more each time 4) Step 4. oowing Qi low alog the Du Chael without Control After about 40 days practice of step 3, the vital Qi will already be accumulated to some extent and the energy will be strong e nough nly afer that , the vital Qi may naturally flow upwards a long the spine (the Du Channel) The mind should then follow the upward movement of the vital Qi, and if the Qi movement stops somewhere in the Du Channel, do not try to guide the vital Qi to go further in nd that the movement speed of the vital Qi depend on the energy in Dantian sually , the vital Qi stos at Yuhenuan n the basis of strong accumulated energy in Dantia , the vital Qi can pass through Yuhenguan when an inward vision at the top of the head is made n the basis of practising step 3, the energy in Dantia will get accumulated and the lower abdomen plumed; boucig will be ensed on the perineum , heating on the loins , ad activ vital Qi movement at ingmen (Du 4 ) , ad finally the vital Qi will go u wards along the spine All these differ from person to person I some , Qi may pass through the Du Chanel only once , whie in others , several times or even several days The pheomena of involutary backward sloping of the back, tightness o th head, depres sion or malaise are common before the vital Qi passes through th Du Channel During this period , practice of the exercise must be continued with confidece It is boud to become comfortable after the vita Qi passes through the Du Chanel Practise step 4 mor tha 3 times daiy, 40 60 uts each time ( 5 Step 5 Continuing ind Concen tration on Dantian to Strengthen Qi urce After accomplishing step 4 , continue mind concentration on Dantian nce the Du Chanel is through , all the other channels are 77
sy for th vit Qi to pss. H ctiv nergy is sensed t ihui ( 20) on th top of th hd , mind concntrtion may be md on ihui 20) insted. Whn continuing th prctice of stp 5 , th following phenomn will ppr : snstion of lectricity ocurring ovr th body, tinglig nd itching snstion or formiction on th skin, tightning snstion t th glbllum n d th nsl bonof, snstion of tightnss nd tingling on th lips , ltrnt senstion w rmth nd pleasnt coolness on th body , moving sestion of the skin with rspirtion , contrcting inwrdly or fting upwrd of th skin while inhling nd xpnding outwrd or falling downwrd of if wle xhing, snstion of ltrnt buoynt ness nd heviness , or altrnt gintnss nd dwrfnss , nd involuntry movemnt of th body. All ths r th mnifsttions of opned chnnels and colltrls , vigorous intrnl rspirtion nd ctivity of the vitl Qi. These mnifsttions r bound to diffr from erson to rson, on nds not to ursu thm r t m uss out thm, thy will disppr whn o prctiss brthing xrcise with mind deply concntrt d. 2 Th Doyin xrcis for Drdging th Rn nd Chls 1 ) Prrtion Std rct with t los togthr, hnds hnging ntury t th sids o th body, chin tukd in s if suporting n objct on th h d , ys look ing stright hd , br thing vn, distrctions xld nd mind concntrtd on Dntian. Stnd ts wy for a whil (2) Activting Qi t th Coccyx (Wilu . nd forwrd th wist to form n ngl of 100150 dgrs t th hnds grippd with ch othr nd strtchd forwrd (ig. 46) Look t the plms but d ot s yhing , rth nturlly , guid Qi mntlly from Dn tin to th cyx nd cumult Qi thr for h nxt xris Swing th hips lt nd right for 6 tims ( png Jijigun. rom th st movmnt, mk fist of th lft hnd nd strth it forwrd , tk hlf a stp ftforwrd ith th ft foot , gt th lft kn sightly bnt nd mk th right rm kimo, thus forming postur ie wrrior pulling bow. 7
Then direct Qi mentlly from the coccyx to Jijin and swing the body left nd igt or 36 times Excnge the poste of the h nds nd feet n n for nother 36 times (Fig 7
F 46
F 47
(4) Opening zhengn Stnd with feet part as wide as shou ders raise hnds overhed nd cross the fingers wth palms uwards Get the heels and ow as f pestling sometng for 81 times whe gidng Qi with will to flow gently from the coccyx (Wei ) pwrd to the Mud ll (the Uppe ntin) vi the spne Jiaiguan nd uzengn (Fig. 8). ( 5 ) Retrning Qi to ntin rom the lst movement make fists nd get them one in nother i front of the cest t the heigh of Thong Point (Ren 17). nd the knees to make a sitting os tre higher o lower bed on te costittion of the individals Guide Qi to flow from the Mud ll (the Upper Dntian) long the Ren Channel own to the Lower ntn (Fig 9) Concentrte the mind on the Lower Dntin then 9
ig
F
6) dg h rs Sad re hads falg a h sds f h d. Ru h hads wh ah hr ad h ru h fa wh h hands. a fre mvme f h d end h erse B ulmn Exrciss
1 ras he Ers f Rug hs ad S" s ugh" B-l) r h Ers f Rug h gasr a ad Hu" se soa" B - 4) when he flwing smoms aar : dma f lds flwd rad d evelmn f edema f h eres ad he d lgura, dsura leran f ld and wnd and fevr; r gra ad ng dma lgura, havss ssan and sless hs dsrss ad ara. 2 rase h erse f Tag elw see smia" B - 2 ) wh h fllwng smms aar. geeral dma wh mr sever ad ng edema f he was ad ha low, adal dses , lse sls , ld lms and sleeess , ad lgura. 3. rase h Exers f Tag Bla whn he fllowng smms aar: general edema wh re severe ad ng dma f he was ad ha elw alaon, dsnea, ld, ahng ad hav snsan f h was , gura ld lms lra 0
of cod lassitde and dim and pa compeo n. The Ercise of Takin g Black Qi : ( ) Prepara tion. Assme the standing sitting or ying postre with the body reaed distractins epeled and the tonge against the palat. (2) Tapping the teeth of the pper with the lower for 36 tims. Sti the saiva in the moth with the ton ge then swaow the sai va /3 each time and send it to antian mentaly. (3) Imagine that there is black Qi. Inha th back Qi throgh the nose and make it fl of the moth; whie aling gide the black Qi to fow sowy to the kidneys and then to Dantian. Practise this way for 6 2 tmes. Resme the preparation postre to end the eercis. C Poins or enion
. Practse the eercise 3 times very day 30 60 mintes each time. 2. case o severe edema accompanied with hydrothora or ascites it is better to assme a semyn g postre and to practise the eercise wihot body movement. If the case is not severe the sitting postre in practising the ercise pls practising the Daoyin Eercise fo edging th Ren and Channes is advisabl. 3. Pay attntion to rest and ntrition Intake of red bean black bean crcan car or car may promot diresis. Take ess greasy det and pngent and irrtabe foo d shod b avoided.
Stngu Strangria is a synome charactrzed by freqent drippng and painf rnation. The folowing introdced ercises may b appied in the treat ment of sch diseases of th rnary system in Western medicine as pyelonephritis cystitis renal tberclosis rinary ithass or ri nary tmors. 81
ic Qigong Eerises
1. Prctise the Si lingQi cercises (see the sic erci ses in Tympnites") with more prctice of the " Qi ercise. 2 the xercise for Normlizing the Fnction of the owerjio the lower portion of the dominl cvt) t Tret Stngri: 1) Pshing the bdomen. Pt the two hnds the right on top of the left on Zhongwn (Ren 2) nd psh down from Zhongwn (Ren 2) t the pic sym physis while ehling. Prctise this wy for 36 times. (2) Kneding the Umbics n d Ring the Adomen. Pt the right hnd n top of the left with ogong (P 8) of the left plm toching the milicus . Press nd ned the umilics clcwise for 6 rottns. Then ru the domn conterclcwise wth th milicus s the center fr 36 crcles. ( ·Put the right hnd n top f the left with ogng (P 8) of the left p tuching Dntin. rss d d Dntan clcwise fr 36 rottions. (4 Pt the hnds on ech side of th domen nd press nd psh downwrd for 36 times. (5 ssume sitting posture. R th hnds with ech other till the get wrmed then press nd r the scrcccgl rgion up nd dwn tl that region gets wred t. (6 Put ogether the fur fingers (other thn the thum) of the eft hnd pt them on the inner sde of the left nee joint nd press nd ru the inner side f the left thh fr 00 ts. this way on the inner side f the right thigh with the fur fners f the right hnd for 300 ties t. ( ie supine n ed with the nees ent efore the ch est hold the nees with fingercro ssd hnds pull nd reles the ent nees slowl while inling through th moth nd ehlng togh the nose. Prctise this wy for 12 or 4 respirtins. B uemen Eercises
1. Prctise the u" Qi ercie nd the Chi" Qi rcise se Tympnites" 3 nd 5 when the following smptoms pper : stone fond during rintion diffclty in mictrtion sudden 8
discontintion dring mictrition, stinging pin in the reth, co ic pin the wist nd bdomen , nd hemtri in some cses ; or difficlty in mictrition with brning pin, dkish red rine nd blood clots fond in some cses or trbid rine ike slops , thick ine severe cses nd emcited constittion 2 Prctise te X Qi Exercise (see Tympnites 1) nd te Exercise of king elow Qi (see Insomni 2 ) when the following symptoms pper: difficlt nd dipping rintion, stffi ness nd pin in te lower bdomen or heviness nd stffiness of the lower bdomen, heeltps dring mictrition nd ple compex ion 3 Prctise the Exercise of king ck Qi (see Edem 3) when less difficlt dipping nd red rine , onndoff occrrence , seizre on exerion, n lssitde occr C Poin or enon
1 Prctie 2 times dy. Prctise the Exercise for Normi zing the Fnction of the Lowerjio (the ower portion of the b domin cvity) to Tret Strngri when there is desire of rint ing 2 Pngent , peppery diet nd diet with rich ccim re con trindicted 3 When prctising the Exercise for Normlizing the Fnction of the Lowerjio (the ower portion of the body cvity) to Tret Strngri, the mniption shod be gente with no hevy nd strong strength.
Uoscss (Rtnton of Un) Uroschesis refers to difficlt nd dripping rintion or even ob strcted rintin in sever cses In Western medicine , te probem is termed retenti on of rine. Diseses tht cs e nctionl disorder of the rinry bdder ner ve , ecessive intke of sedtives or tropine , vesic or rethr cc 83
us rostatic hyerlasia and other oblems wch have uroschesis s the man symptom my all be differentiated and treated in refe rence to this section i gog E eses
1 The MassageDaoyin Exercise for Urination (ai Niao An Mo Dao in ng) ( 1 ) Tke the sitting osture Rub the hands first to get tem warm and ushrub with te two alms the lumbosacral portion from the ue to the lower 300 times Then ush with the f ace of the four fingers of the eft hand the medial asect of the eft thigh from the knee to the groin 300 times the same maniulation with the right hand to th right tgh for 300 times (2) Take te lying osture Aly the ight am to the lower ab domen and inhle slowly During exhaling rub the abdomen cloc is Reeat this for 35 minutes (3) Take the lying osture ress the oint Huiyin (Ren 1 ) ith he ti of he middle finger of the right hand 5 10 times And with natural resiration nd the bdonal muscles relxed as much as ossible ess verticay the oint 2 5 cun below the navel with the tis of the index and middle fingers of the right hand for 3 5 minutes Then stand u nd inhale Qi menty fr the orifice of the urethra and guide Qi to Mingmen (Du 4) through contracting the abdomen and anus ; during exhaling ide Qi from Mingmen (Du 4) to Dantian and out of he urethal orifice by way of te Ren Channe while lang th abdmen and anus and guide urine in the urinary bdde to go out of th urthra l orifice Reeat the roe dures unt the urine is discharged 2 The Exercise for Urition (Dao N iao ng) To get peared for urinatin gt the head and body straight look straightl y for ward and iagine that there is a hoo channe from ihui 20)to Huiyin (Ren 1) With nasal resation method inhae slow ly and contrat the abdomen and nus while imagining that Qi flows from ihui (Du 2 0) to ntian 3 cun below the navel) along the Ren Channel Hold breath for a shot moment an d begin exhaling 'and relaxing te abdomen and anus imagining that Qi antian
rushes to he urina bladder nd orces urine to go out rom the urethral oriice. Repeat he above procedures till the urine is dis charged. t Qi back into Dantian ater urination , relax the whole bod and remain quiet or a moment. B ulemen Eecses
1. Ptients with oliguria , dribbling urnation , bng sensation during urination or dsuria practise the basic Eercise of Rubbing the Abdomen nd Chui Qi, inma addition to the exercises. The Exercise o Rubbing the Abdomen nd Chui Qi Choose he standing or sitting posture, put the right hand on the lower abdomen, and inhale slowl. And when exhaling, pronounce Chui and gena rub lower( Fig. abdoen he rightthehnd 50 ) wih Repea this for 10 or 20 respirations. 2 Ptients with dsuria or oliguria, dr throat, excessie thrst and tachpnea ma prc tise the Exercise of Rubbing he Chest and Si Qi (see ough 1 ) in addtion o he bsic
Fg
exercises. 3. Patients wth oliguria or dsuria, lassitude, coldness in the lower bod and weakness in the lower limbs ma pracise he Exer cise o Invigoraing the Kidne and Replenisng Qi in addition to the basic exercises. The Exercise o Invigorating the Kdn and Repleshng Qi : (1) Stand erect, me ists and appl them against he sot prts at the back sides of the waist nd turn the waist clockwise and coun terclockwise 6 times respecivel F ig. 51). (2) Then tke the standng or sitting postu re. Put the two hands 5
on te ide o te wit nd rb rom te pper to te lower 36 time wie concentrting h mind on t wit 3 Spport te crotm wih te rigt pply te le plm te pbe Move ineriorthe to t pbic toympyi two nd p nd down imlt neoly for 81 time Cng nd nd do te e or no ter 81 time C Ps fr An
1. Te Exercie or Urintio (Do Nio ng old be done g wn on wnt to go old rinting. T oter xercie be prctied 3 time dy. 2. Attention old be pid to tretment o te primy ce o reention o rine 3. Te nd mnipltion old be gntl, sot, deep nd pr netrting nd the mind old ollow te moving o te nd to gide te ccltion o t intrinic Qi
Ion Impotnc i diee mneting itel fr of pe rc tion or otne o e erected n In Wetern medicin , two min ctor re crib ed to mpotence pycogenc nd orgnc , wit te ormer contitting 85 95 per cet o te ce. Clinicl overvtion on 1 50 ptient indictd tt Qigong exercie tictory terpetic eect in over 80 percent 6
of th cass A c Qgong Exrcs
Th Iron Crotch xrcis (Ti Dang Gong Pushing th Adomn ov vy and x dstractions va th hands with th g on toxihoid of th lft, andtouh fromthth rocss th uic symhysis (ig 52) o 36 tims xha slowy wh ushng downwards to snd th gnun Qi to Dantian, wt Fg mind concntratd on th snsa tion inducd y th hand maniulation 2. Pusing aratly on th Ad d with thsaratly hands from rocss to th th xihod sds th adomn (ig 5) fo tims xhal whn ushing, and concntrating th mind on th snsation inducd y th hand maulations 3. Knading th av suin , ovrla th hand
ig
right clockwis ao , and navl and knad cout clockwis for 36 tims rs tivy ( ig 54 ) w rathing naturaly ad coc tng th mind on th snsati inducd y th alms F 4. Twisting th Srmatic Cords Tak a sitting ostur Knad th srmatic cods atral t o th oot of th nis with th thum and th indx and middl fin
gers nd twist them for 50 times respectively, with the whole body relxed nd reth ntl. Py ttention to the indctivity csed by the hnd m nipltions , which is normll y presented s chin g distension wthot pin or other discomfort. 5 Kneding the Testicles. Sit nd grsp both the testicles nd the penis tightly with the right hnd (the thmb n the index finge forwrd nd the testicles nd penis exposed). Pt the left plm on the left testicle nd kned it for 50 times. Chnge hnds nd kned the right testicle for 50 times rethe nurlly n cncentrte the mind on the enter of the moving plm. 6. Rbbing the Testicles. Si , the index nd middle finges of boh the hns spporting he testicles of the respective sides. t the thumbs on the testicles nd rb nd twist them for 50 times respectively. 7. Popping the Testicles Sit , with he fce of the index nd middle fingers sppo rting the testicles of the respectiv e sides Prop the testicles with the fingertps p towrd the goins nd then lower them. this for 3 times. Inhle slowly dring popping the testicles pwrds nd exhle slowly dring lowering them. not pop too hrd. he proper mniltion shold produce feeling of brcing distension. 8 Swying the Snd g. Stnd erect with feet pr s wide s sholder s. Pt the prepred snd bg nd the gze ( with slipknot ) on the bed or o sool. Grsp with the hnd the penis nd testicl es , nd get the siknot csing t the root of the penis nd testicls with n optiml degree of tighness , he two ends of the gze eqlly long , pbes expose. Then drop the sn bg slowly (ig. 55) , nd swing it forwrd nd bckwrd for 50 times. rethe ntrlly ( not tke bdominl respirtion). The best effect is mnifested by congestion nd slight cng istensio f the penis nd testicles nd slight ching distension n tgging senstion in the goins nd even in the renl regions , with no pin. 9. onng the Testicles. Snd erect with feet prt s wide s sholders. Mke hollow fists of both hnds , pond with the bck of the fists on both the testicles lerntel y for 5 0 times ech The
onding hold be gentle to chieve the bet elt ention of ching tenion with no i. 10 Pong t Renl Region Stnd erect with feet t wide the holde Pond lterntel y with the bc of the fit on thei eective enl egion (Fig 56) The onng hold be gentle nd deepenettig with the breth ntrl
R g.
55
5 6
11 Activtig the c Stnd eect with the feet rt wide the sholdes. Me hollow fist nd relx the oint of the holde elbow d wit Swy the wit to led one fit to ond the chet (lm ide fcing the chet ) nd the othe (the bc ide of the fit) to ond the regio infeio to the cl imlt eoly fo 50 time ech (Fig 57) 12 Tning the Knee Stnd with feet cloe together. Aly the lms to the kees. Tur the knees clockwise nd couterclocwse fo 50 time ech (Fig 58)
Fg
th St St th th a straiht Put £at sl shs Step n a und sti ad r it th th feet t ad fr fr 50 tmes (i 9) 14. d f the r Crth xeris Sit quitly with palms the thighs fr a hil , ru the hands with eah ther, the ru the fae with thm, and stand up and mve the dy freely t end the exercise B ulemeny Exeses
Fig
Patnts ith imptee , diiness , vertig , surness and sftnss f the wast and kness and pale cmplen ay pats th xeis f tnthn ie r Yan Asesin in additin t the asic xerises Th xrise f Strethein ire fr Yan Asnsin: Ta th 90
standing , sitting r ying sture Reax the whe dy get the resiratin even, exe the distactins and cncetrate the mind n the sace etween ingmen 4) and Qihai (Ren 6 f 5 minutes Then take the antidmic resiratin methd Inhaing, cntact the anus , the admen and the testices , imagining that a warm fw f Qi is cnveged in ingmen 4) xhaing, ima gine that the warm fw f Qi aggregated in ingmen (D 4) ges dwn t the testices ang the Channe and then gs t the e nis and further t the aanus , whie eaxing the admen and anus this fr times Patients ith imtence , timidity , misgivings , aitatin , in sma deaminess and assitude may ractise the xecise uishing Dantian and Suementing entaity in additin t the asic execises he xercise uishing Dantian and Suementing entai ty: Chse the cssegged sitting the nrma sitting stue with the dy eaxed , eath nrmaied , tngue against the aate and distactins ex eed hen take thdmc ad na esia tin Inhaing , sy u in the admen and cntract the anus , sensing that Danian is eing genty ushed inwads and imaging that Dantian is nesting t the ac; whie exhaing, reax the a dmen and imagine that Qi is gathering twards Dantian Reeat it f 36 inhaatins and exhaatins efe taking nrma resiatin and cnetrating the ind n Dantian 3 Patients ith imtence and eating sensatin, mistness and aching ain in the sctum, enis egs may actise the xercise f Ruing the Adme and Chui Qi in additin t the asic execises The xercise f Ruin the Admen and Chui Qi: Chse the standing sitting stue , eax the he dy , dise a he distractins and ut the hands n the we admen Sy inhae and exhae When exhaing , rnnce Chui and genty u the e admen Reeat this f resiratins 4 If the ens is ae t eect ut nt hard enugh ate days actice f the equied exercises , actise the xecis e f Gasing 91
te Pes to Strengten ng s nothe spplementy execise Te Exercise o Gsping te Peni to Stengten ng: Tis sold be done te swinging te snd bg in te on Cotc Exe cise (Tie ng ng s been inised o wen tee i s implse o sexl ctivity old te penis in one nd wit te blns exposed Exert stengttotopevent me Qi blood to to blood te blns. penis tigtly tend bclow of ow Qi nd nd veGip te te blns senstion o distension Te strengt o gipping sold be in cesed gdlly nd te slipping o te nd p nd down sold be voided. ts severl times C Poins or enion
1. te exercises o 2 times dy o 100 dys ist. Ten do tem once dy or once every ote dy. xl ctivities e po ibited dring te execises 2. Relese stools nd rine before doing te execises Prio to pctice of te on Crotch Execise (Ti ng Gong) , one sold get preped with the snd bg, gze, ond stic, etc. Te snd bg is mde f clot, 20 centimeters long nd 17 centimeters wide , filed with 1 ilogms snd nd tied tigtly t teo opening. Th rond stic is 55 centimeters in ength nd 3 centimeters in d Bg ad Rou Sck dimete (Fig. 60) Te gze F is 90100 centimeters long nd 40 0 centimetes wide , its two ends re sewed p togeter n te whle gze is mde ing, wit smll metl ng csed (Fig. 6!). 3. Te on Cotc Execise (Tie Dng Gong is not sitble for 9
those with postoperationa scars and serios varicosis at the pdendm , vasoigation , acte tesiis , epididmitis and othewise.
F
Give , if ae an , he ad hats sch as mastation and carna desires fo reading ponogahic ooks.
Spemohe (Seminl Emission) Spermatorrhea refes to the invontar sperm emission not d ring the sea intercose and fregent sperm esson ith other genera smptoms. . The sicangRecperation gong Exercises ercis
� (Dao ang ng ( At night hen the pes is erecting, ie on he ight side of the od, end the hp joints and the knees to toch the adomen hrd. Press the stripe joining the pam and the ring finger (Zien ith the thm (Fig. 62 , ith the fo fingers gripping the thm tight. Pt the right gripped hd on the ches , close the ees , rest the tonge against the paate , expe distracting thoghts , reathe natra , and concentate the mind on Dantian. Lie qiet this a for a mine. 9
2 ) w the wast backward slghtly wth the mddle nger o the let hand pressng the coccyx and the rght hand stll n a fst wth the thumb nppng the strpe (Zwen Durng nspraton con tract the anus press the coccyx bend the toes make st o the rght hand apply the tongue aganst the palate and drect Q men tally to crcuate rom the glans pens along the Du Channel up to
the pont the hu (Du 20). expraton reax and the drect who Q body ncudng fngers toes Durng anus and the tongue to low along the Ren Channel rom Bahu (Du 20 dow to Dntn acltate Q actvtes ths wy or 6 � 8 respratory cycles ( 6
Fg 6
g 63
( Le on th ack wth the rms layng naturally on each sde o the body and the two hands n fsts wth thumbs nppng Zwen Stretch the es When nhalng bend the toes o the et hard contract th anus pull n the abdomen apply the tongue aanst the palate and make sts then drect Q hard mently to mak t crcu lat from th glans penis along the Channe to the back of the head and further to reach the top of the head and then durng ex hang drect Q ong the Ren Channe to ts orgn (Yuanha wh easly relaxing the wast legs hands eet abdomen and the anus Repeat the procedures untl the pens prostrates tself Relax all over and concentrate the mnd on Dantan for a whle before endng the exercse 2. The xercse o Recoverng the tal ssence (Hu n Huan 9
h uatg, mak fsts wth th thumbs ppg Zw th strip oig th pm ad th rg fgr) , fx th tos towa rd th sos ad cnch th tth Aftr som uri has b pssd , daw a sudd ath ad smutaous stop uatg otrc th gas ad ps to hod u wh drctg Q up to Mgm (D th back to t , wth th hads , ft ad th who bod 4, axd Rstart urting ad stop gai th sm wa Rpt th procdurs or 4 tims dug o uinaton prod Th Iro otch s T ag o) s Ipoc" ) B Spplemeny Exece
1 Patints with octura msso drams , rstss sp at ght, dzznss, vtigo, paptato, fagu ad asstud, scat u uag wth a ssato o f hotss , ma practs h xs of oushg Y ad ag awa Hat Yag Y Qg Y g) addto o th asc css T cs f uhg Y ad a g awa Hat Tak h sg ou Ru h hads gt h hot ad ak a ah h hag , ub th s hsh V wth th pams fom th upp o h ow Rpat th pocdus fo o 6 spa cs Th ub Y ogua (K ) at th sos wth th mio tha f th ght ad ft hads f 1 tms rv ats wth fut sprmata , dzss , tg , us, souss of th was, pa ad dm compxio, avso o d ad d ssa o h mbs , a pacts th f Rcov Ya Hua Ya og) addto to th asc ss Th xcs of Rcog Ya Ths s houd do at 9 p m or 911 m o o sd wth h bod b h sotu wth o had ad ss th ow abdom wth th h arr out upaddow mov mt of th scotum fo tms xchag hads ad do th sam fo aoth tms R a aoth m of th sam da 95
3. Patints with frqunt sminal mission or discharg of sprm with urination , vextion with littl slp , itternss in th mouth or thirst and darkned hot urine may practis th Exercis of Ddging th Splen nd Stomch (Shu Do Pi Wi ng) in ddtion to th basic xrciss. Th Exrcis of Drdging the Spleen a Stomach: the dy to and Guid Qi. natural. ake tWith standing postur with(1thSwang whol body rlad brath the wist as an ais , turn the body lft and right to lad th ams to sway (Fig. 6). (2 ) Looking Backward to Guid Qi. Knl on th d wit th palms applid against h d. Kp qiet for wil , thn turn th head ovr th lft shouldr to look ackward s if a tigr looking bck in th distanc Fig. 65 ) Then turn th had ovr h right shouldr a d h s r 5 is rs ctively.
F g C Pnts fr Attent
Fg
1 th rciss 23 tims dily. 2. Expl distrcting thougts during practice. Giv up th ad hait of asuration. 96
3. The oungsters m hve two or three nocturna emissions in a month, which cn be tken s norm phsioogica phenomenon if there re no other discomforts. The condition cn be improved fter some prctice of the exercises. 4. The prctitioner shoud p ttention to persona hgi ene nd wsh the udendum periodic. Avoid wering tight pnts. Led regulr ife with temperate sexul life.
Pm Ejclion Premature ecution refers to nabilit to conduct norma sexua ntercourse due to unexeced discharge of sperm foowed uck softening of the penis. si gong Exerises
1 The Iron rotch Exercise Te Dang Gong , see Impotence" 1) 2 The Exercise for Strngthening he KdneYang and onsoi dting the Essence Qing Yang Gu Jing Gong). 1) Patting the Lumbosac ra Region. Tke the standing or sitting osture. Pat the sides of the waist and the sacral region with hoow fists. 2 Rubbing the Pens and Testices. Hod the testces be tween the two plms nd rubkned them for 3 6 times. the sme to the enis for 36 times. Practise ptting the umosacra regon" when there is tendenc to eculte. 3) Tossing the Penis. Lie supine. Grp the penis b the root with the index and midde fingers of the eft hnd and toss it ono he inner sde of the ef thigh for 36 imes. the same th the right hand and onto the right thigh for nother 3 6 times. Then grip he penis b the root with the thumb and the index and midde fin gers of boh hands and toss the penis onto the ower adomen for 36 imes. 9
4) Kneding the Penis nd Puing the Testices Put the d nd midde fingers of one hnd on the frenum of prepuce of the pes nd the thum on the coronr edge nd pinchkned the peis wth smtric force ; hod the scrotum nd the testices n nother hnd nd pu them downwrd nd ckwrd. The pinchingkne ding nd puing shoud e crried out simutneous nd the movemts sudde f th w e coordintive Reese oth the 3 4shud hnds afterhads respirr ccs of raie , ad ept the procedure agai svr tims (5 Knedig the Testices Li sup , est h th f m aginst the root of the estices d ked with pressure fr tmes Repeat the procedue with the rgh pm fo times B Spplemenry Exercises
Ptients wth pmtue ecution accompa surnss ad wekess of th wist kes , du a th was , ss of hir d ooseg o teth , ses compictd wi th ficienc of the kidnYg , vsio to cld , codness i the etremities , short ness of rh , p cm ion , car dripping urine , ose soos nd dep n we k pus , nd cases cmatd with n sufficienc of the kidneYi, fversh senstion in th heat ad h cee the pams d ses , igh sweting , drness i th muh a diness , m pats t se ourishing KidnYin Yag Shen Yi Shui Gong) in ddition t th sic eercises Th rcs f ourishg KdneYn: Take the stg s tue Ru th pams with ch oher to get them wrm , ha gt nd ru the sdes of th waist wth th pms iuce sen stion f hotness Then ru the cnte f the f with the mo henr of the right hnd nd ru he center of the right foot with the minor ther f the eft hnd for imes respective 2 Pies with prspermi , dsphori , itter tst i he mouth , drk urine , sweing and itching i he puded , urodni nd turid urine m prctis h ercise f Ruing the Adomen nd Chui" Q see Impotenc" 3 adiion t the sic eer ciss 3 Ptiets wth prosr, maca and ssitud du to Q
df , wakss of h s , d oo , soaous swag , drass , oss of a ad oos soos a ras h rs of Takg w Q s Isoa " 2 or h Ers of Takg Rd Q s aao" 1 addo h as rss. C Poin or Aenin
w a da. o of h as Qgg rss and ras o or 2 ua f s ohd wh o hudrd das durg Qgog ra ad shud d fru afr ha. G rd of ussar wor s O a ora h o o g ou of h od durg sua rous ordr o dsra h hough au h suss or faur of . Th o shoud sow ad g , ad a shoud aodd
Headache Hadah s a a oo ad u so a ag a au ad hro dsass Ths son a da wh hadah wh afss sf as h a so. a , hadh urs a, urga, uoga, shog ad T dsass. A c Qigong Exerci
1 Th rs of Rurg Orga ur ad S" Qus Gu Qg g Gog) 1 ) Rguao of h d. oos h hs ad h was , ra a or ad ak h rossggd sg osu . ra a soo wh h surfa aroud 66 sua rs ad ou h fro dg ow ha h ak ) , h dffr hgh w h wo dgs g rs. or h soo wh a h o on usho. d s aso aowa u h rurs for shoud as sa as hos for h soo. 99
The beginners of Qigong eerise shoud not tke he ross legged" or sime rossegged " osture but the oose ross egged" whh needs one to bend the right eg nd y the right hee genty ginst the oint Huiyin (Ren nd then bend the et eg nd y he eft hee geny gins the oint Fuyng (B 59) o the right foot. When one gets used nd sked in this osture f er ertin time of rie nd when he ees no umbness of the legs he n hnge the osture to singe ross egged " nd grduy to rossegged". I one fees numbness o the egs in rtie the osition of the two egs n be tered. By sitting loose rossegged" the wist nd the egs n be reed ntury nd the sitting wi be stbe. rotrusion of the hs bkwrd shoud be voided. Afer getting sited shrug the shouders itte so h he sin oun n e strightened Then oining the hnds nd tugging in the hest be rried out. There re mny wys of oining he hnds. In hs eerise i needs the riioner o mk he s fing downwr h wo rs between th ubs nd the inde fingers oine he umb of he right hnd ut ginst the web se between the ring nd sm ingers (the trnsverse wrinke o he m of he eft hnd) nd he other f ur figers f te rg hnd mde ose to eh other n u on the k of he eft hnd with he sm finger ose to the mfinger oints nd he inde finger lose to the wrist. Then ut the oined hnds ginst the low er bdome omforby nd nturly. After some rtie h wo hnds wi tury beom oied more igy s if red by some otenti fore. ersisted eerise wi ke o ne fee ht the two hnds wer not eisting. not be surrised nd oen the eyes to look t the hnds t this time in order to void distrtions nd disturbne of entering into quiesene. When geting the hnds oined tug in the hest itte nd y the togue gins the te ntury. Then ose the eyes genty so tht one my see only thred of ight. When one rtises to the etent of returning to srcin urity nd simiity" the eyes my lose ntury s if being ontred. After regultion o the body re the whoe 00
d ad sit steadi, ad e ma fee relaed and happ 2) Returg t Origia urit ad Simpicit" i Quiescece Make lg ehales 2 r 3 times withut ihae) t rea the itera rgas ad get the diaphrag sthed fwed atura respi rati Then lk thrugh the eeids wi at the space etwee the tw kees , which is caed th e sepig pace f the " , t a age f 45 degrees Thugh there is thng i that pace , it ma shw the sufficic ad deficiec f Qi f the huma d Specifica, five crs f ue, ew, red, white ad ack wil e see, which is the mirag" refectig the cditis f the itra gas caus the cnditi f Qi f the huma d is differet , the crs that e perceives are varied Mst pepe wil see mis white" at first, r smethig ike white ight gitterig i the sk, which m chage i cr frm time t time mg the five clrs , the white is take as the pure , ad persistd practice wl enae e see the white ad a th the crs wi disappear The white cr wil chage frm mist white" t clear ad riht miht" ik a mdautu m i the fr mii h ccetrated mid and the whte ight i e , e wil fee himsf as the right m i the sk ad fe c ad efeshig a d the truig hughts are awa t this time e is apprachig the cea ad quiescet state Whe th five crs fade ad e ca see a pice f white ight suspedig ad shii i frt f him, e is eieved t have eterd the secd stage t this time if e tes that ue , rd , ew ad lack crs appear sudde, w thm with the muth as if lwig awa a pape spi This wi w the mied crs awa ut remai th white ight Hwever , t much pufs r wat wig shud e av ided t shud e speciall t ed that if there ests n the cr f pure purpe which is riht, deicate, charmig ad sft , ever w it as it ma get e it quiescece ad rigs gd reaati as we Whe prceivig the white ight , cmie the md ad the whit ight i e and imagine that the iht is msef ad am the ight" ad the igh t ad mself are e" s dig , the ight ad es 101
d i mr in a h. A firs , n a f ha h hand and f f himsf ar n xisin an mor and his fin i sprad rada a ovr h d. On i f ha his on d is as brih as h hi ih and d no kn hr i is , and f himsf a rih mon ha is ranqui, pacf and asu si. Indicad hr is h sayin of In dimnss hr is ssanc and in darknss ssnc". A hi shr sais, n can b said o rach h xn f sfssn s r fori nsf" , ha is , nrin h ra car and qiscn rd", a sa a hich a d rs f h nrvs ssm i aind and Qi and spiri i rcvrd. (3) ndin h xrcis T nd h xrcis , n ma spara h i ih h ih. Th ih i fad naray and h d of nsf i ou. Thn pn h s , rn h bas 3 ccs , in h s , rax h bd , si p so , sa h saiva in h mh s in 3 5 ims and snd i mna Danian, srch h arms and s ra, r h fac ih h pams , pa h ais and s n f r a hi and wak a f sps nd h xrcis. Th arnrs f his xrcis shd incras h drain f pracic s sp, frm 0 30 30 40 and hn 40 50 mins r n r , hich shud dcidd asd n h n f pracic. nfind rs n pracic shd avidd and h ra hin is ha h praciinr shd f cmrab afr racic. Th xrcis is indicad for hadach d o inrna impairmn. Th xrcis f Raxain f h Had and ac Tu ian an n n). Tak h sii r ih h h bd r ad ad h s csd k inard a Yongqan ( K 1 ). Brah naura fr 4 ccs and hn rb h had and fac ih h ams fr 00 is , fd swpin h mps i h h finrs cs o ach hr ) fr 50 ims. Afr ha, pa n h pi ihi D 0) ih h f or rih pam. Thn pracis h xrcis f Raxaion d ariins B Wi an n n) rfr ri" 3) fr 37 imes. as, rax h anrir, ara and psrir sids f h had h h 1 02
ead reaxed 3 The Exercse of fmassage fo r Headache (Tou Tog Z o An o ng) (1) For pan n the vertex, pressknead hu (D 0 ) , Ssen cong (Extra 6 ) , Tongtan (UB 7) and Ash Ponts wth the face of the tumb or the mddle fnger for 1 mnutes respectvey Ten pnchknead XngjanFor (Lvsevere ) wth thumb andongquan the ndex fnger forthe1 pont mnutes panthe , npknead (K 1) wth the of the tum () For pan n the forehead, pressknead Shangxng (D 3), Shentng (D 4) , Touwe (St 8) and Ash Ponts wt te tum and te mdde fnger for 1 mnutes respectvey Ten pnch knead Hegu (LI 4) wt the tumb and te ndex fnger to get a strong sensaton of sourness and dstenson For severe pan , np Jex (St 41) wth the nal of the thum (3) For pan n te backhead, pressknead Houdng (D 19), Tahu (UB 1 0 ) and Ash Ponts for 3 mnutes respectvey Then pnc Kunun (UB 60 ) 1 mnutes For severe headache , npknead yn (B 67 wth the na of the thumb for 1 mnute (4) For pan at te two sdes of te ead, presskead Tayang (Extra ) wth the two thumbs or mdde fngers for 35 mnutes Then get together te fve fngers of eac hand and sweep gently wth tem te tempes from te anteror to the posteror for 3050 tmes n asty pncft Tacong (Lv 3) wt te thumb and te ndex fnger for 1 mnutes The Exercse of Reaxaton of te Head and Face (Tou an Fang ng ng) and the Exercse of Sefmassage or Headace (Tou Tong Z o An Mo ng ) are sutabe for head ache due to exopatc affecton B ulemen Exere
1 Patents wth frequent attacks of pan n te ead whch may radate to the neck an back , averson to wnds , or pan wth fever , flushed cheeks , congested eyes , thrst wth ncnaton to drnkng , dry stoos and dark yelow urne, or pan wth averson to cod and preference to warmth and ack of thrst may practse the Exercse of 1 0
pellng nd and Relevng Headache (Qu Feng Zh Tong Gong) n addton to the basc exercses. The Eerc se of xpellng nd and Relev ng Headache : Take the sttng posture For pan n the vertex, pnchknead Xngjan (Lv ) wth the thumb and the nde fnger and then concentrate the mnd on h (D 0) and then along the D Channel down to the sacral porton and down the abdomen, and then Lverthe Channel of FootJueyn to Xngjan ( Lvalong ) the where pathogenc wnd s epelled by wll For pan n the forehead , pnch knead Hegu (LI 4) wth the thumb and the ndex fnger and concentrate the mnd on Shangxng (D 3) and then along the face to the neck , and lastly along the Large Intestna Channel of HandYangmng down to Hegu (LI 4 ) , where the pathogenc wnd s epeled by wll. And for pan n the backhead , np Zhyn (UB 6 7) wth the thumb and the nde fnger , concentrate he mnd on Houdng (D 19) and then along the back and the posteror sde of the thghs and shanks down to Zhyn (B 67) of the Urnary Bladder Channel of FootTayang , where the pathogenc wnd s epelled by wll the exercse for 4 respratory cycles and utter Chu" at eery ex hale . Patents wth headache , ertgo , veaton , rrtablty , restess sleepng, fluhed cheek wth congested eyes and btterness n the mouth may practse the Xu" Q Eercse (see Tympantes" ) n addton to the basc eercses 3. Patent wt h headache , holow sensaton n the head accompa ned by vertgo , pan , sourness and oftness of the wat , fatgue , semnal emsson, leukorrhaga, tnntus and nsomna may practse the Exercse of Nourshng the Kdney and Replenshng the Marow (Z Shen Y Su Gong) n addton to the basc exer cses. The ercse of Nourshng t e Kdney and Replenshng the Mar row: St or le supne wth the hands overlapped and put aganst Dantan, eyes losed slghtly to look nwardly at the kdneys (the depth of the two ponts Shenshu, UB 3). Concentrate the nd on the two kdneys and then shf t mnd concentrat on from the kdneys upward along from the spnal column to hu (D 0 ) magng 1 04
that the head s sbstantal wth Q the exercse for 30 mntes each tme wth the breath calm 4 Patents wth pan n the head an d vertgo whch may be come worse followng overstran , lasstude , palptaton , nappetence and pale compexon may practse the Exercse of Replenshng Q an Blood (B Y Q Xe Gong) n addton to the basc exercses Exercse of Repleshng Q and Blood : St or( Ren le spne theThe hands overlapped and pt aganst Zhongwan ) , wth eyes closed slghtly to look n wardly at the nsde of the pont When feelng the warmth, concentrate the nd on Zhongwan (Ren ) and then aong the Ren Channel and the D Channe to Bah (D 0) , magng that the head s sbst antal wth Q the exercse for 50 mntes each tme C n r Ann
. Practse the exercses 3 tmes aly . If one has dffclty n enterng nto qescence durng the Exercse of Retrnng to rgnal Prty and Smplcty" n Qescence (G Y Qng Jng ng) , one may apply the methods of ex pellng dstractons to get the mnd concentrated on the seepng place of the ox" or to perceve the lght coors foun ny n ths way, the reslt of combnng oneself and the lght can be gradally acheved When the dstractons come on pellmell, they can be mae ds persed by openng the moth slghtly and say Pe , whch should be prononced wth the lps senly oened an the soun should be as low and gentle as heard only by oneself and shold be as qck as a sdden brakng of a vehcle Ths method can expel the dstrac tons very soon However , t shol not be sed wantonly bt shold be sed only when the dstractons come on pelmel 3 After recovery of headache de to exopathc ffecton, the Exercse of Relaxaton of the Head and Face (To an Fang ng ng) may stll be contned 4 If there s no mprovement of the headache or the headache worsens after repeated practce , cerebral dseases shold be take n nto consderaton and examnatons shold be made to fnd ot the 1 05
cause of te pan so tat tmey treatment can be provded
Arthralgia Syndrome It s a syndrome compex due to affecton by wnd , cod , dampness , eat or oter patogenc evs , wc may enter te uman body and te coateras and nder te crcuaton of Q and bood, gvng rse to pan , sourness , eavness , numbness of te tendons and musces as we as sweng and dffcut movement of te jonts Treatment of artraga syndrome wt Qgong as been proved to be effectve wtout sde effect A. s Qgng Exrss
Te Exercse of Dredgng te Cannes and Reeng Artra ga Tong Jng Xng B ng) ( Stand wt te feet at souders wdt, te ands fang at te sdes of te abdomen or the body, te eyes cosed sgty, te tongue apped aganst te paate , and te neck , souders , ebows , ps , knees and even te wole body reaxed Reax te cannes and musces a over wt wl Durng nang , magne tat Q tat as been taken n fows aong wt te exstng Q and bood to te axa va te cest , and by way of te nteror sde of te arms , to te ebows , te wrsts , te pams and te fngers , and va te ab domen to te ps ten by way of te nteror sde of te tgs o te knees , te ankes and te soes It soud be remnded tat Q soud be guded by w and , were tere s w , tere soud be Q Durng eang , gude Q and bood to fow from te toes to te ankes va te back of te feet and furter to go aong te Can ne of FootTayang at te posteror sde of te sanks to te poste ror sde of the thghs , te ps and te ack , and from te fngers to te back of te ands and va te exteror sde of te wrsts and te arms to te souders Say slenty te word reax" weneer Q and blood reac te jonts ts for 0 30 mnutes and te practtoner w fee Q and bood crcuatng a over and te woe 1 06
body s ght wthot any obstrcton () To end the exercse converge Q of the whoe body by w to the ower ntan Then qver and reax the body part y part n order of the shoders the ebows and the wrsts and then te chest the wast the hps and the knees for 3 mnutes The Daoynmassage Exercse (Dao n An o ng) st wth (the body reaxed Appy the pams at ) Stand thetwo pontsor Qepen St whoe 1) separatey Durng exhang move the pams sowy downward to pshrb the chest and abdomen and aong the exteror sde of the ower mbs to the back of the feet Drng exhang rb from the back of t he feet to the soes and aong the nteror sde of the egs to Dantan the exercse for 81 respratory cyces wth wl shftng wth the hand manpatons and at tenton pad to the sensaton nder the hands The practtoner sod fee that aong w th the and man patons Q and bood fow freey The jonts at varos part s of the body shoud be bent and stretched natray aong wth the hand manpatons () th natura respraton kneadrub the panfu jonts wth the mnd concentrated on the sensaton nder the ands 3 The Exercse of Spontaneos ovements (Z Fa ng Gong) (refer to Abdomna ass" 1) B . Spplmn x
1 Patents wth mgratory pan n te jonts of the extremtes wth dffcty n mb movements may practse te Exercse of Ds peng nd (Q Feng Gong) n addton to te asc exercses The Exercse of Dspeng nd: Le supne wth the for ex tremtes and the hands stretced the whoe body reaxed the ps cosed genty and te t of the tongue stretched forward and the sdes of t crved pward Take a deep breath and then exae sowy gde by w te patogec Q of wnd and cod to go aong the hannes and ot from the hands and feet Then nhae to take n fresh ar (Q) to combne wth the genne Q nsde the body and make te genne Q to spread al over the body Try to fee that the genne Q fows and norshes the body and that the whoe body s warm and hot te exercse for 4 tmes 1 0
Patents wth severe ocazed pan n the jonts of the extrem tes or panf mb jonts aggravated by cod no redness at the pan ocaton or pan w th heavness of t he mbs dffcty n mb movements and dysesthesa of the skn may practse the Exercse of armng p the Channes (en Jng Gong) n addton to the basc exercses Exercse ofstretched armngthe up the Channes spnefsts wththethe forTheextremtes hands makng: Le hoow whoe body reaxed and the dstractons expeed Take nasa nhang and moth exhang Drng nhang send Q that has been taken n by w to Dantan and magne that antan s as warm as sght Drng exhang gude Q by w to flow to the panf area and try to fee the warmth n that area the smooth ccaton of Q and bood and Q of pathogenc wnd and cod beng expeed ot of the body by the warm Q va the center of the hands and feet ths for 4 respratory cyces 3 Patents wth mgratory pan n one or more jonts whch are hot red sweng an d ntoerant of tochng and mosty accompa ned wth gener symptoms such as fever sweatng ntoerance of wnd thrsty dysphora and stffness may practse the Exercse of Cearng away Heat (Qng Re Gong) n addton to the basc exercses The Exercse of Cearng away Heat : Le spne wth the ower extremtes stretched the hands apped at Dantan and respraton natra Inhang send Q that has been taken n by w sowy to the affected part; whe exhang expe the pathogenc Q by w from the affected part ot of the body va the pores of the has ts for 24 respratory cyces 4 The Exercse of fmassagng and Movng the Extremtes (Zh T Z o Mo Gong) 1 The Sholders Pressknead the anteror part of the shoders wth the thmb and pressknead the exteror and posteror parts wth the ndex and mdde fngers whe movng the shoers sm taneosy for 35 mntes Then rb the shoders w th the pam to make t warm 1 0
Move the shoders forward and backward, abdct them, rase them and rotate them for 1 6 tmes respectvely The extent of move ments shod be ncreased graday to the maxmm ( ) The Ebows ressknead Qch (LI 1 1 ) Xaoha ( SI 18) and Shosan (LI 10) wth the thmb and the mdde fnger, whch shod ndce a sen saton of sorness and dstenson , for 3 mntes Then n the handebows the ower partmntes of the pper arm and bend, stretch andhod rotate for 3 (3) The Wrsts ressknead Negan ( 6 ) agan (S J 5 ) Dang ( 7) , Tayan (L 9) Shenmen (H 7) and Yangch (SJ 4) wth the thmb and the ndex ad mdde fngers and bend, stretch and rotate the wrsts smtaneosy r 35 mntes ( 4 ) The Knees ressknead Xyan (Extra 3 ) Langq ( St 34 ) Xeha (Sp 10) Qqan (Lv 8) , Ynngqan (Sp 9) Yangngqan (GB 31 ) Xguan (Lv 7 ) and Zsan (St 36) wt the thmb and the ndex , mdde and rng fngers shod nd ce a sensaton of sorness and dstenson , for 1 0, whch 1 5 mntes Then rb wth the two pams the atera and the anteror sdes of the knees and get the sensaton of hotness nd and stretch the knees and trn them n a hafsqattng pos ton for 16 tmes respectvey (5) The Ankes ressknead Sanynjao (Sp 6 ) Jegu (GB 39) Xanzhong (GB 39) Tax (K 3 ) Knn (UB 60) and Jex (St 41) wth the thumb to get the sensaton of sorness and dstenson, and at themntes same tme bend, stretch, addct and abduct the ankes for 510 C Poins or Aenion
1. Practse the exercses 4 tmes a day . Cases wth heat arthraga shod be treated wth drgs of tradtona and Western medcne n addton to Qgong excercse 3. Have proper rest and avod fatge at the acute stag e of arthraga
109
Flaccidity Syndrome In tradtonal hnese medcne , flaccdty syndrome refers to a morbd condton of flaccdty of the muscles n the extremtes whch may develop nto muscuar atrophy after a certan perod of tme Dseases ncluded n estern medcne such as polyneurts , acute myets , progressv e myatrophy , myasthena gravs , perodc parayss , myodystrophy , hystercal paralyss an d sequelae of nfecton of the central nervous system manfested as flaccd paralyss can all be dagnosed and treated n reference to the prncple of dfferenta dagnoss and treatent of flaccdty syndrome descrbed n ths secton A. a Qgng Exss
The Exercse for Replenshng Q and Inner Heath utvaton (Y Q Ne Yang Gong ( ) Le supne wth the ody relaxed Take orthodromc abdom na respraton to get the abdomen buled durng nalng and dented durng exhal ng Hold reath for a ltte whle after the exhang and restart the nhalng , and at ths perod , ompete the steps of rasng the tongue , readng slenty and settng the tongue Rasng the tongue refers to applyng the tongue aganst the palte; readng slenty means to read the words that can nduce quescence to nou rsh Q; and settng the tongue means to lower and reset the tp of the tongue Holdng reath shoud e done naturaly The begnners may do ths for or 3 seconds and read fewer words such as Q strengthened or ntrnsc Q strengthened" n a speed of one word a second After a certan perod of practce , the pause of breathng can e proonged to 5 7 seconds and the numer of words can be ncreased, such as n quescence the ntrnsc Q strengthened and n quescene the ntrnsc Q n Dantan strengthened hen ths eercse s well done , the practtoner w fee that Q s suffcent n Dantan and actvated a over the body, and the extremtes are full 110
o strengt Te exercse o ud be done or 30 mnutes eac tme () en te result of te rst step s aceved te practtoner may ten begn to gude Q durng exalng by wl to low rom Dantan to te laccd ower lmb and try to sense te owng o n te extremty en one fees te lowng o Q and bood as strong as to make te extremty dstendng attenton soud be pad to reaxaton te extremty exercse or 30onutes eac tmeorceuly durng exalng te Te Daoyn Exercse or Faccdty Syndrome (e Zeng Dao n ng (1) Stand erect and relaxed wt te bac agans a a Concentrate te mnd and ude te ntrnsc Q rom te ead to te ee () Stand wt te toes o te two et curved uprd and te breat or 5 tmes 3) Stand erect t te back agans te a rex te eet and te andsoles get nto GudetoQetbytesensaton to o o rom eadtoes to te and quesce tes ornce 1 tmes Q te ( 4 ) Stand wt te back a anst te wal Hod breat to te maxmum and ten exae slowy and gude Q by w to low rom te mout to te ead or 3 respratory cyces ) Stand on one oot Abduct oter oot at a degree o 90 tote form a T sape and at te same tme turn te body along wt te abducton o te oot wt ands overlapped (Fg 66) Te exercse sould be done wt te postons o te two eet excanged aternatey or 14 tmes respectvey
Fig 66
Sppnry Ex 111
1 Paiens wih imb faccidiy and weakness , poor appeite , oose soos and asside may pracise the Exercise of aking Yeow Qi (see Insomnia" 2) in addiion to he basic exercises 2 Paiens wih faccidiy and weakness in he ower imbs , sore and weak oins and knees, accompanied by verigo, innits, semi na emission and enresis may pracise he Exercise of aking ack
3) imbs Qi 3(seehen Edema" in addiion o he exercises the affeced can move bybasic hemseves , pracise he aoyinmassage Exercise for Regating Qi (see Prevention and Treatment of Qigong viatio n" 2) in additio n o the asic exe r cses C Poins o enion
1 Practise the exercises 23 times a day As the syndrome needs a ong corse of treatment , the practitioner shoud be patient and persistent in practice ing
overanxios restsofmay affect the effectwhen of treatment freqency exremity exercise possibe 3 Increasefortheqick 4 To promoe rehabiitati on , traitiona drgs , acpnctre and massage may be added to Qigong exercises
lnhol Meanchoia is a syndrome cased by emotiona depression and stagnated Qi , and eqivaent to nerasthea , hysteria , nerosis , cimacteric meanchoia , etc in estern medicine aic Qigong Eecises
1 The Exercise for Norishing he Kidney for Rejvenation ( 1 ) Preparation Stand with feet apart as wide as shoders , hands hanging natray, neck and spine straightened as if sppor ing an object on the head, knees reaxed and ben a ite, toes ctching at he grond, tongue put against the paate, eyes ooking ahead bt seeing nothing, distractions expeed, breath even and 1 12
mnd concentated on Dantan Stand ths way, qet and stll, for 35 mntes (Fg 67) (2) Contractng the Ans and Gdng Q Proceed from the last stance Choose antdromc abdomnal respraton Inhalng, pt the tonge aganst the palate, shrnk the neck, rase the sholders, pll n the chest and adomen , contract t he ans , and at the same tme lft the heels slowly to stand on tptoes and gde Q to flow pwards along the D Channel p to te top the head; reaxof the ans whle and exhalng, the whole Fig body, ower the heels down to the grond, and concrrently gude Q to fow downwards to Dan tan along the Ren Channe Practse ts way or tmes hen gdng Q to flow pards , mnd concentraton sho d not e too exerted ; f Q can not be felt , mnd tracng can also do no prac tse ths exercse more than tmes at one perod of tme Patents wt hypertenson are prohbted from gdng Q to o
pwards and only concentrate the mnd on Danta 1 Yongqan (K shold 3) form Sholder Movement Proceed from the last stance Relax a over and breathe naturally Trn the sholders n a 0 movng pattern wth the wast as the axle Male practt oners shoud trn the left sholder frst a nd female the rght Trn the sholders 8 tmes each or for the multple of 8 based on the health stats of the ndvdas (Fg 68) (4) Rondng the Crotch Whle Shakng the dy A ver Place the feet apart a lttle wder than the sholders , contract the addc 113
tor musces of te tgs sgty wth the knees pued somewat towards eac oter to round the crotc (Fg 69) Breate natura y , cose te eyes genty , rea te masseters , keep te ower abdomen n a state as f odng stoos nd and stragten te knees aternatey to ead te body to oscate up an down wt te upper and ower teet cckng eac oter genty and te pudendum vbratng, and cosng freeyaccordng ths toforons5 eat 20 mnutes tme oropenng fr urton status eac
i
F g
(5 ng oy, concentrate te mn n a pon be tween Qa (Ren 6 and ngmen D 4 ) fr a pero of 5 10 mnutes 2. Te Daoyn ercse for Ascendng an cendng n and ang (1 Preparato n Stand erect wt feet apart as wde as souder s , ands fang naturay at te body sdes , tongue put aganst te paate , eyes ookng aead , neck stragtened as f supportng an object on te ead, souders reaed, ebow dropped, breat even and mnd concentrated on Dantan (2) nd te wast sowy foward wt ands n natura fsts 11
fallng as low as possble n front of the feet. Smultaneously drec Q of the Thee Yang Channels o Foot to flow from the head va the back, hps, lower lmbs to the feet Then, straghten the wast slowly wth fsts clenched as f grppng somethng tghtly; at the same tme, drect Q of he Three Yang Channels of Foot to flow to Yongquan (K 1) and then up o the lmbofs , Foot the abdomen and fnally the chest along the Thre e Yn lower Channels (3) Proceed from the last stance Straghten the arms n front of the ches wth the fngers relaed and stretched Drect Q of the Three Yn Channels of Foot, by wll, to flow up to the chest, then to nner Laogong (P 8) along the Three Yn Channels of Hand Then, wthdraw the hands n front of the chest and smultaneously drect Q of the Three Yn Channels of Hand to flow from nner Laogong (P 8) to outer Laogong, and to the shoulders and head along the Three Yang Channels of Hand , followed by clenchng fsts and gudng Q of te Tree Yang Channels of Foot to flow dow wards Practse ths way for 3 crculatons dy and Q movemets should be ntegrated wth respraton ehalng s requred to cope wth drectng Q of he Three Yang Channels of Foot and the Three Yn Channels of Hand to ow downwards and nhalng to cope wth drectng Q of the Three Yn Channels of Foot and the Three Yang Channels of Hand to ow upwards ental acvtes should follow Q crculaton B Supplm
1 Patents wth the symptoms of emotonal depresson , restless ness , frequent sghng , dstenson and pan n the chest and hypochondrum , stuffness n the epgasrc area and belch may practse the Chest Hypochondrum Daoy n ercse (see Astha ) n addton to the basc eer cses Patents wth mock foreg n body n the throat and stuffness n the chest may practse the ercse of Rubbng the Hochondra and Xu Q see Cough ( and the ercse of Rubbng the pgastrc Area and Hu Q (see Insomna 4) n addton to he basc eercses 115
3 atents wth the symptoms of tance stlessess sadness and feqent cyng pon mno sses may pactse the Execse of Reglatng he Heat and Gdng Q (see alptaton" 2) n addtonn to the basc execses. 4 atents wth anxety palptaton tmdty nsomna amnesa and poo appette may pactse the Execse of Takng Red Q (see
alptaton" ad thetoExec se ofexecses. Takng Yellow Q (see Insomna" 2)1) n addton the basc C Pins r Aenin
1 actse the pescbed execses 12 tmes a day. 2 foe pactsng evaca te stools and ne ; and when pact sng the Execse fo Noshng the Kdney fo Rejvenaton loose clothng s eqed. 3 Daly actvtes shold be egla and sexal actvtes shol d be mted.
D Dabetes efes t o a syndome chaacteze d by polydpsa polyphaga polya wth the ne sweet n taste and emacaton. Qgong execses ntodced n ths secton ae also elgble fo teatment of psychogenc polya polyphaga de to hethyodsm hehdoss and ema aton. ic Qigng Eercises
1 Inne Health Cltvaton Execse fo Dabetes (1) he oste of Lyng on nes Sde. Le on the left o ght sde wth the head pt stably on a pllow and the chn pled towad the chest. Get the eyes half closed to look at the tp of the nose natally the eas heang nothng the moth closed to bethe nasally the hand on the ppe sde stetched and pt at t he hp wth the pam down the othe hand (on the lowe sde) stetched nat ally on the pllow wth the palm p and 310 cm fom the head the wast bent fowad slghly and the leg at the ppe sde bent at 116
an angle of 120 degees and pt on the leg of the lower sde whch s stretched natra lly and bent slghtly After the postre s reglated , begn concentratng the mnd on Dantan and the respraton exercse as descrbed n step (4) hereafter (2) he ostre of Lyng Spne Le spne on a bed wth the head rased hgher than the body and pt straghtly on the pllow (he heght ofhe theprncple pllow shold based the habt of, the practtoner f t sbetodecded keep the headoncomfortable the mscles of the whole body relaxed and the breat hng smooth ) , the two legs stetched natrally wth the toes p, the two hands pt natrally on the two sdes of the body and the eyes , ears , moth and nose n the same ostre as that of Lyng on nes Sde" hen begn concentratng the mnd on ntan and the respraton exercse as descrbed n step (4) hereafter (3) he ostre of Sttng St straghtly and stably on a sqare stool with the head bent down a lttle, the angle between the body and the thghs beng 90 degrees , the knees bent at 90 degrees and kept apart at sholders wdth, the two feet on the grond, the hands on the thghs wth the palms downward and the elbows bent natrally and comfortabl he body shold be kept straght wth ot shrggng the sholders and throwng ot the chest Keep the sholders relaxed and the chest tgged n, and the postre of the eyes , moth and nose as same as that of Lyng on nes Sde " hen begn concentratng the mnd on Dantan and the respraton exercse descrbed n step (4) hereafter ( 4 ) he Respraton Exercse Close the moth natrally and breathe nasall y ake natral respraton frst for 1 or mnts, then begn the followng steps Inhalng , prop the tonge aganst the palate whle sendng Q to Dantan followed by holdng the breath for some tme , the draton of whch may be decded accordng to ones vtal capacty Drop the tonge when exhalng Read words slently whle repeatng the nhalng and exhalng begnnng from three words as fld flls moth" When readng the frst word fld", nhale and prop the tonge aganst the palate, when readng the second word flls", hold breath wth the tonge stll 11
propped aganst te paate ; and wen readng te ast word mout " , drop te tongue and exae . s te sk mproves and te vta capacty ncreases , one may add te number of words to 4 or 5 but usuay not exceeng 7, suc as fud fls mout", fud fs mout mostenng" and fud fs mout mostenng ungs ". en te fud (sava) fs te mout, str t wt te tongue, swaow t n tree and sen t mentay to Dantan. Tetmes neTurn xercse for Longevty Take a standng or sttng posture. Put te ans on te ep gastrc regon (one on top of te oter) , an press and knead cock wse for 1 tmes. () so ut te ands on te epgastrc rego n (one on top of te oter ) , rotate and move te ands downwards to te pubc sympss. (3 Start from te ast stance. Searate te ands sdewards and ten rotate an rub te two ses of te abomen upwards wt te two ands (one on eac sde) t te two ands jon togeter at te epgastc regon. ( 4 ) Put te ands on te epgastrc regon (one on top of te oter ) , pus downwar aong te Ren Canne to te ubc symp yss , for tmes. (5 Put te ands on te nave (one on top of te oter) wt te nner Laogong ponts (P 8) of te pams pontng at te nave , rub and knead te nave cockwse and countercockwse for 1 tmes restve. () Stand erect wt te eft and akmbo , te tumb pontng te front. Pus and rub ownwards from beow te eft breast to te eft gron for tmes. Ten , wt te rgt and akmbo , pus an rub downwards from beow te rgt breast to te rgt gron for anoter 1 tmes. (7 St crossegged, make fsts wt te two tumbs aganst te nes of te pamfnger jonts and put te fsts on te bent knees (one on eac ). Sgty bend te toes . Rotate te upper body countercockwse and cockwse for 1 tmes respectvey. Concentrate te mnd on te pams an take natura breat we sowy rotat 11
g 3 The FveStep Exercse for Vtaty Q Fow (see Edema" 1). Practse these exercses step b y step and perseverngy nera y, when the D Channe s open, the patent may fee much better and more energetc and comfortabe , and the bood sugar and gucose n the urne may become norma B uemen Eercises 1. Patents wth excessve thrst and dry mout may practse the
Exercse of Promotng the roducton of dy Fud to Noursh the ung n addton to the basc eercses The Exercse of Promotng the Producton of dy Fud to Noursh the Lung: Choose the standng posture wth the feet apart at shouders wdth , the body reaxed and the tongue aganst the palate Str a parts of the ora cavty wth the tongue to promote the producton of sava , rnse the mouth wth the sava for 1 seconds , and swaow the sava n tree porto ns , wth a gurgng sound made wth each swaowng en, ft te ands front of the chest wth the pams facng each other , as f odng a ba Inhang , concentrate te mnd on the fnger tps and magne that Q s emtted from te fnger tps , nhaed nto the nose and sent to the ungs , and that the ungs are graduay becomng fu ; whe ehang , magne that Q s fowng from te ungs to the chest , then to the fnger tps aong te Three n Channes of Hand Repeat t for severa tmes To end the eercse, t s requred to concentrate te mnd on Dantan , ower the hands at Dantan , rub the hands wth eac h other and reax the mbs . Patents wth enormous appette , constant hunger , emacaton and constpaton may practse the Eercse of Nourshng the Speen and Reguatng the Stomac n addton to the basc eercses The Exercse of Nourshng the Speen and Reguatng the Stomach: Stand cam and reaxed, put the tongue aganst the paate, ft the hands n front of the chest wth pams facng each other as f hodng a ba , and take antdromc abdomna respraton Inhang , concen 119
trate the mnd on Dantan; whle exhalng, on the space etween the palms Repeat ths for 3 respratons Rb Psh (UB 20) ponts and Wesh (B 21) respectvely wth the dorsal sde of the hands for 3 tmes n the wast and knead Zsanl (St 3) wth the thms for 3 tmes Rb the palms wth each other and rb the face wth the warmed palms to end the exercse 3 Patents cturton, severeof trd achng lons anwth kneesfreqent may practse the Exercse Takngrne Blackand Q (see Edema" 3) n addton to the basc exercses C ons or Aenon
1 Dabetes s sually treated wth drgs hen Qgong exercses are adopted for ts treatment , drug therapy shold be contnued The doses may e redced gradally when the therapeutc resuts get better wth Qgong therapy 2 Take dabetc det, lmt sexal ntercorse and avod exer-
tons 3 ore tmes of practce may e done each day n the ntal perod, and one or two tmes each day s stll necessary after the ds ease s mch mproved or cred Contnng practce of the exercses may consoldate the therapetc results , preen t dseases and m prove the consttuton
Fcil Prlysis Facal paralyss also called facal palsy or lls pasy, s a dsease wth the symptom of prosopoplegc flaccd face nd ptoss of laal angle c Qgong Exercses
1 The Exercse of Gudng Q to Correct vaton (Dao Q Qan Zhen Gong) Choose the sttng or lyngspne postre Relax the whole body and concentrate the nd nward If the moth s awry towards the rght sde , pt the left pam on the left corner of the 20
mouth push it to the anterior area of the left er and during inha ing imagine that the left facial muscles are eing contracted towards the left side; while ehaling put the right pal on the right side of the face pull and ru the face from the anterior area to the right corner of the mouth and imagine that the right facial muscles are eing relaed to their most Repeat this procedure for 81 respiratory cycles 2. The Massage Eercse for Treating Facia Paralysis (Mian Tan An Mo ng) Choose the sitting posture Pu the tongue against the paate rela the whole ody and take ntural reath With the tip of a finger press and knead the points of Dicang (St 4) Jiache (St ) Xiaguan (St 7) ifeng (SJ 17) Taiyang (Etra 2) ang ai GB 14) Chengqi (S 1) Fengch GB 20 ) Quchi (LI 1 1 ) and Hegu (LI 4) respectively When one point feels aching and distend ng shift o another Ru the zone from ingiang (LI 10) o Di cang theDicang nsolaial groove up (and for timesto 4) via Ru th(Ste zone from (St 4) to Jiache St down ) from the3inside the outsi de for 3 times Push and u the poi nts from Zanzhu UB 2) then to Sizhukong (SJ 2 3) to Tongzilo GB 1) to Chengqi (St 1 ) and to Jingming B 1) which makes a circle Push nd ru these points for 9 circles B Ponts for Attenton
1 Pctise the prescri ed eercises 3 imes a day The mpulton should e gente n low 2 Other therapi es may e adopted togeth er with Qigong eercise therapy
Hemiparaysis Hemiparaysis refer s to the paralysis of one side of the ody it is the sequla of apopley A c Qgong Exercses 11
1 The Exercise of uding Qi for Rehailita tion ( Dao Qi Fu uan ong) ( 1 ) Take the lyingsupine posture with the fou etemities stretched as much as possil e respiration calm and mnd concentrated on Dantian (2) Inhaling send Qi taken in to Dantin y will ; while exhaling guide ow to the chest Repeat and then the affected upper Qi limtovia thefom allaDntan to fill the fingers thetoprocedure for 20 minutes (3) Inhaling send Qi that has een tken n to Dantn y wll and let t stay thee Exhaling guide Qi from Dantian via the groin to the affected lower lm Then guide Qi long the inferior side of the lower lim to the shank the ankle the sole and the toes Re peat the p rocedure for 2 0 minutes 2. The Exerci se of Actvating Blood and Sengheng the Ten dons (Huo ue Zhuang Jn ong) () Take the lying posue Inhaling end the fingers hard to make fists and t the same time curve the soles and toes Exhaling relax the hands and feet while uttering "u Repeat the procedures for 1 espatory cycles (2) Inhlng en d the elws h e nee nd he hp Ehlng stretch the eows nd knees s much s pssile whe teng "u Repet the pocedues for 1 respratory cycles 3 The Exercise of lf Massage for Hemiplegia (Pian Tan Zi Wo An Mo ong) () Take the stndng sitng poste sp pn y poton the skn an musces of the ppe p f he ffeced m wth the thum and the fou fngers of the helthy hand along the nte ointeror side up and down and then down and up fo 2 3 mines (2) Pessk ned the points Quchi ( 11) nd h (SI ) with the thum nd the middle nd ing finges f the healthy hand Then pressknead Shousnl (L 1 0) Negun (P ) and Waigun (SJ ) wth the thum to get the sensaton of sourness numness nd dstension 122
(3 ge he fie finge of the ffeced hnd wih he nde nd mddle finge (pinceed) of he hehy hnd. 4) ie fl wih he lowe lim of he ffeced ide eched. Hi wih he heel of he helhy ide on he poin Zunl (S 36 nd Xiei (S 4I) of he ffeced ide. () Tke he nding o iting potue . rp the wit of the ffected nd mke moemen of dduction inwd ending ide ckwd reching nd imple endingducion of he ffected m nd enng eching dducing nd ducting of he ffeced wi fo 32 ime. Then wih the plm of he helhy ide u he uppe m nd he forem o ge he eno of hone. B Spply
1. Toe wih wy mouh nd doed eye e died to pc ie in ddition the Eecie of uiding Qi o Coec iion (Do Qi Qin Zheng ong) (ee "Fcil yi wih contipion hould prcie in(Tio dditon Ee cie2 . ofThoe Regulion Q o Roe Automiclly Qi ZiheZhun ong ) nd he ee of ge fo Fcliing fecion (Tong Bin An o ong) (refe o "Conpion ) 3 Thoe with incontinence of uine houd dd he Eecie of Wming he Kidney nd Holding Urine (Wen Shen Suo Nio ong) ie upne nd e he whole ody muc poie . Tke ndom don epo nc e domen duing inhling n el i duing ehling nd hen concente he mind on ingmen 4) Pcie fo 101 minue. C it f Attnti
1. cie he eecie 36 ime dy. 2. Keep lightheed moe he ffeced lim fequenly nd much poile. 3 Thoe who re confined in ed hould he he ody uned nd whed with wm we fequenly o keep he kin clen peen ed oe. 123
ypertension Hypeension is clincally a common syndome chaaceized mainly by aeial high blood pessue . eneally 21. 3 kPa an above fo sysolic pessue and (o ) 12. kPa and above o diasolic pessue ae egaded as hypeension in an adul. ai gong Exercises
1. Psychosomaic Relaaion Eecise o pessing High Bloo Pessue ( 1) Choose he sanding posue . Sand wih fee apa a shouldes widh knees slighly ben ams lifed o fom an angle of a he ampis elbows slighly ben wiss elae inges hanging he pa beween he hum an he ine finge o he ef hand facing ha o he igh hand in on of he ches eyes sighly closed and ooking ahead mouh genly closed and ongue pu agains he palae. Make psychosomaic elaai on pa afe pa in an ode of he head neck shouldes uppe ms foeams wiss and inges saing fom he op of he hea ; hen om he hoacic veebae o he soes ia e luma eeae hips knees and eels . Duing elaaion he body weigh is suppoed equaly by he wo fee and he knees should no be kep igid. Then keep he nd calm wi hou hinking of anything fo 2 3 minues folowed by making mind concenaion on ongquan (K 1 ) ; a he same ime egulae he ea o e sho in nasal inaling and long in nasal ealing. Wih moe pacice he espiaion fequency may ge slowed fom 10 12 imes o imes a minue. In geneal headie longe and evene espiaion may bing abou bee heapeuic esuls. To end he ee cise open he eye s a eas e fo a whil e coss he ams in fon of he ches and sway he cossed ams up and down no eceeding he heigh of he shouldes. When he ams ae swaying upwads he palms should be uned upwad an d he eyes 1 24
should folow the pams ; when the arms are swaging downwards the palms should face downward and the eyes should follow the dor sa of the hands. Sway the arms at least times. Then ru the palms with each other ru the chest and com the hair from the frontal hairline ackwards with the finger tips for 2030 times. ( 2 ) Choose the sitting posture. Sit on a chair with the ack straightened thethe thigh andody the leg eing 90,the hands faintly put onthe theangle thighsofand whole relaed. eer cise in the same way as that with the standing posture. Practise this eercise 12 times daily 2040 minutes each time. 2 The Eercise of Relaation an d Quiescence (see "Palpitation 1) uemenry Exercises
1 Patients of hypertension with constipation may practise the Massage Eercise Facilitating fecation (see "Constipation 2) in 2addition to the asic eercises. Patients of hypertension with headache may practise the Eercise of lfmassage for eadache (see "Headache 3) in addition to the asic eercises. 3 Patients of hypertension with vertigo may practise the Daoyin Eercise for Relieving Vertigo (see "Vertigo 1 ) in addition to the asic eercises. C it fr Attti
1 The key to the asic eercise lies in mind concentration on the downward flowpractising of Qi and the loodeercise and in overall relaation. 2 During the inhaling and ehaling should not e intentionally prolonged and deepened. H stuffiness or distraction appears stop practis ing for the mind to calm down. Resume practising when things get normal. 3. ead a regular life. Avoid overfatigue and irritation.
25
Lumbago Lumago is a synrome with uma pain as the main symptom which may occu in one sie o oth sies A aic Qigng Exciss
1. The Daoyin Eecise fo Stengthening the Loin. Choose the staning o sitting postue face noth ea the whole oy calm own the min sghtly cose the eyes an imagne that you ae facing a ouness ake a coo eez lows genty ringing wate flavo the spays genty pat the feet an the imitless wa te an the vita Qi in the kiney ae echoing each othe. Inhaing magine that the wate Qi flows fom the centes of the soes o the feet to hu (D point aongpoint the Thee Channes of Footthen anigitaly the D 1 ) an Channe via0)Huiyin (Ren in the coccy; pess the two Zahu points (B 2) with the corresponing hans. Whie ehaing imagine that Qi flows fom Zanzhu points (B 2 ) ownwas to Shenshu points (UB 3) o oth ie an he Channe of FootTaiyang. When making anothe inhaat on igitaly pess the Shenshu points (B 3) with the coesponng finges of the hans; when making anothe ehalation en th waist igitapess Chengshan points (UB ) with the coesponing fnges of the hans an imagine that Qi flows ownwas fom Chengshan points (UB ) into wate in which the eet ae soake. Repeat this fo 36 times. To en the eercise it is egure to imagine that the wate Qi in font o you all fows into you Dantian to pess an knea Mingmen point D 4) to pat Dantian an to sowy open the eyes. . Daoyin Eecise fo Deging the Ren an D Channes (see "Eema )
B Spplmn Exciss 126
1 . Patients with severe coldpain in the loins which may ecome more severe when eposed to cold or in cloudy and drizzly weather may practise the "Warming up Eercise for Epelling Cold and Dampness in addition to the asic eercises. The Warming up Eercise for Epelling Cold and Dampness (Wen San Han Shi ng ) Sit or lie wit h the palms applied agains t Dan tian the distractions epelled and respiration calm (nasal inhale and mouth eale) aling send Qi that has een taken in to Dantian y will to get antian warm with the eyes slightly closed to look inwardly at aoyangguan D 3), imaging the eistence of a warm and hot light that glitters. Ehaling epel y will the cold and damp Qi out of the ody via Pangguangshu (UB 28) with the eyes looking inwardly at Fenu D 16) the eercise or 30 minutes each time. lumago add the 3) Eercise of 2. For to Taking Black Qi (Fudue Qi kidney ong) deficiency (refer to "Edea C Pnts r Attntn
1 Choose a hard ed or sleep. Funcional physical eercises may e properly done ; and over eertion should e avoided. 2. Aoid seual intercourses during the period of treatment.
Plmonry Crcinom Pulmonary carcinoma also called primary ronchial carcinoma is he most common malignant pulmonary tumor. A. Qgng xr
() The New Qigong Eercises for Treating Cancer 1 Preparation Eercises (1) Stand with the feet parallel and apart as wide as the shoulders keep the ody erect the hand hanging naturally and the mind 2
peaceful and cal Close the eyes put the tongue against the palate straighten the neck to ensure ihui (D 20) facing the sky rela the shoulders and drop the elbows pull in the chest and straighten the back rela the loins and have the abdoinal uscles contracted and get the levator ani uscle and gluteal uscles contracted Tap the upper teeth with the lower fo 36 ties then pout the cheeks and stir the tongue to help saliva secrete Swallow the saliva thee ties and iagine that the saliva is guided to Dantian with each swallowing ( 2 ) The Thee Respiration Eercise Proceed from the ast stance Move the hands slowly towards each other with the pals facing each othe When the oving hands reach the front of the abdoen turn the palms to face it and put the hands the right on top o the left fo man and vice versa fo woman on the owe abdomen with the Laogong pointinde (P 8)finger pressing Dantiantheandubcus the pat between the thub and the pressing ale through the nose and ehale through the outh (or vice versa fo weak patients ) keeping the inhalation and ehalation gentle slow lasting and deep While ehaling squat down sowy to some etent according to ones general constitution with the oins and hips re laed Stand up sowly after inhaling to soe etent Pactise this way fo 3 times ( 3 ) Openingcosing Dantian Eercise Poceed rom the last stance Pul the hands apart and move them slowy owads the respective side of the body with the dos of the hands acing each other the stance of the hands is wider than the shoulders ig 70 (1» Then tun he pals to face each oter and ove the hands slowly towads Dntian ig 70(2» Proceed with the net oud of opening and closing when the moving hands approah eah other very near Pactise this way for 3 ounds
28
70
2 Ending Eercises () Shifting the Mind Concentrat ion to Dantian. No matter on what location the mind i s eing concentrated in Qigong eercise when the eercise is to e ended the preious thinking actiities shoud e epeled and the mind concentraion shoud e shifted to Dantian with Qi eing sowy guded to assemle a Dantan which is taken as "Qi returns ack to its srcin. (2) Enng the Eercise with Hand Movement. Afer the preious thinking actiities are epelled the mind concentration should e shifted to Dantian. During shifting moe the hands towards the front of the adomen with the tips of one hand poining at that of the other and the palms facing the adomen. When the distance of the moing finger tips is aout 2 centimeters apart change the mo ing direction and moe the hands upward along the middle line of the ody and stop moing them in fron of Tahong (Ren 7). Make digial pressing on that area (Fig. 71) and make three deep 9
respirations Then lower the hands slowly n front of Dantian practise one round of the Opengclosing ntian Eercise put the hands on Dantian and take three deep respi rations Standdown still forwith a while to let Qi calm hands dropping naturaly at the sides of the ody and open the eyes slowly to finish the ending eercises 3. The Natural Walking Eer cise with Moderatedegree Nose puffing Respiration (1) Footwork Proceed from
g 7 1
the preparation Take a open and pay attention to foot natural walk withstance the eyes slightly lifting and touching Lift the left foot and make a step with the left heel slowly touching the ground the tiptoes pointing the sky and the sole facing front Shift the ody weight slowly onto the left foot (Fig 72) when the left sole thoroughl y touches the ground Make a lifting and touching of the right foot te same way as the left Repeat the foot movements to make a walk wich should e natural with the loins and hips reled eyes looking forward distractions epelled tonguetheagainst the palate and the head turning from side to side following ody movements (2) Arm movement When the left foot touches the ground sway the right arm in front of the Middle Dantian and at the same time sway the left arm to the left side and ackward and vice versa when the right foot lifts and touches the ground (Fig 73). Repeat the arm movements to coordinate the foot movements When the heel starts to touch the ground the arm may start to swing; and when the sole thoroughly touches the ground the palm should face Dantian (the distance etween Dantian and the hand is a fis wide) 30
7
73
The walk should be hythmic natul comfotable and eaed and the movements of the walk should e fleible plile and sufficient The ampits should e kept hol low to facilitate Qi flow duing the walk (3) Respiration Applied in the natual walking eecise is nose puffing espiation the eecise of which is as follows bethe though the nose with puffing sound head only by oneself duing inhalation; one espiation consists of two successive inhaations and one ehaation Fo eample make two successive inhalation s when one foot touches the gound and make an ehation when the othe foot touches the gound The ength of two successive inhalations is simila to tht of one ehalation When pactisin g natua walking eecise natual esp iation my be applied in stead of nosepuffing espiation Altenate application of the two espirations may also bing about a good esult ( 4 ) The Ending Eecise Resume the bodyelaed and mindcalm standing postue and stand still fo a while with eyes cosed Then pactise he Openingosing antian Eecise and the Thee Respation Eecise folowed by tapping the uppe teeth wth the 131
lower and swallowingthesaliva eerc ise. Swallow slowly the saliva 3 or 9 times and imagine that the saliva passes through the thr oat and gastric cavity down to Dantian. Slowy open the eyes and look forward for a whie to end the eercise. 4 The mpulsory Walking Eercise with Moderatedegree Nosepuffing Respiration accomplishing mpulsory Walking Eercise with the Left Foot Front. After the Three Respiration Eercise and in Opening closing Dantian Eercise of the preparati on eercises put the hands on the ody sides and shift the ody weight onto the right foot then lift in a relaed way the eft foot and mae a step forward with the eft heel touching the ground and the tiptoes pointing upward and forward. Then shift the ody weight onto the left foot with the loins and hips relaed while the left sole gradually and thoroughy touches the groun and the right hand i slowly ifted in ront of Dantian (the distance etween the right hand and Dantian is aout 10 cm ) at the same time the left hand swings lightly leftward. While lifting the right hand and swin ng the left hand the head neck waist and the whole ody should turn to the left. sides when the left heel touhes the ground mke two successive inhalations. And when the ody weight is shifted onto the eft oot lift the right heel with the right tiptoes still touching the ground; at the same time the whole ody turns to the right the left hand is lifted in front of Dantian the right hand swings rightward and make an ehalation. Repeat the shift of ody weight and the turn of the ody leftward and rightward and pay attention to the harmonious coordi nation of inhaling ehaling and ody movement. Practise this way for 9 times. Then withdraw the left foot to ake a odyrelaed and mindcalm standing posture practise the Thee Respiation Eer cise and Openingclosing Dantian Eercise once for each to end the eercise. After a free walk practise again the Compulsory Walking Eercise with the Right Foot in Front. (2) Compulsory Walking Eercise with the Right Foot in Front. This step is similar to the aoveintroduced Copulsory Walking Eercise with the Left Foot in Front. The oy difference is that the
1 32
direction of the oveent of hands and feet is opposit e Practise this exercise for 9 ties 5 The Onestep Walking Exercise with Moderatedegree Nose puffing espirarion (2 Inhalaton 1 Exhaation espiration in One Step) The Walking Exercse with Heelinhalationandsoleexhala tion espiration This exercise Nosepuffing is siilar to the Copulsory Walking Exercise wth Moderatedegree espiration in ters of oveents Te difference i tat , when a step s made forward and the hee touces the ground wth the tiptoes ponting upward, make 2 nalations successvely, and when the sole touces te ground , make a exhalaton This is to say , one should ake 2 n halations and 1 exhalaton in one step Practise this exercise for 20 inutes Have a rest followng the ending execse E 20mute exercise s caled one round, two rounds of this exercise every ornng are oug for patients wth stronger " constitution Patients with weaker " constitution ay practise this exercse for a sorter te (2) The Waking Exerse wit Tptoes Toucng t e Ground and Heelinalatonandsoleexhaation espration Tis exercse is siilar to the Walking Exercise wit Heelinhalafionandsoleexalation epiraton The dfference is that , after te hee and the sole touch te round and 2 nhaaton s and 1 exalation ae ade , one oud ft te oter foo ad pt te ptoe o to te ground near the prevous foot's eda maeous , and ten hod breat One step ncludes a whoe process of nhalatonnhaationexaa tonodng breat Make aoter step forwad wit te foot , te tptoes of wc are toucng the ground and ovng forward This exercse s eigibe for cultivating intrnsc Qi and s regarded as one of e best exercises n regulatng in and ang due to its fine characteristics of ascendng , descending , opening and cosing oveents , quik and sow ryt , prooton of cearing and actvating te anes and colaterals , reguaton of Q and bood , and avoidance of devations 6 The Twostep Walking Exercise with Moderatedegree Nose 133
puffing espiration ( InhalationInhalationExhalaton Holding breath in Two Steps) This exercise is silar to the Copulsory Walking Exercise with Moderatedegree Nosepuffing espiration The difference is ake two steps forwar d , and when the second step (foot hee touches the ground, ake two successive inhalations , then lift the other foot and get its tptoes touchng th e ground near the previous foot'sforward edial alleolus , and akeana dexhalation Thus , every two steps include 2 inalations 1 exhala tion, followed by a holdng of breath This exercise is d in its intensity, thorough in ts inhalation, and balanced in defensve and offensive functions , because of which it is eligible for patients wit weaker constitution. 7 The Treestep Walkng Exercise with Moderatedegree Nose puffing espiration ( nhalationInhalatonExhalationHoding Breath in Tree Steps). Tis exercise is siilar to the Coulsory Walking Exercise with Moderatedegree Nosepuffing Respiration. The dfference is ake an inhalation w hen the footheel of the frst step touches the ground; make another inalation when the footheel of the second step touches the ground ; ake an exhalation when the footheel of the thd step touches the ground; then lift the back" foot and set it on the ground near te front" foot's edial alleous with ts tiptoes and ake a holding of breat. Thus , every 3 steps forward nclude 2 inhalations , 1 exhalation and 1 holding of breath This exercise is ore defensive than offensive, and is eligible for uch weaker patients who ay practise this exercise with eyes closed 8 The Speedy Walkn g Exerci se with Nosepuffing espiration This exercise falls into 3 categories and is suitable for the early or iddlestage cancer patients with stronger constitution The late stage cancer patients with weaker constitution ay practise ths exercise only after practsing other exercses and having gained better health ) Te Sightlyspeedy Walkng Exercise with Mild Nosepuffing Respiration. After practising the preparation exerxcise , ake a step 1 34
forward and as soon as the foot heel ouches the g round ake 2 successive short inhalations ake another step forward and as son as the foot heel of the second step ouches the ground ake a short exhalation Walk forward with the two short inhalations in he first step with one shor exhalation in the second then again wih two inhalations in the third step with one exhalation in the fourth intensity of this exercise be ider (2) TheThe oderate yspeedy Walking ay Exe rcise wih Med u Nose puffing espiration After practising the preparation exercise ake a step forward As soon as he foot heel touches the ground ake two inhalations and when the sole of the sae foo ouches the ground ake an exhalation Each one step forward includes 2 inhalations and 1 exhalatio n The itensiy of his exercis e may be increased both in respiration and waking speed (3) The Intensveyspee dy Walking Exerci se with Strenuous Nosepuffing espiration After practising the prearaion exercise stand still and relaxed with a cal ind and absence of oeself Then ae a se forward. As soon as the foot hee begins o ouch the ground ake an inaation with the eyes lookin forward head raised neck relaxed shoulders faling and hips relaxed Then ake another step forward ake an exhalaion when the heel egins to touch he ground ake one inhalation in one step and one exhalation in another When aking respiraions the ovement of the body ead neck hads yes ad e ind ad the pace o oveen should be coordinated The intensity of this exercise ay be increased both in respiration and walking speed an exent of one's fitness After every ive seven or nine seps a noral breah ay be ade wih a pause of walking followed by anoher round of five seven o ine steps with the oher foot li fting first Practise the Ending Exercise after accoplishing this exercise 9 The Ascending scending Opening and Closing Exercises in a elaxed and Cal State This group of exercises is a foral ite with very good efficacy and is also regarded as a preparation exer cise for other exercises of oderate intrinsic Qi flow The 1 35
ascending, descending, opening and closing body oveents ay proote the intrinsic Qi to flow up wards , downwards , inwards and outwards , and the four directions of the flow ay both the vertical and horizontal circulations of intrinsic Qi. As a good relaxed and cal state of the body and nd ay enable a high rate of Qi and blood circulation, a better terapeutic result will be ensured. In practice, g, closing, oveents of the and exercise are in order of ascending, openi the descending returning. (1 ) The Ascending Exercise. Proceed fro the last stance of the preparation exercise. Lift the left foot and ake a step forward with the tiptoes of the left foot touching the ground fist, at the sae tie pull together the two hands towards Dantian. When the two ands are about to collide , lift the hands sowly along the thoracico abdoinal median line. The hyper " patients (e. g. atients with hyertension o with intoocuar hi gh ressure , etc. ) soud et the wrists relax with the pals facing inwardly then downward , and the ifting of the hands shoud be quick to avoid the upward flow of Qi and blood . When lifting the hands , the body weigt shoud be shifted forward onto the left (the fronta foot and concurrently the right (back ) heel should be l ifted , with no forwad inclination of the body and shrinkage of the shoulde rs. When the hands ar lifted fro the height of Dantian to that of Tanzhong (en 17) , the direction of the finger tips should be changed to point at the sky with pas facing the chest . Lift the hands over the head (Fig. 74) , and turn the pals to fa ce each other , then prepae to ae a s eparation of the hands (prearation of the openg xercise). The yo atients , when lifting the hands , ay aise the evey and ore sowly with the pals facing the sky in an attept to proote the upward flow of Qi and blood. ( 2 ) Th eng Exercise . Proceed fro the last stance. Turn the pals out ward at the height o f intang (Extra 1 ) with the outer Laogong (P 8) facing eac other, and separate the hands with each oving in an opposite direction (opening , left and right ) , till the distanc of the two hands is a little wider than the shoulders. With the oeng (separating ) of the hands , the upper part of the body 136
ay be sighty incined backwards , the body weight ay be shifted onto the back foot and the fronta foot does not carry the body weight with ony the tiptoes touching the ground ( Fig 75 ) Pa tients with heart diseases or iver disorders ay iit the width of the hand opening to a proper range
Fg
Fg 75
( 3 ) T Cosg Exercise Proed rom the as sa o te peg Exercise Tur he ads sowy o g e pas facing each other with te fger tps potig at te sky; we turig he hands the hee of the fronta foot begns to touch the groud , he two hads are then pued to ove towards ntag (Extra 1) Fo owg the approachng of the ands toward each othr, the body weight s graduay shifted forward onto the fronta foot ad te back foot does not carry he body weght (Fig 76) Wh the two hands approach and about to join together i frot of tang (Exra 1 ) , te as are pushed cose to each other wt the tps of te idde grs joiig together (4) The scding Exercise Proceed fro the as stace of the Cosing Exercise When the ads in rot of intag (Extra 1 ) ap 1 3
proach nearer and the tips of the iddle fingers are about to touch each other (patiets with heart diseases should have the tips touch ing each oth er ) lower the hands fr o intang ( Extra 1 ) to Tanzhong ( en 17) and then to Dantian (ig. 77 ) Patients with hyper" diseases should have their hands lowered with pals down wards synchronousl y as if pressing soething down. Following te lowering the weight should shifted ontobody the back foot ofandthethehands frontal footbody should support verybelittle of the weight very little Then slowly bend the knees to squat down. The lowering speed of the ha nds and the body shoud be slower and te whole body relaxe d. The efficacy of lowering blood pressure is a direct ratio with the lowering speed of te body and the extent of relaxation te slower and ore relaxed te better. In the process of squatting attention should be paid to keeping the loins eaxed and the body erect and stabe Stop squatting when the frontal thigh is parallel to the extent groundvarie and sthe aret oatperson the leve the learners nees. The squatting frohands person teofnew ay squat to an extent sutable to theselves More practice can help reach the standard squatting Then ake one opening ove ent and one closing oveent of te ands at the eigt of the knees followed by the estoring Exercise Patients with ypo" indicators of diseases ay have their ands lowered along the cheeks downward (one hand on each side) fro intang (Extra 1 ) with the pals turned first inwrd then upward till te height of Dan and ofteowerng knees with finger tipsthey bentreach a itte upwards Thetian seed the the hnds and squatting should be quicker in patients wth hypo" indicators than that in patients with hyper " indicators. The forer should always try to keep the pals upwrds during the descending process Woen during their enstrual periods should not try to practise the squatting oveents while the ascending descending opening and cosing are still fit for the.
1 38
R
R g.
77
(5) The estoring Exercise Proceed fro the ast stance After accopishing an opening oveent and a cosing oveent, ift the hands with the wrists reaxed, accopanied by sow raising of the body Patients with hyper " idicators ay be quicker ifting the hads ad raising the body than patie nts with hypo " indicators , in the forer the pas usuay face each other, while in the atter, face the sky Foowing the ifting of hands and the raising of the body, the body weight shoud genty be shifted onto the back foot Ad when the hands are ifted at Tahong (en 17). Turn the pals to face the ground, at the sae tie shift the body weight evenly onto the two feet Then , lower the hads sowy in front of antian ad sti then fal at the sides of the body ( 6 ) Changing irection after Each ound of Exercises The whole process of a scending exercise , opening exercise , cosing exercise , descending exercise and restoring exercise is caled one rou nd , usuay one needs to practise 4 rounds of these exercises at one tie After accoplishing one round, the opposite direction is the next one to choose in the following practice (e g east versus west and south versus north) tween each round of practice, one ay reax 139
te oins and ips and get repared for the next round of exercises. 10. Te Courses of Cancer Treatent. Tree onthes are needed in te first course , during wich te Ascending , scending , Opening and Cosing Exercises in a eaxed and Cal State is asked to practise in te first ont fo r te purpose of reieving the patients fro anxiety and tension. Ten , the Copusory Wakng Exerci se wit Nosepuffing espiration and the Intensvey speedyModeratedegree Waking Exercise wit Strenuous Nosepuffing espiration ay be foowed. Pratice of tese exercises is bette r to be done in te fres air in the orning, the duration and ties of practice ay be increased step by step, generay, 90 nutes are te niu requireent in everyday's practice. Te ain purpose of the first course of treatent is to ake the patiets cam down and to ay a foundation for te next course of treatent. Te second course of treatent incud es a treeont practice , too. During this course , te Speedy Waking Exercise wit Mediu Nosepuffing espiration is to be practised in the fresh air eary in every orning before the sun rises . One hour of such practice is needed each orning , with a break in between. Each step for ward is accopanied wit on e respiration in tis exerci se , wic is regar ded as a fine exercise with better efficacy and as a widey accepted one for its idness and certainty of treatent. During the period of the second course, the syptos can be reieved in genera, the constitution of the patients iproved, and the confidence of te patients for treatent increased. After these achieveents , the patients ay practise sow waking exercise th oderatedegree nosepuffing respiration and te corresponding respiration and pronunciation exercises , which can help the pati ents to get into quiescence easier and to proote the intrinsic Qi for the purpose of treatent. The third course of treatent ay be onger. Foowing the pre vious 2 courses of treatent, the syptos ay be further iproved. In the third course of treatent , patient are encouraged to continue practising the speedy waking exercise wit oderatede 0
gree nosepuffing respraton and n addton the walking exercses wth ild nosepuffing respraton (3 inhalatons and 2 exhalatons or 2 nhalations and 3 exhalatons ). The addtonal exercses are generally practised ne onths after the prevously prescrbed exer cses only then such addt onal correspondng exercses as slow walking exercse with nosepuffing respaton Qgong assage and Q pronuncaton exercses ay beand practsed coordnately or alternatively to get a utual prootion perfecton of treatent effcacy. Each course of treatent has ts own treatent purpose to achieve wc h the selection of the exercises an d the duraton of prac tsng shold be consdered carefully fro person to person. the treatent of pulonary carcnoa the Onestep Walkng Exercise wh Moderatedegree Nosepuffng espiraton s he ain one to be prescrbed n whch every one step forward s accopanied wth 2 nhalations and 1 exhala ton. The haronious coordna ton and tual reacton of respraton and body oveent ay gve rse to a drect effcacy a greater offensve" than defensive" result . This exercse s ore sutable for cancer patents wth stronger" constitution. The patients wth weaker consttuton ay practse the Twostep Walking Exercse wth Moderatedegree Nosepuffg espraton first for soe period of te then practse the an prescrbed exercise after the general consttuton s proved. () The Qegulating Exercse of Gudng Whte Q Flow to Tonify the Lungs 1 Preparaton. The sitting standng or supnelyng posture ay be taken wth the body relaxed outh and eyeys slghtly closed the tongue pt against the palate the ears hearng nothng and the ind calig down. 2 Inhalngthroughnoseandexhalngthroughouth respra tion. Inhale lightly evey and shortly exhale ore quckly longer and exhaustvely w th puffng sound. When exhalng agne that the dseased Q n the lungs s expelled through the outh. Make 5 10 such nhalations and exhalatons followed by 141
36 even deep and long respirations of nose inhalation and exhala tion. Such respirations ay further get the body relaxed and the ind caled. 3. Proceed fro the above breathing exercise . Iagine that the lungs are spotlessl y whte and gradually the ure w hite lungs change theselves into white fog gatherng n the chest for one to severalviainutes. Then gude with wll to flow fro the chest the arits along the the LungfogChannel of HandTaiyin downward to the thubs and ontnue to flow upwards along the Large Intestine Channel of Hand anging to the head then downwards along the Stoach Channel of Footangng to the feet still then wards along the Spleen Channel of FootTaiyin to the abdoen then returning bak to the chest via the daphrag. Finally iagine that ths whte fog is absorbed gradu ally n the chest . In addton the fog during its crculati on along the channels s agned aso to spread in al directions and dstrbuted all over the body. B upplmn Ecss
1 Patients of onary carcinoa wth the syptos f ry cough with little sputu less and sticky sputu nowandthen heoptysis thirst vexation dry throat hoarseness or hectc fever and ght weatng ay ractse te Sva osteng and Nourshng Exercse n addton to the basc exercses. The exerc se Any of the standng sitting or supin elying posture an be chosen for ths exercse wth the body relaxed eyes and outh sghty closed and the tongue pt against the alate. When the nd am do t dstratons exelled start to ake an tidroic abdonal resratons 36 respratons al together. Then stir the tongue n the outh to hep salva secreting till the outh is ful of saliva and swallow the outhful of saliva n three ties. Whle wallowng iagne that the salva is being sent fro the root of the tongue to Dantan va the throat the lung the daphrag the liver and the kidneys. Stir and secrete sx outhfuls of saliva and swallow the in 8 tes all n the above way. Still then ake a ind concentration at Dantan for 0 inutes. 2 Patients wth roductive cough and abundant exetoraton 42
ay pactse the Dapnessepelling Eecise" n addton to the basic eecises The eercise A standing or sitting postur e ay be chosen wth the whole body relaed Adopt the respiration of nhalng through nose and exhaling through outh Inhalng the outh is closed the tongue put aganst the paate and the abdoen is gettng bulged ; whle outh opened wth slent ponuncaton of Hu " ehang te analthe sphinc te scontacts nda the abdoen s getting shunken Make such espiations fo 24 tes 3 Patients with chest dstess stabbing pain n the chest and heoptysis with darkish blood ay practse the Eecise of Actatng Bood Flo and Reong Blood Stass in addton to te basc eecses The eecse Choose a sittng o stndng poste ea the whole body wth the nd caled don Take deep espatons theady een and slow thoughnose nhalation and quice thoughot ehaaton accopaned wth the agnaton that te dseased Q n te cest s beng epeled wt each ehalaton Ten ela the whole body part afte pat o te ead to te feet fo thee tes followed by nd concentto o onqan (K 1 ) fo a whle St then ae nd oncentto on t cculated Q n te cest le nhg; ae mnd dnce o the accuuated Q to ow donwad o th cest to ongqa ponts (K 1) then to th gound oe 3 yads deep Repeat ts fo 24 espatons o t the dseased Q n te hest s ehausted followed by 10 inutes' ind concentaton on Dan tan 4 Patents wth cough shot beat seee panting upon ee ton and weak painfu lons and nees ay practse the Eecse o Taking Black Qi ( see Edea " 3 ) n addton to the basc eecse C ns fr Aenn
1. Pactise the pescribed eecises 24 tes a day n the coparatvely fied peiods of tie 2 Sokng should be strctly prohbted and eposue o o 1 4
vapour, dut and irritant cheical houd be avoided. 3 To enhance the thera peutic efficacy and proote the recovery , it i encouraged to keep the roo ventilated with freh air, to decorate the envonent with flower and potted landcape, to liten to uic and to take part in ocial and recreational activitie.
Hepatic Carcinoma Priary hepatc carcnoa quick in developent , high n or tality and regarded a one of the coon alignant tuor . It an ypto incude epataga, dtenion, progreive hepatoegaly, or even acite and heorrhage of the dgetve t act. A. a Qgng Ex
1. The New Qigong Exerce for Treatng Cancer ee Pul onary Carcinoa" (» , with the p iority practice of te Natura Walkng Exercie with Moderatedegree Noepuffing epiration ee Pulona ry Cacinoa " () 3 and the Copulory Walkng Exercie wth Moderatedegree Noepuffing epration ()4 2 Te Standing Exercie of Iitating Guanyin (Guanyin Zhuang ) (1) Preparation . Stand erect , face the eat , with the feet foring an oblique ange and apart at the houder wdth, reax al over, put the tougue againt the paate , breate evenly and keep a natura and cal tate of the ind. Stand t way fo 3 minut. ( 2 ) Happy and elax ed , Standing with One Hand Erected in Front of the Chet a f Awaiting a Guet. nd the eft elbow in front of the chet and erect the left hand with the left thub pointing at Tiantu (en 22) and the ret of te fou fnger put together with the iddle finger pointing at the notril. Put together the tp of the thub, idde and ring finger of the right hand to for a circle , wth the pal facing upward and the hypothenar eaning on the hepatic region. Iagne that the right ar floatng o 1 44
water surface while siling as f awatng a dstngushed guest, wth the eyes half closed and watching the tip of the nose, the id dle fnger, Tahong point (en 1) and the navel Mae ind con centration on the liver region whle ururng the words of relaxaton, calness, safeness and healthness", and ae a thorough relaxation fro head to feet There will be a sensaton of distenson at the perod liver area of such practce The ength of practsng ayafter vary inutes wth ndvduals (3) Putting the Pals Together and Conquerng the Pathogen wth Vital Q Proceed fro the last stance Loosen the grip of the tps of the rght thub and the ddle and the ring fingers and slowly lift the rght hand upward wth Qi gatherng on te pal, then put the five tip segents of the right fingers against those of the left fngers and ae the two pal oots eet together to ae a hollowpal Bdd st grtn g postre , whle urur ing the words of Th Vtal Energy is und to Conquer the Pathogec Factor" Practise this way for several inutes (4) Ibuing the Three Dantian Ponts wth Vtal Q to Noursh the Kidney Proceed fro the ast stance ase the head , open the eyes and look forward Slowly lift the hands upward and forward wth the pals facing the cheeks and the ten finger tps obliquely pointing at intang (Extra Loo at the ndex fingers , and when Q is sensd in the eyes , guide Qi wth wll to flow down to th chest Then , ove the hands downward to ae the pas face the breasts and the lttle finger tps slghtly press Tahong pont (en 1) When the war and distend ed sensati on s felt at the breasts , slowly dlate and shn the chest to expel the dseased Qi out of the body Accopaed by vsion , ove th hands to gude Q to flow down to the Lower Dantan Stand stll and send Q into lower Dantian for a while Finally, turn the elbows inwardly to ae the pals face Huantao (GB 30) and Shenshu (UB 23) and send Q nto the ponts () Absorbng the Vtal Qi All over the dy as if thn g in the Holy Water Sprayed by Guanyn Lft the hands upward and forward over the forehead with Q in the pals , then sowly lower the 1 45
ands n front of the foreead te face and te chest and turn te finger tis downward to ongquan oints ( K 1 ) ten At te sae tie close te eyes and iagine tat te riordal Q n te sky begns to gater over the ead and ten surround the body ereate troug te body and nouris every organ and art of the body All te dseases and vexation are exelled out of te body fro ongquan (K 1 ) lt andasthe titoes is te wole Oen body the becoes ceanen- ure and brgtly f oneself Guanyin eyes and joy te beautiful envonent of flowers and trees n te fary land " and nhale te fary Q and store it n Dantan ft te ands fro te body sides forward and uward to ebrace Q and sen t into Dantian Stand cal for a while ten swallow te saliva rub te left and wt te rgt rub te eyelds and face wt te war ands to end te exercise B Supplmn Exrciss
1 Patients of eatc carcnoa wit te sytos of cest stuffness yocondrac dstenson stabbing a and swelling n te lower lbs or abdoen ay ractse te Exercise for otng te Lver and egulating te Circulation of Qi in addition to te basic execises Stand wt feet aart as de as te soulders straigten te neck and ead as f suortng an object on to of te ead stand cal and relaxed wth ands at te sdes ut te tongue against te alate look straigt forward and sile faintly wit a eaceful ind elax te body art by art and organ after organ startng fro te ead send Q to Dantan and ake a nd concentration on t Ten sft te body wegt onto te left foot lft te rght foot and ake alf a ste forward facn a tree Suort te body weigt ainly with te eels and te soles wile te ttoes bent uwards Guide Q in Dantian to flow to Huiyin ont (en 1) ten along te Canne uward to Dazu ont 14) still t en along te ars to aogong onts (P 8) Hold Qi n both ands as f oldng a ball (Fg 7 and ft te ands slowly uwards to our Q into Tanu oint ; stretc out bot ars bul te cest and turn te als downwards to guide Qi to circulate Wen Q flows to Taong oint (en 1 7) shift bot ands rgt 146
wards to the right side of the chest (Fig. 79) , guide Qi to flow a long the right ribs to the lower abdoen, then iagine that the dis eased Qi in the liver is being guided to flow downwards along the in ner side of the right leg to Dadun point (Liv 1). Open Dadun point (Liv 1) with will and expel the diseased Qi out of Dadun, with the hands pushing obliquely downwards and then naturally hanging t the body epeat the(Fig. exercise, hold Qi in both hand isides. holdig a ball orfro ) starting
Fig
Fg
Pients o epatic carcino bgd dd b
doen , thnner configuration , lower fever night sweting and vrtigo ay , in addition to the basic exercises practise the Exercise or Nourishing in and Dispelling Toxin Stand still with the feet apart at the shoulders width, pt the tongue against the palate and take natural breath, practise the Psychosoatic elaxation Exercise to relax fro the head to the fet for 3 5 ties , followed by relaxin fro the hochond riu to the feet for 5 7 ties. Then ake ind concentration on ongquan points (K 1) for 35 nutes. Inhaling, iagine that the vital essense of the earth is being absorbed fro ongquan points (K 1) and flows upwards along the two legs 1 4
to Lower Dantian wie exhaling, iagne tat te diseased Qi in te epatic region is being dispelled down throug te egs and out of ongquan points (K 1) into the eart, 1 eter deep epeat te inaling , exaling and iagining for 36 respirations , followed by ind concentration for 510 inutes C oin for Aenion
1. Practise te prescribed exercises 24 ties eac day, unreit tingly 2 Drinks and food exosed to ouds re strcty protted con suption of ore vegetables suc as carrot , spinac eery Cinese cabbage, Cinese cives and fruits is dvisable 3. Avoid to get vexed and angry eagerly involved in suc joyfu and ausing activitie s as listening to usic walking planting flowers etc 4 Wie rctising te Exercse for oting te Lver and e gu ting of Qi, sureandtosend pontteatdiseased tree qi, witwit te Dadun te pointCircuation (Lv 1) of te rigtbefoot wll into te tree and et it absor b Te practice ties sould be decided by te self sensation tt one feels cofortbe after ex peng te diseased Qi of te ver
Esophaeal Carcinoma Esopagea carcinoa , one of te coon aignant tuors , is a carcinoa of te squaous epiteliu of te esopa gus Te st roinent cinica sypto is progressive dysphagia A aic Qigong Execie
1. Te New Qigong Exercise for Treating Cancer see Pulonary Carcinoa" ( » 2 Te Expiration, Inspiration and SwalowingQi Exercise Prctise tis exercise during 35 o'clock in te orning, face te sout, coose a sitting or standing posture, relax te woe 1 48
body, cal down the ind and dispel all distractions. (2) Take 3 deep respirations. Inhaling , ake ind concentration on the esophagus while exhaling , ake the ind concentration on the expelling of the diseased Qi in the esophagus out of the body. Then hold breath and urur the nubers fro one to five or ore. Still then , when inhaling and filling a outhful of Qi , swal low the Qidown into the esophagusand when exaling , send Qi in te esophagus to Dantian, iagine that the esophagus is through and quite open. The three deep respiration s , the one holding of breath and the one inhalation and exhalation ake one round. Practise this for seven rounds. (3) Proceed from the ast stance. Divide the saliva n the mouth into three parts , swallow one part each tme , iagine that the saliva is sent down to the Lower Dantian Take three deep respirati ons. When inhaing, send the fresh and nourishing Qi into the Lower Dantian when exhaing, expel the diseased Qi out of the body Then ae ind concentration on the Qi activities at Dantian for 10 20 nute s. B Sulemen Exercises
1. Patients of esophageal ca rcinoa with dysphagia , hiccup , chest stuffiness , bitter taste and hypochondriac pain may practise te Exercise of othing the Liver and Guidin Qi (see Hochon driac Pain addto to te basic exercises. 2 Patients of esophageal carcin oa wit the symtoms of swa lowing diffcuty and abundant phleg and saliva ay practise the Exercise of ubbing Epigastric Area and Hu" Qi (see Insona 4) in addition to the basic exercises. 3. Patients of esophageal carcinoma with aphaga, dry mout, sore throat , thinner configuration and dry stools may practise the Saiva Moistening and ourishing Exercise (see Pumonary Carcinoa" 1 ) in addition to the basic exercises C Pins r Aenin
1. Practise the prescribed exercises 24 times each day The Ex piration, Inspiration and Swalowing Qi Exercise should be done during 35 o'clock in the orning, may be done twice at noon and 149
te eeg n addto and ay be boosted by practsng te er Healt Cultaton Exercse (see Gastralga" ). 2 Patets are encouraged to drnk green tea to take fres veg etables lke toato rads potato cucuber celery and bean products and to eat fruts rc tan A and vtai C suc as apple peac pear cerry ad plu. 3 Durg te toexercsg treatent patets eneftng sould beactvtes g orale and eager do te delgted and ealtb e. g. growng flowers rasng pet o es walkig practsng sadow bong etc.
Gstric Crcinom Gatrc carcoa s o e o te ost oo algat tor rakg No 1 dgeste tuors. A. a Q Ex
1. Te New Qgog Exerce for Treatg Cacer see Pul oary Carcoa" ( ). 2 Te Iner Healt Cultato Exercse (ee Gastaga" ). Spplmy Ex
1 Patets of gastrc carcnoa wt epgastrc dstenson and a aue ad otg ay addto to te basc exercse ractse te Exercse for Lowerng te Aderse Flow of Q and Reguatg te Fucton of te Stoac ) Relaxg and Ceckng te Abnorally Asceding Q. Coose te ttg or yg postre wt breating noraled eyes slgy oe d dstracton expeled ad te wole body relaxed. Iage tat te seget fro u pot (Du 2 0) troug te cest and te abdoe to Huy pot (Re 1 ) s a ollow tube. alng concentrate te ind on caness" wle exalng on relaxato" Relax part after part fro te ead cest to te abdoen for 14 naatons and exalatos and relax fro te lungs to te stoac 1 50
in the sae way for another 4 respation s so as to help check the aersely upwa flow of the stoachQi. Then iagine that Qi t ihui ( 20) is descending along the hollow tube" via the chest an aboen own to Huiyin (en ) where it branche s an still flows downward along the Three in Channels of Foot to ongquan points ( ) the Adverse of Qi an egulating the Func tion(2)ofLowering the Stoach ChooseFlow the sitting or lying posture push the chest ownwas fro the sternal notc to the phoid process with te tip segents of the pal side of the inex the idle an the ring fingers for 36 ties followed by kneading Tanzhong point (en 7) for another 36 ties. Exhaling, push downwar fro the xiphoi press to the pubic syphysis with the fou fingers other than the thub or with the whole pal for 36 ties ; then push obliquely along the sides of te abdoen starting fro Zhongwan point (en 2) with the pal side of e ip segens of te four fingers other than the thub an finally press and knead Neiguan (P 6 and Zusanli (St 36 with the thub for 0 ties each The pushing and kneading anipulaions soud be ligh, gentle an coortable eckless streng is proibited 2. Patients of gastric carcinoa wit dull pain in the stoach voting (the voitus being the food taken in 2 hours ago ) prefernce for wart upon pain aack oose stools and edea ay practise te Exercise o Storin eow Qi and Warin Zongwan in aition to the basic exercises. The Exercise of Storing elow Qi and Waring Zhongwan Choose the standing or lying posture , relax the whole body. Iagine that there is yellow Qi in the spleen and soac and the yellow Qi is gathering at Zongwan (epigastriu). Tee o five inutes later the yellow Qi gradually urns into yellow fog and begins to sprea fro hongwan to al parts of the body Also iagie that e nutrients transfored by the spleen and stoach are nourishing all parts of the body , for 3 nues . Ten , gater Qi in all parts of the body togeter wit the yelow fog, to asseble again at hongwan; concentrate the ind on the Qi and yelow fog for a 51
while, followed by iagiig that the yellow fog is heated and becoes red. d the heated and red fog to Datia by will. Cocen trate the ind o Datia and keep it war by iagiatio for 0 5 iutes. ub the hads with each other ad the rub the fc e with the war hads to ed the exercise. 3 Patients of gastric carcinoa wi th stabbing pain and hard ass at the epigastric area andQisevere pain upoFilth, pressui addition re ay practise th Exercise for Iportig ad Expelling to the basic exercises The eercise stand erect with the feet parallel ad ap a at shoulders dth, the tongue put against the palate, the hads aturally hanging at the sids , th body relaxed a d the id caled down and concentrated on the centers of the two pals. Turn the pals to face the frot. Inhaling , slowly scoop Qi in front of the body with the hands and pour it into th had thn guide Qi to fow i the body, cotinu fro had to th pigastrum with th, hads we exhaling to lower hands to hipboes the fier tips forward to oint at Laogog (P 8) at ogua K ) , ad iagine that the iported Qi is expelling the diseased Qi in the epigastriu to go down ore than one eter dep into the ground through the two ongqua points Th turn the pa to fac th front again to repeat the xrcis for 530 inhalatios ad exhalations. C Poins o enion Practis th prescribd unreittingly, wth fir confidnce that Qigong xrcissexercises r heing cur t disas 2 Pungent, pppry or asy dit is straned 3 The Exercise for Iporting Qi ad Expling Filth is an iportant exrcise applied n xing athoganic Qi After practising this exercis, the weakr atnts should practise those exerciss which have the effect of rinforcmnt While reiforcing , tak care not to t th athogenc factors dvop
1 52
rom of the rge Itete Carcinoa of the large intestin es including carcinoa of colon and rectal carcinoa is one of the coon alignant tuors of the estive tract It ranks frst in visceal alignant tuors in the north Aerican countries and second in the Western European countries the Uted States the incidence of cacinoa of large in sties has surpassed that of ulonary cacinoa being the ost coon visceral carcinoa i igong Exerises
1 The New Qigong Exercise for Teating Cancer see Pulonary Carcinoa" ( 2 The Filthispelling Execise ( 1) Preparation Take the sitting or lying postue elx all ove with the tongue against the palte the eyes slightly closed breath even and stractios expelled (2) Fth spelling Iagine that the vital Qi whirls in through te upper orifce of the stoach and ciculates in void to get to the large intestines Drive with ill the noxious heat and filthy Qi to wind fro left to ight and evove n the lage intesties nd dispel the out of the anus Pactise this fo e respiations Then inhale and contract the anus gently to close it Conduct the vital Qi to wind fro right to left in the opposite direction ad evolve out of the orifce of the stoach Practise this fo 10 ties ( 3 ) nd Concentration on Dantian After practisi ng the exer cise concentrate the ind on Dantian for a while to get the vital Qi back to its srcin then rub the abdoen hands and face to end the exercse B uemen Exers
1 Patients of carcinoa of the large intestines with tenderness in the abdoen stools with bl ood d pus tenesus nd hot senstion at anus ay practise the Execise of ubbing e Eigastric 153
Area and Hu" Qi (see Insonia" 4) in addition to the basic exerses. 2 Patients of carcinoa of the large intestines w ith the syptos f distended and painful abdoen, diarrhea before dawn and exhaustion ay practise the Exercise of Taking sence fro the Sun and Waring ang (see etention of Pheg and luid" 1) and the Exercise Taking elow Qi (see Insoa" 2) in addition to the basic ofexercises. 3 Patient s of carcino a of the arge intestines with the syptos of painful abdoen , desire to defecate but wit h difficulty to pass , dizziness , dry throat and thirst with no desire to ay practise the Exercise of Taking Essence fro the Moon see Cough" 2 (4» C oins for enion ationa diet with ore fresh vegetables , fruits , vitaines and
fibrin 2 His iportant. durg the period of exercisin g , the phenoena of abundant and filthy stools and enhanced physical strength and energy appear, it iplies that the pathogens are being dispeled out of the body and the genuine Qi is reserved. Therefore , practice of the eligible exer cises should be continued.
5
Peve a Treae f Gyecpahy
Nodules of Brest
odules of beast ipy the nodular asses in the breast, which are usua lly round or elipti c , big or sall , and are e quivalent to breast fibroa and hyperplasia of aary glands in odern Western edicine
N
c gong Exercses
The Massage Exercise for Prooting Lactation ( ) gital Acupoint Pressing Pess and knead , with the finger tips , the acupoints of Tanhong (Ren 1 7) , Rugen (St 8) , Qien (Liv 4) and Hegu (LI ) aiy on te diseased side, followed by pessing and kneading the acupoints of Zusanli (St 36) and Sanyin jiao (Sp 6) (2) Kneading and Twisting Hold the diseased breast with one hand, knead and twist gently the nipple and areola with the other 1 55
(the fingers of which are pt to gether) for 24 ties (3) Onedirection Wiping Hold the beast with one hand wipe (rb with oderate strength) the breast with the other fo the diseased location towards the nip ple stroke by stroke in one direction for 24 strokes (4) Pshing and Kneading ently knead the surrounng area of the assPush withandtheknead palarTahog side of (en the for otherandthan thb 17) finger push siht leftthe first followed by pshing downwards then rotativey knead (lockwise) Tanzhong (en 17) for 24 rotations 2. PathogenExpelling Exercise with Chui " Pronunciation Chose the sitting or standing poste with the body relaxed an the nd caed down Tap the teeth of the pper row with that of the lower swallow the saliva and ake the breath even. Choose antidroi abdoinal respiration (new learers ay choose others instead) Ihaig ocetrte the id o the lower ntian while exhaling gide Qi to fow pwad fro the lower ntian to the diseased breast and iagine that Qi rotat es clockwise fro the root of the breast to the nipple via the ass and is expelled ot of the nipple concrrently prooce C" with the rotating and expelling Twenty for inhalatons and exhaations are required B ulemen Execses
1 Patients of the disease with the syptos of etial epession breast distension and pain that varies with eotional chanes ay practise the Exercise for othing the Liver and allbladder (see Hypochondriac Pai" i addiion to the basic exercises 2. Patients of the disease with the syptos f dstensin and pain in the breast before enstration relief afte enstatin or abnoral enstration ay practise the Exercise for egulating the Chong and en Channels (see Dysenorrhea" in addition to the basic exercises C Poi fo Aenon
1 Keep ree fro wory or age keep ightheaed and avid pungent and peppery det 2. Keep the diseased breast cean and ot of irritation 56
Dysmenorrhe Dysenorrhea refers to pain in the lower abdoen before, during or after the enstruation perio d The pain ay radiate to the loins and sacral areas , becoe very severe , and occur periodically with the enstruation cyce It is a coon disease in gynecopathy and is seen ore often in young woen A. c Qgong Execse
The Exercise of Reguatig the Chon and Ren Channes 1 Choose the sitting posture Sit on the anterior 1 /3 portion of a chair, rela the whole body, inhale and exhale evenly, expel distractions , ut the hands on the ubilicus (the left hand on top of the right and the aogong points aiing at the ubilicus ) , and close the eyes slighty W ii , u in te dome , contrct the anus , pull up and cotract the perineu and , at the ae tie , guide Qi to flow fro the perineu to the lower Dantian; while exhaling, reax the anus and the lower adoen Repeat thi contracting and rela xng for 30 ut es Th ne earnrs may guide Qi to ow with ind concentration and with t e of repiration; wile the vete rans ay guide Qi to fo only mind concentration 3. Press and knead the points of Guanyuan (Ren 4 ) , Qihai (Re 6) Shanyinjiao (Sp 6) ad Neiun (P 6) ith te tip of a figer for 3 nute respectiey till an cin and sweling ensation is felt 4 Guide Qi to Flow to Dantia n Sit still for a hle , open the eyes , rub the pals with each other and ru te face tie with the war pals B ppemen Execses
1. Patients with dull pain in the lor adoen prior o or after enstruation , less and ightcoored menses , dim comlexion and 1 5
lassitude ay practise the Exercise of Taking Essece to Store Vi tality in addition to the basic exercise The Exercise of Taking Essence to Store Vitality lie on back in the bed, close the eyes and imagine that the sun, the oon and the stars are being taken into the body and stored in ntian eep imaginng for 520 mintes Then , tap the upper teeth with the lower, rinseforouteach thetime) mouth saliva, theis saliva 3 times /3 andwith imagine thatswallow the saliva being guided into Dantian with each swall owing Concentrate the ind on tian for a whle and imagine that Qi in antian circulates clockwise (the circles become smaller and smaller) for 36 circles This exercise is better to be practised dring the period of 3 o'clock in the morning 2 Patients with coldpain in the lower abdoen before or during menstruation period, whch may be relieved when the lower ab domen is Dantian warmed( or practise the Exercise of Warming see presskneaded, Constipation"may 4) in addtion to the basic exercises 3 Patients with swelling pan in the lower abdomen before or during menstrual period and dark menses with clots (the discharging of which can bring abot a relief of pain) may practise the Exercise of Xu" Qi in addition to the basic exercises The Exercise of Xu" Qi lie on back, bend the knees, relax the whole body, get the respiration even, and put the hands on the Lower Dantian at (one top ofDantian) te otherWen and the center pronouce of the two palms pointing theonLower ealing, Xu" and prolong the pronnciation as much as possible, then in hale epeat this for 24 respirations C oi or Aenion
The basic exercise may be practised on the days other than the mensturation period 2 Pay attenion to menstrual hygiene , keep the body war , and keep a happy mood 58
nol enoe Abnoral aenorrhea here iplies that enarche does not ap pear in a young lady over 18 years of age or that enses do coe in a lady for soe period of tie but are broken off for ore than three onths. o Exss 1 The Exercise for Enriching Qi and Building Constitution
( 1 ) This exercise is better to be done at dnght and at 2 oclock at noon. The sanding posture is usually chosen with the knees and hip joints bent the abdoen slightly contracted shoulders relaxed elbows dropped and slightly bent on the sides wriss and fingers natural the chest pulled in the bck straightened the chin pulled back the feet put apart as the shoulders width and the body weight maiy suported by the tiptoes and soles. (2) The new learners ay practise ind concentration on antian or on a scene for soetie to cultivate Qi and guide Qi flow with will. When inhaling iagine that Qi flows upwards fro the heels through the back side of the higs nto the D Channel on the back nd continue o flow upwards to ihui (D 20 ) ; when exha ling iagine that Qi flows downwards from hui (D 20) to the Lower antian along the en Channel then continue to flow downwards fro antian to ongquan points (K 1 ) through the inner sides of the thighs. A hot sensation can be felt a antian and ongquan (K 1) (3) Choose antidroc abdonal respiration. ling contract the abdoen and the ana sphincter ; while ealing guide Qi to flow upwards fro the heels to the perineu then t with the help of contracting the anal sphincter and the hip uscles and of firly touching he gound wit seles and toes t guide Qi to continue to fow upwards with great oentu to Baihui (D 20) Still then guide Qi to flow downwards fro Baihui (D 20) to ongquan (K 1 ) with 159
te elp of swallowing oveents. tter terapeutic reult will be acieved wen one feels all te pores and te woe body are clear and unobstructed. After ts exercise , te Ascending , Discendng , Opening and Cosing Exercise (see Pulonary Corcnoma" - 9 ) soud be practised to guide Qi to its srcin. 2 Te Exercise of Kneadng te Abdoen to Invigorate Dantian Cooseand tete sitting or standing Putwit te rigt te(1)abdoen left and on top posture. of te rgt all teand ieron and outer aogong points (P ) piing up and pointng at Guanyuan point (en 4 ) Gently press and knead te lower abdoen clockwse for 1 circles , ten counterclockwse for anoter 1 crcles , and concurrently get te body relaxed, breat even and natural and te ind concentrated on te Lower Dantian. ( 2 ) Proceed fro te last stance. Press and vbrte Guanyuan point (en 4) for 1 or 36 respiratons. Mke nd concentration on teBlower Dantian. Erciss Sumnry 1 Patients of 1 years or ore wit no enarce or wit little enses followed by postponed and ten brokenoff enstruation, and wit weakness , lassitude n te oins and knees , may prctse te Exercise of Takng Essence to Store Vtaity (see Dysenorrea" B-I) in addition to te basic exercses. 2 Patients wit no enses for evera ontes , ental distress and lower abdoinal pain and distension ery of toucing ay practise te Exercise otng te e ndbsc Gabdder Hyocondriac Pan" ofI) n ddton to te exercises.(see C oints for Attntio
1 Eic te diet by adding ore gpotein and igcaore food. 2 Keep ligtearted and promote selfcultiaton of emoton.
1 60
normal Menstruation Abnoral enstruation ere implies cange of enses in ters of regularity, quantity, color d qiy, incuding poymenorrea, delayed enstruation , enstrua disord er , profuse menstruation and scanty enstruation It my be cssified into te caegory of eeopaty and reais one of e common diseases in gynopaty A ac Qgng Exc
Te FiveStep Exercise of Viaity Qi Fow (see Edea" ) 2 Te Exercise of Rubbin e Abdome to Invigote Dantin ( ) Coose te sitting o sdig osure Pt e eft nd on the upper abdoen and te rigt ad on top of te left wit te i ner and outer Laoong points (P ) piin up and pointing at Zongwan point (Ren 2). Take norma respiation, concentrate te nd on Zhongwan point (Ren 2) d press and knead Zongwan point clockwise for 8 rotations , ten countercockwise f or anoter 1 rotations Ten , rub e bdome cockwise fo 36 rotations followed by rbbi coun ercockwise for oer 36 rotations , concurrenty ake nd concetr ation o e bdomen (2) Coose antidroc or natra respiration nd proceed fro te ast stance Sift te ads onto te ower abdoen wt te inner Laogong point (P ) of te ef d coering Guanyuan point (Ren 4 ) , concentrate te ind on Dania d concurrenty , press and knead te bdomen cockwise and counerclockwise for 1 rotations respectively Ten, genty ap Gunyun point (Ren 4) wit te five gettogeter finger tips , for 1 espirations ulemny Exec
1. Patients wit te syptos of preceded enstrua cyce , enorragia or scanty enstruation , ligt coored and tin enses , and lassitude may practise te Automatic Qi Circuatio Exercise 161
(see Diarrhea" ) in addition to the basic exercses. 2 Patients with delayed enstrual cycle , scanty enstruation , dark red and clotted enses , coldness and fenderness in the lower abdoen and preference for warth ay practise the Exercise of Waring Dantian (see Constipation" 4) in addition to the basic exercises. Patients withay preceded an dthe delayed nstrua tions anEssence d difficulty in 3enstruation practise Exercise of Taking to Store itality (see Dysenorrhea" 1) in addition to the basic exercises.
Prolpse of Uterus If the feale's uterus slips out of pace or the vaginal wall ex pands out, the illness is generally tered in Tig" (prolapse of uterus ) in traditional Chinese edicine. The other ters include in Jun ", in Tou" and C han Chang Bu Shou". The victi ay feel gravitational distension of te vagina or a ass slipping out of the vaginal orifice. i gong Eerises
1. Te Walkng Exercise 1 Preparation. Stand erect , put the feet at the shoulders width , pull in the chest sligtly, erect te nek, concentrate the nd, slow down the respiration, cose te eyes slighty or look ahead with eyes half closed, hang the ars natually o the sides of the body and put the tongue against the palate. (2) Patting Dantian in the Preparation Posture. Slightly clench te fists and sway the fists rightwards and leftwards. Wen swaying te fists rig twards , the uper body also leans rightwards to ake the left fist patting Dantian in the lower abdoen and the back of the right fist patting Mingen point ( D 4) in the back; when swaying leftwards , the anipulations should be vice versa. The 1 62
swaying fequency should be coodinated th that of the espiation epeat the swaying and patting for 1236 ties After a period of such pactice , the moving ange of the ams and waist may be inceased and, while swayng and patting, take a slow walking 2 The Massage Execise fo Teating Hysteroptosis Choose the supinelying o sitting posture , concentate the attention and normalize Put beath the iddle fnge of the left hand aganst the perineu, (1) the and the oot of the left pal gainst the pubic sphys is Inhaling , bulge the abdoen and lift the iddle finger of the left hand upwad for 3 ties ; while exhaling , elax the ddle finge of the left hand epeat this anipulation fo 3 espiatons the above with the ight hand fo anothe 3 espiations (2) Put the oot of the left palm against the pubic syphysis and press and knead eithe clockwi se o counteclockwise Moe pressue s laid when the pal oot s on the uppe seicicle (of the kneading cirls), for 10 cicles epeat ths anipulation for anothe 10 circles with the ght hand (3) Put the two palms on the two goins espectively Pess upwad and sideward with moe pessue of the ddle finges of the two hands , for 10 ties (4) Put the left hand on the ght goin, press and ub the pe ineal area upwad and letwad om the right groin to the left iliac cest , with oe pessue on the middle finge Repeat ths anipu lation fo 10 times Pess and b the peneal aea with the right hand fo anothe 10 tmes B ulemenry Exerce
Patiets wth polapse of the uteus (eithe potudng out of the vagina o not ) , tenesmus n the lowe abdomen , lassiude and abundant leukohea may pactise the Execise of egulating the Chong and en Chennels (see Dysenohea" in addition to the basic execises 2. Patients with etroptosis , frequent uination , aching and weakness of the loins and kne es , dizziness and tinnitus ay pactise the Execise of egulating the Uteus and einfocing the Kidney in 63
addition to the basic exercises The Exercise of egulating the Uterus and einforcing the Kidney (1) Sit crosslegged with the right heel against the perineu or sit on a cha relax the whole body expel distractions and when inhaing pull in the abdoen and iagine that the uterus is being ifted and held then hod beat fo a whie epeat this for 18 res pirations (2) Proceed fro the last stance Put the left hand on the back with the center of the pal covering Mingen point 4) and the right hand on the lower abdoen with the center of the pal cover ing Guanyuan point (en 4. Inhaling slowly ove the two hands along the subcostal line ; wile exhaling get the two hands slowly back to their srcinal places (Fig 80). While oving the hands concentrate te nd on the Qi flow in the Dai Channel epeat this for 18 respirations (3) Proceed fro the last tnce Hod the ight hand with the eft the eft tub peing the fingerpal fold of the right pal and the first segent of the thub and the ide finger of the right hand touching each other Keep this postre of the hands nd put the near te ower abdoen Rotte te upper body clockwise When the body leans forward inhae ; when backward exhale epeat the rotating for 1 repirations Then change the hand posture vice versa and rotate The body counterclockwise for another 18 respirations (Fig 1). While rotating the body concentrate the ind on the Qi fow in the D Cnne (4) Poceed fo te tnce Rb the hands with each other then rub the two Shensh points (B 23) with the hands seprately till the Shensu areas get wared Take natura breath and concentrate the ind on Shenshu points (B 23. ( 5 ) Proceed fro the ast stance ub the points of Shangliao (UB 31) Ciliao (UB 32 ongiao (UB 33 and Xialiao (UB 34) and THE coccyx fro the upper points to the lower with the nar thenar of the hands til these points get wared Take natural breath and concentrate the ind on these points 164
g C nt f ttnt
g 81
1 x o obd dg or of trat m . K u o t fto
fertilit Ifty r m f marrid fal who tay w r hathy hubad fo mo tha yar without ontr tion fa to gt ga, o do ot g prgt for or an ys aftr hr priou rgay, dlivry or abortio T forr i cld priary nftity w t attr, oday nfrtlity A. Qn x
1 Th Exr of Rguag th Cog and Rn Ca ( Dysorrha" . 16
2. The Fivestep Exercise for Vitality Q Flow (see Edea" 1 B Suemen Exercises
1 Paie of infertiity with asexuaity a asitude in the loi and knee ay practise the Exercise of Takin Black Qi (see Eea" 3) i addition to the basic exercises.
Patients of dysenorrhea, entathedepreion and2.irritability ayinfertility practise with the Exercise of othin iver and Guiding Qi (see Hypochondriac Pain" 2) in addition to the ba sic exercises. C Pins fr enin
1. The cobination of the exercises with drug theapy can resut in a beter therapeutical efficacy. 2. xual activities should be liited and the patients should keep theselves optiistic and openinded.
Mnopsl Syndom Menopausal syndroe refers to a enopauserelated roup of syptos occurng when the function of the ovaries has decreae in the enopa usal perio d or when the ova ry has been resected. Thee syptos re different i severity, te of ppearance and duration of presence. Noral life and work ay be affected in severe cases. ic Qigong Eercises
1 The Exercise of Easing the Mind and ejueai Oneef ) Preparation. Stand naturally with the feet apar at houders width, ars handng gently on the sides of the body, breath naural and slow, the body eaxed, head lifted upright, neck straihtened, inward visio ade , the ind caled nd the face silin , and recall the iage at one's prie. (2) ep Breathing. Get cal in ind and take eep bre athing ( inhaling through nose nd exhalig though outh ) . When 66
inhaling , contract the perineu , anus and loins , shrink the shoulders , slowly lift the heels , raise the head a little , gently straighten the neck and bulge the chest and abdoen so as to take in ore fresh air. When the ialing is about to fulfill, turn the shoulders backwards to deepen the inhalation Then , exale slowly while lowering the heels , bending the knees , leaning forward ( about 45°), slightly abdoen and hands fontOne of the bodycontracting , and finallytheexhausting the hanging filthy airthe fro the inbody. inaling pus one exhaling is called one respiration. esue the standing posture after practising for 8 respirations. (3) Keeping Void and Cal. Proceed fro the last stan ce. Get the body, libs and viscera relaxed to create a void and cal state with the help of one's wil. Inhaling , urur caling " and exhaling, urur relaxing". Psychosoatically relax all the parts fro the head to the feet , especially te lower abdo en. After 8 such respirations , one ay entally cal down in a void state . (4) Vibrating. Proceed fro the last stance. Slightly bend the knees , contract the loins to drive the lower abdoen , then the viscera and te uscles , to vibrate. The vbration rate should be ore thn 164 tie a inute. The vibration should be natural the ore one vibrates , the ore relaxed and cofortable one ay feel. Iagine that the disease is fading fro one's body and nd along with the vibrations. Vibrate ts way for 13 inutes and then resue the standing posture. (5) Shoulder Moveent. Proceed fro the last stance. Take a re laxing and calg breath , followed by bending the knees , dropping the ars , slightly opening the outh and oving the soulders (the left shoulder sould be turned forward and downward whe the right shoulder backward nd upward and the waist rightwad). Te radian of the oveent of the left shoulder is about 60° Te turng of the two shoulders should be continued in te opposite directions , and when the two shoulders are at the sae eig ht again , they have already drawn a seicircle respectively. Then continue to ove the shoulders the rigt shoulder oves forward and down ward , the eft upward and backward , and the waist leftward. The 1 6
n of te movement of te igt soule s also out 60· Te ot of te soule movement is lke a 0 an te shouler movement is mnly ven y unng the wast Turn the waist leftw n gtw fo tmes espectively ( 6) nng te ecse Pocee from the last stnce Put te pms ogete se em ove te ea n simultneously lft e eel n Ten lowe the ans n own o me mken nlon pse of Bust geetng Wenfow the hns move n fon of te lowe omen septe tem siewrs to en e ee e Usully tkes out mnutes to prtse te oe eese 2 Te ecse fo cng Q n Bulding Constituton (see Aom Amenoe B Sppl
ens wt soe n mensl cye pofuse o scnty ees es tnt ypo wt feves senstion in the e p n e e eve n nigt swetng may prctse e onIspon ecse for Nourishng te Kiney o e sc eeces ( oue Coose te yngonack lyngonse o stting e e oe oy eae stctons epele et een ee n clme n te tongue pu gns e pe pp e ee g te Salv wth Tongue an o e v p te teet of te uppe row wt tt o e oe fo tme e slv w t te tongue tuning c es es n ccles gtw s slow te salv one tr fte oe n ue wt wll te slva to flow own to Dan n ec swllowng ( Concenttion n Respiraton Choose te ortho omic o nom aominal espton whc s eque to ecome lo ey even an polonge The purpose o sc pctice s o ultvte Q n Dntan Concentate the n on Dantan when mkng suc esptions 4 Q Flow fom ntan to ongquan ( K 1 ) : H the ntomc 6
abdonal respiration is adopted, pull in the abdoen, contract the anus and daw i both inside and outside the body into Datian a long with inhaling bulge the abdoen, relax the anus and guide i in ntian to flow doward to onguan points (K 1 while exhaling The respiration should be ade gentle and natural igid ity should be aoided 2 Patientscold with profuse enstruation, enses light color, ay thin leukorrhea, extreities and painful, cold loins andnknees practise the Exercise of Waring ntian (see Constipation" 4) in addition to the basic exercises C oin o nion 1 fore choosing igong exercise therapy, a thorough clinical
exaiation is needed to find out if there are organic diseases 2 Properly liit the sexual actiities during te exercises raw , cold, pungent or peppery diet is contraindicated
My Cn (Mono) May cancer, also called breast carcinoa, is one of the coon alignant tuors in woen Its incidence is ony second to that of cervical ccinoa ic Qigong Eecise
The New igong Exercises for Treating ancer see Pulonary Carcinoa" () . B ulemen Eecises 1 Patients of ay cancer with the syptos of distension
and pain in the breast with palpable ases, eotional ipetuosity or depreion , exation and bad teper y practise the Exercise of othing the Lier and Gallbladder (ee Hypochoniac Pain" 1 in addition t o the basic exercises 2 Patients of ay cancer with eaciated configuration, er tigo and lassitude ay practise the Exercie of Taing Essence to 169
Store Vtality (see Dysenorrhea" 1 ) in addton to the basic exercse C its fr Attnti
1. Practse the prescrbed exercses 23 ties a day, the ove ents of whch should be gentle and slow Cultvate f confdence and ave optstc orale n dong
thngs
Crvical Carcinoma Cevcal cacinoa s one of te ost coon agnant tuors n Cna te ncdence of hc rans frst aong al nds of can ces n woan Woen ove 20 years of age who ave abnoral egna dscage of leuoea and bleedng soud see eale edca dagnoss Te syptos n the early stag e of the dsease ay nclude sall aount of bleedng after sexual tercourse, ab nora bowe oveent o fatgue , and ncreased aount of beedng As the dsease deeos te euorea ay becoe flthy and xed wth blood, or becoe fou and xed wt slouged peces of objects Lubar and abdoinal pan , requet cturitio , ugent unaton and uodyna ay appear n the late stage A a Qigg Exiss
The New Qgong Execse for Teatng Cance see Pulonay Carcnoa" (» B. Spplt Exrss
1. Patents wth eotonal depesson ad vexaton ay practse the Exercse for othng the Lver and Gallbladder ( see Hypochondac Pan n addton to the basc exercses 2. Patents wth profuse vagnal dscharge of yelowish and foul whtes ay ractse te FtDspelling Exercse (see Carcnoa of te Lage Intestnes" 2) n additon to the basic exercse 3. Patents wth fatgue , weaness , lua pan , cold nees and 1 0
loose stoos ay practse the Exercse of Takng ssnce from t Sun and Warng ang (see etenton of Phlegm and Fud" 1 ) n addton to the basc exercse 4 Patents w th vertgo , tnnitus , dysphora wth fversh snsa ton n the chest , pals and soes , dry mouth and constpaton may practise the Exercse of Takng ssnc from th Moon 2(4» Cough" n addton t o the basc exercse C Points or Attenton 1 Keep the perneu clean and wash t at least onc a day Sxu al actvtes should be prohbted durng the perod of exercs treatent 2 If profuse, flthy mixture of blood and whtes s dschargd fro the vagna durng the exec tatmnt , and comfortable sensation s felt after the dscharge , ths suggsts a good phnomenon of expellng pathogens out of the body At ths tm , one should
contnue practse the balance oftooffence" andprescrbed defence"exercses and pay attnton to the
1 1
Cn f Disass f h Ns , Eas and Eys
Stffy Nos
tuffy nose fefers to nasa obstruction , which is the sypto of ny diseses The Qigong exercise therapy introduced n this section is eligible fo treatent of rhintis (acute and chronc ) trohc rhntis alergic rhintis and nasosinusitis (acute and chronc)
S
i gong Eerie
1 ressing and Kneading Exercise for eieving Stuffy Nose (1) Choose the sitting, standing r ying posture wth the ind ca the body relaxed and distractions expeed (2 ub Shaoshang points (Lu 11) of the two thubs with each other, and rub the two sides of the nose with Shaoshang points (Lu 11) when they becoe war Take nora respation a nd repeat the anpuations for 3 nutes 7
() Inale and exale troug te noe and get te rerao prolonged even and tready Wle nalng and exalng te md concentrated on eac nalaton and exalaton and te mnd con centraton and respraton ould be coordated nue reraton of knd for mnutes Ten tae a nalatotervalalatonexalat on " reraton Te r nalto ould be
deepened rolonged ad teand nerval 2 ad econd Te ecod nalaton and ould be ortened atened te exalato ould be lowed down Take repraton t way for mnute Stll ten concentrate te mnd on reraton magng ta te ar naled troug te rgt notrl and exaled troug te e oe Tae repraton t way or mnute ( 4 ) Block te rgt notrl wt te rg tumb and ae troug te left notrl ten bloc e le notrl wt e eft tumb and nale troug te rgt notr Inae t way for 36 tme (5) Take andromc abdomna repraton and nale and exae roug noe and concentrate te mnd o Dantoan for 10 mnute () Rub te and wt eac oer ru e ace w t te warmed and and cob te ead wt te fnger 2. Te S" Q Exerce (ee Tympante" A4) B Sulement Exee
1 Patent wt eadace tuffy noe waery naa dcrge coug tn putum ad abudant execor y rce Daoyn Exerce of oldng Breat and Inducng Swea ( mmon ld" 1 ). 2 Patent wt eadace uffy ne yelow naal dcarge coug and yellow uu may racte te Daoyn Exerce Ex pellng Patogec Wnd from te dy Surface (e ommo Cold" 2). . Patent wt tuffy oe latud e weae ad eb ty to affecton by exopatoge may racte e Exerce of Ta Wte Q ee oug" 2(). C nt f Attntn
1 Wa te face wt cold waer every day to trege e re
sstant ablity of te body to cold. 2. Take deep and antdroc abdonal respiraton as a frequent breathing exercise.
fn nd Tnnt afness refers to hypoacusis of dffret degrees , ncludng ild dysaudia and hearig disability. innitus refers to the selfsensed ringing n the ears , which nders earing. \ aic gong Execises
1. The FiveStep Exercse for Vtal Qi Flow (see Edea" 1).
2 . The Massage Exercse to Iprove Hearng 1) Prepraton Choose te stting or standng posture, relax the whole body , listen to nothing , close the outh and eyes , take noral breath and expel dstractios. (2) atng the Heavenly Dru Put te als on te ears , one on each, wth the Laogong points (P 8) coverng the eatus tubes and the fngers coverng the posterior side of the head Put te index fngers over the ddle fngers and slde the index fingers to knock the posteror part of te head. epeat the knockng for 24 ties. 3) Pressng and eleas ng te Aurcles Press the two aurcles wt the pals , one on each , then release te pressure . epeat ts pressig and releasng for 10 tes. Te pressng should be ode rately tight ad the releasng should be sudden. (4) Massang the Helxes Slightly pinc the helxes , fro te upper part to the lo wer , wit te thubs and index fngers. epeat the pinchig for about 24 tes till the elxes get wared. 3 The Daoyn Exercise for Iprovng Hearng 1) Concentratng the Mnd and elenisng Qi Choose the standng posture, relax the whole body, bed the elbows with the pals facng the ground, slghtly pull n the lower jaw, and nhale 1 4
thogh te nose a ele thogh the moth. When ini , pt the tonge ginst te plte , concentte te mind on Dntin , tn te plms to ce te sy nd te inge tips o one hnd to point t tht o te othe, nd sloly it te hnds pds to the heigt o Tong point (Ren 17 Wen e, t the pms to ce the gond, sloly loe the hnds nd imgine tht Qi is loing om Dntin to the hnds . When the hnds e oered t the height o the owe bdomen, strt nothe ond o inhling movement. Repet this movement o 9 tes , ooed by ling don the ms nd hnds on the sides o the body. 2 The oyin xecise to Po mote Qi Flo When inhing , concentrte the mind on Dntin ; when exh ling , lt the hnds nd bend the elbows slow y long the sides o the body, till the ogong points (P 8 in the plms point t the es (one to eh. Imgine tht Qi los om Dntin to the two plms nd then rom the plms into the es thogh the Logong points (P 8 Then ie nd concentrte the mind on ntin gin. Re pet this or 36 esptions. ® Pt the plms on the ricles with Logong points (P 8 ginst the to mets tbes (one on ech nd the inges coveing the occipt nd concentte the nd on the es . Te te nds o the ricles on sdden, olloed by ptting the icles gently. Repet this o 36 times. (3 Concentte the mind on the Upe ntin or 15 mintes, ten imgine tht Qi flos om the Uppe Dntin to the Loe Dntin nd concentte the mind on the Le ntin o whie. Rb the plms ith ech ote nd b the ce ith te me d hnds. B uemen Eeises
1 Ptients ith nosevee nomild deness nd sevee de ness occing exctly te getting ngy my pctise the Execise o otng the Live nd the Glbldder ( see ypocondic Pin in ddition to the bsic execises. 2 Ptients ith sevee tiits ding the night , dizziness , cing nd ness in the loins nd nees , nd spermtohe , 15
ay practise te Exercise of Taking Black Qi (see Edea" 3) in addition to te basic exercises 3 Patients wit severer tinnitus and deafness after exertion, lassitude , abdonal distension and loose stools ay practise te Exercise of Taking elow Qi (see Insomnia" 2) in addition to the basic exercises C nts f r Attentn
1 It is better to practise te Daoyi Exercise for Iproving Hear ing d te Fiestep Exercie for Vita Qi Flow al togeter wit priority gie o te lte 2 Keep appy ood ad ave fir confidence in doing tings
Myopia Myopi efers to te disorder wit wic te iage is located in fot of t e retia i ccteri sed by di eyesigt wen te ob ect is distan , and nom e er A sc Qg ng Eercses
1. Te Wdg Eercise of Iproving Acuity of Viion (1) mproving Acuiy of Vision by Mind ncentration Stand ca and still , take nora respiration , gaze into te sky for one inute , gaze on te foor for one inute , ten sit on a cair and close te eyes Te sittig i specia e feet are p apart at soul ders widt, te kees e bet o for a 30 ange, one td of te buttoc toces te cair e two and are put on te knees (one on e ) wi te fingers apart , te elbow are relaxed and the Lao gong point (P 8) covering te nee caps Gently close te eyes , owly put te tongue against te palate , concentae e ind on te Upper Datian ad iagine tat te eye re coo ad refreshing nd te eyegt enorousy iproved Keep te posture and the state of nd for 2 nutes , hen gently open te eyes (2) Iprovig Auity of Vision by Gazing at an Object Stand 1 6
tlly, pt te toge gnst te plte nd concentte th d on Ti. Wildly oen te eyes nd gze t dstt object o 30 secods , ten gze t ne object o note 30 seconds. Repet te dstnt nd ne gz g. 3) mpov Acity o ision by Qi. Stnd tlly ist , ten lt t let oot d tke big step owd nd letwrd. Pt te tonge gnst te plte nd slowly lft the nds wrds long te sides o te body. Wle litng te ands , t te plms slowly to ce t sky , stetc te in ges , bend te elbows n d concen tte te md on Logong nts (P 8) Contine to lt the hnds , close te eyes , dw te nds ne te eyes (5 cm n d stnce) , m te Logong ponts (P 8) t Znz (B 2), yo (Ext 3) nd Sizkong (SJ 23) d mgine tt Q lows om Logong oints (P 8 to tem o 15 seonds espectvely. Ten slowly t down te hnds and eet te execise fo 12 tmes , followed by covrng te eyes wt te lms wit t fngers ward nd aogong onts (P 8 tog t eye balls , nd slently contig nmbes rom 1 to 30. t is eqied to follow the pescbed oder n endig th xecise : lower down te ms along the cheek s nd t togete te plms (s te Bddst getng ) , thn tn te nds down wd, t te ings pointing t te floo, n ont o te cest. pte t e plms wen tey e lowered t t e egt o te wst nd dop te nds o te body sides . Oen te eyes slowly. (4) Contrcting nd Relxng te Eyblls wth Beting. Stnd ntlly, t te eet pt t soldes wdth, t te tonge ginst te plte nd conentt te on te two eyeblls. le tog te nose nd exle tog te mot. le nha , contact te eyblls ; wile exlg , lax t yblls. Re pet the contactng and rlng for 36 tms. (5 Pessng dy Ponts nd Betng. Coose th sitting os te wit eys closed, nd concentrted on t eyes tonge t gist te plte nd beth ntrl. Pessing Z Ponts (B 2) Pess nd eles Zanz points (B 2) wth the t of t thmb (one o ch). Prss te poits w inling ; elese tem wle exlg. Gentl manip
aton s needed at te begnnng epeat te pressng and reeasng for 36 tes , foowed by g nte kneading for 36 tes. Pressng Jinging Ponts (B 1) Pres and reease Jingng ponts (B 1) wt te t of te index fingers (one on eac). Press te onts we nang; reease te we exang. epeat te pressng and reeasng for 36 tmes , foowed by gente kneadng for 36 tes Pressng Szukong onts SJ 23) ress and reease Szukong onts (SJ 23) wit te p of te tubs (one on eac) Press te pont s we nng ; reease te we eang Gentle anpuaton s needed t te begnnng. epeat te pressing and re easng for 36 tes , foowed by gente kn eadng for 36 ties. Pressing Tongzao Ponts (B 1) Press and knead Tongz ao ponts (B 1) wt te tp of te tubs (one on eac) cockwse for 1 tes and countercockwse for 1 tes agne tat te outsde fres Q is fowng nto tese ponts Pressng Tanyng (As ) Ponts Press and reease tese ponts wt te tp of te tubs Press te we nhaing ; re ease te we exang. epeat te pressng and reeasng for 36 tes , foowed by g ente kneading for anoter 36 tes Pessng Jnging Ponts (B 1) Press and reease tese ponts wt te tp of te tubs (one on eac) Press te we nang and reease te we exang for 36 tes, foowed by gente kneadng for anoter 36 tes. Pressng Cengq Ponts (St 1) Press and reease tese ponts wt te tp of te ndex fngers (one on eac) Press te we n ang and reease te we exang. epeat te pressing and re easng for 36 tes , foowed by ge nte kneading for another 36 tes Pressng Sba Ponts (St 2) Press and reease Siba points (St 2 ) wt te tip of te tubs (one on eac). Press te we nang and rease te we exang. epeat te pressng and re easng for 36 tes , foowed by gente kneading for anoter 36 tes Turnng te Eyebas Cose te eyes w t concentrated atten 1
tion • Turn the eyeballs leftward and righward for 14 times , fol lowed by fixing the attention for a while Then , open he eyes on a sudden and gaze at the front for 30 seconds ® Pressing Taiyang Points (Extra 2) Close the eyes fix e attention and take natural breath Gently knead Taiyang points (Ex tra 2) with the thubs (one on each) for 36 circles ubbingWhile the Facinhaling e and Head s eahe c othe i they getwared , rub ub withte thepal pals face and head upward fro Chengjiang point (en 24) o ihui point (D 20) via the nasal crest, then downward fro Baihui point (D 20) o he back of the neck via Fengchi points (GB 20), still ten foreward from e back of the neck o Cengjiang point (en 24) via the cheeks While inhaling, rub the pams again epeat the rubbing for 36 ties @ Ending te Exercise Close e eyes , press Tiyang points (Extra 2 ) wit the thmbs (oe on ec nd concurently knead the eyelids gently with the index fingers (one on eac) or 1 times Open the eyes and stand p 2 The Qigong Dirigation Exercise o moving Aciy of Vision (1) Stand still and ca, put the feet part at sholders width, drop the hands on the body sides nauray, rect te nec i sp porting an object on the head, pull in the chest, srigten te back , relax te loins and knees , look forward and take bre natu rally (2) Look straigty forwrd, gze e objec, en a distant object , still then the infiite distnce Roe the eyeballs cockwis e and counterclockwise for 4 times resecively (3) Look straightly forward t te distance Turn te ec left sideward and righsideward (the eyesi ollows te tuning ac cordingly) for 4 ties respectivey n wile urning sidewd and exhale while turng forwd ( 4 ) Lift the hands in fron of e cest with palms facing te body, pul te elbows backward and be orward t c i inhaling (Fig 82); reax e back and rms whie exi Ree this procedure for 8 ties 19
( 5 Press Jinging Points
whle inhalng; sueeze the eyebal and gently pron ounce " Xu while ehing T ssing shoud be slow and gentle oy o get a sensation of a chng sg with no pai (7 Put te tip of he middle fingers on the points located on the outer 1/4 of th lower edge of he ey orbits (oe on each whie gently pess Sihukong ponts (SJ 23) with he tip of the nd fn gers (oe on ech Genty press the points covred by h t of t middle ngers while inling; squeee the eyealls gently and pro nounce "Xu while exhalng (Fig 84)
84
8) Colse the eyes and p he ip segment of the index idde 1 80
rig fingers of the hs o he eelis (three ec). Rote hese fingers gentl clockwise and counterclockwise for 8 circles respectivel. Take turl respirtion while rotti. (9) ub ad rotte the face with the pm fowr ckwr for 8 times respectivel Take ntural breh. (10) Close the ees getl lift hds i fro of he chesttwith the plms fcig uwr an elbows bent Cotiue to lift the has ben the elbows to ke the center of the palms poitig the ees (oe at each Fig. 85). While ih ling concentrate the i o the ees an raw the palms ear the (4 mehli i frot coc o he eesees ) ; while en trate he mi o he plms ower the plms to the height of the epigastru epet the po cedure for 8 times the rop the hands o the sides of the bo.
Fg
B int fr Attntin
1. Prctise he prescribe eercises ice ee moring oncelogtime i the eveig. 2. Avoi reaig. I cse of ophhlmkopi (ee f igue) prcise the itrouce eercises (p or whole ). 3 The bo post ure of e in wii shoul c the light shoul be brig eough.
181
Peveio and reame of ica ad S ramaic Diseases
Intstin Ostton
T
hat substancs in th intestinal cavit y can not smoothly pass throgh the intestinal tract is calld intstinal obstruction linically it is one of he comon acute abdominal
disases i o Eerises
1 The oyin Eercis for eoving Stagnation ( 1 ) ie on back loosn h belt and buttons and slightly clos th yes While inhaling put th tongu tip against the paat murmur "calming and guide Qi with will to flow pwards from Changqiang point (D 1) to ihui point (D 20) along the D Channel; while ehaling murmur "relaing p down the tongue tip and guide Qi to flow downwards along th en Channel from ihui (D 20) to antian on which the mind is then concentrat ed The respiration should gradually be regulatd to become thready even dp and 82
long (2) ut the hands on the abdomen (one on top of the other, th rht on top of the left for men and the left on top of the right for oen) rub th ab don clocwse , with Dantian as the center of a circle , for 36 ccls Tese radiuses of th cces should bco longer and longer till reaching the xphod process in the ur gn the pubic symphysis te lower marg n Then rub the abdomenand conterclocwise, with in antian as the center for another 36 crcles , the radiuses of hich shold ecome shorter a nd shorter tl th hands return to their oriinal place (Dantian). ake nd conentration on Dantian for a while , folowed by rbbing th hands each other and rubbing te face with the hands to end th erc 2 The Abdonal Eercise ( see "Abomnal ain 1 ) B ulemen Exercss
1 atent th the sptoms o abdoma pain vomiting ab sence of wind passng, lac o desire of bowel movement and conc recrrent attacs my pcise te xercise of ubbing the Ab domen for Removing tanin : ( ) Lie on bac wit pw pce ner the shoulders , strtch the loer etretes , calm te mind , epe distractions , rea e tremities and ae 20 deep ntdromc adominal espao ns Then put the hands on Juqe point (Ren 4) and Youen points (K 21) and press and nead tese two pons clocwise and countercock wise for 30 ccles spetiey, w coentrated on the mov hands Stll ten , p the et nd on te root of the left thig put the right hand on hangwan Ren 3) Zhonan (en 2 ) and Xawan ( en 0 ) and gently nead and rub the three points with Zhongwan as te center , clocwise nd countrcock wse for 30 cicles respectie, followed by 20 deep respatons (2) res forceflly Jqe point (en 14) wh the two thubs, Shangwan (en 1 3 ) wth the two index fingers , hongwan (en 12) wt h the two mi dle finges an iawan (en 10) wit h the to ring fingers. Wit te ocel n still pres re o these fingertps take deep breas or 20 inaaios n exhaations respectively followed by sudden reease o e ess e. en push , with the 83
two pals , downwards fro uque (Ren 14 o Senqe (Ren 8 ) for 30 ties ( 3 ) Press Shequ point ( Ren 8 ) with the two tubs an Guanyuan pot (e 4) with the two iddl figers, tae deed breath of 20 ihalatios ad alations respectively Release the ressure slowl y ad put the hands (oe on top of the other ) on Shenque point (en 8 ) ties , ead and rotate this point cloc wise ad counterclocwise for 20 respectively (4) Press Chogen (Sp 12) points wit te two pals respec tively hle inhaling, press and pull tese points towards Guayua ( 4 ) while ealing , press ad push these points bac to the srcinal places Repat the presspullig ad press pushing for 30 ties rspectively Then put the hands on te two sides of te lowe aboen espectively. Wile ealing , us obliquely towards Qugu poin ( Ren 2 ) wit oderate streng ; while inhaling, bac respectively to te srcinal places Repeat the pushig and pulling for pull 3 ties 2. Patients wit interittent abdoinal pain, oset of pai after fatigue or eertion and difficult bowel oveent of dry or loose stools ay practise the Massge Eercise fo Facilitatin fecation (see "Costipation 2) in addition to te bas ic eercises. 3. Patients with severe abdoial pain, fied location of pain, and aggravated pain following food intae or physical eercis ay practise the Daoyin Eercise of Regulating te Spleen and the Stoac "Gastralgia C Poin(see o Attention 3) in ddition to the basic eercises 1. Pay close attention to te clinical eveloent of the disease Medical or surgical itervention shoul be sougt in case the syp tos and signs of necrosis of the intestines , perforation of the intestines , peritonitis , etc. appea. 2. Find out the reason n te ocation of te obstruction wit te elp of pysical and ceical ea inations , and ave a cle ide of te disease during te eercise. 1 84
gts Angiitis is also clld thromboangiitis oblitrans or urgrs disas, th syptoms of which ar pain, gangrn or vn slouph of th tos and fingrs t usally occurs in h tps of fingrs or tos (mor oftn in toes. h symptoms of th first stag includ into lranc of cold, pal color and numbnss of th tos (or fingrs and intrmittnt caudcation. At a latr stag , pain will occur and th condition may become mor svere Without propr tratmnt , th affectd tos (or fingrs ) may bcom black and necrotic , or ven sloughed off ai Qigong Exerie
1 sychosomatic laxaio xercises
) h hrlin laxation Exercise elax the oy , par by part , along thre lies on the boy. h first li : top of the healaeral sides of th healateral sids of th ncktwo sholderstwo uppr armstwo lbows two forarmstwo wriststwo handsfingers of the hands. h scond lin : top of he heafa eantrior sides of th neck chstabdomnantrior sis of the two thighsantrior sids of the knee jointsantrior sids of the two lgsorsal sies of th fttos of the to feet. h third line : top of the heposerior sies of the haposterior sid of the nckbackposterior sie of th waistposrior sids of th two thighsposerior sides of the kne jointspost rior sides of the two legsth two fetthe two sols h pschosomatic rlaxaion should b done part afr part along th lins mntiond above , starting from the first lin When practising th rlaation xrcise along a line , concntrate th attention at th first part in that lin and silntly murmr rlaxing ,then the nt , till th last part Aftr relaxing all pars of the firs line , cocntrat th mind on th le fingers for a while When the 1 8
second line is copleted, concentrate the ind e ig toes and when the third line is copleted , concentrae the mind the ceter of the soles Concenrate he attenion a he ubilicus fr a while after relaing all arts on he tree lines of each round or three rounds of such practice are enough for one tie Calm o for a whe be fore ending en silently ing, sensethe theeecise hapy relaion at thaturmuring part ever"rela d whether the sensation of relaation is strong or mil The ururig of "re laing should be oderate in prlgati: shorer prlongation ay cause alaise in the e, lger prlngation ay cause zzi ness (2 Other Psychosomaic Relaxain Eercises The Psychosmatic Relaxain y gents f the y: Rela the whe oy segme y segme , wic iclues w rues he headhe shoulers she chese oen th legshe fee; e ehe eckhe upper libshe ches, the adme, he c a linsthe thighsthe legsthe feet Fi the atention at one segment a simulaneusly say "relaig siley for 2 3 times efore shifing he ex seg en ha rue Repea he relaxati of all he segens f a rute fr 3 times The ocal Psychosoati c elaation : After aking general re laatio, specifically concentrate and rela the diseased r ese par The General Psychsmaic elxai: Rel the ody as a whole , which icludes three ways psycosoatically rela the whole ody frm the head to he feet as if taking a shower; psy chosoaically rela the whole by fro m iside to utside ; c psychosoacally rela the whole dy along the hree lin see -I ( 1 i n this section , one after ather with iervals 2 Te Eercise of Regulating Qi and Conceraig e Mi n he Feet ( 1 ie on back , close the muth and eyes , pu the tongue 86
against th paat nd pc th hd on tia (on o top o th other la th who bod or th ti oowd b on trating th nd on th tos (2 hi inhaing pschosoatical guid Qi nd bood to ow ro th tos to th ower Dantian along th innr sid o th owr libs ; while ehaling guid Qi and bood back to th tos ong th outr side of th ower i bs pat this for 36 rpiration
86
(3) Proced ro th ast stanc Put th hands on th sids o the abdoen an clench the fists he inang concntrat th in on Dantian owl ben he ower libs an tight clnch th fsts (Fig. 86) ; whe ehaling conenrat the in on Yonguan points (K 1 ) stetch he lower libs and rela th ists pat this for 12 rsprations (4) Concentrate e o he Lowr Dantian for a whi to nd the eercise B uplmn xrss
1 Patients with intoeranc to cod assitu d cod and nub diseased libs and pale sin a practi t Ercise o trngth ng Qi and nvigoratin Yang (see Astha Bl) in addtion to th basic erciss 2 Patients w ith drkred skin and swlling in the dsa sd lib ncrosis or ulcration with pus ad foul sll and sver burnng pain a practi the Ercis of Prooting Qi to Disp Poison in addition to the basic rcises Th Ercis o Prooting Qi to Dipl Poison: Choose th si tin or supineling posture concentrte he in on Datian and
regulate the brath While ehalg , agne that Q fows fro Dantan to the dseased lb and toes and concurrently agne that e poson n the dseased lb s dspelld out of th tos whil n halng, agne that Q flows fro Y ongquan (K 1 to ntan epeat ths for 8 10 respratons Practse ths ecs onc ery day tll fresh tssues grow 3. Patents darkred purplerd skn of or thsttng dsasd lb , drned corwth of the dsesedor b n standing postur and nterittent claudcaton y practse te Massage ercs wth Q Prooton ( St on a chair or st n the bd wth th legs strtchng straght , relax the whole body , take natural brath and concentrate the mind on the pls Rub he bdoen clckwse and counterclockwse for 3 crcles respectvey, folwed y rubng the ubosacral porons ll they get hooughy warmed (2) eguate the breath to nora and put the tp of th ddle fngers on Qchong ponts (St 3 ). Wh nhalng , prss the onts whle eang , release the ponts epeat the pessng and rasng for 8 10 rspatons Then , press an d knead guan (St 31 , Fu tu ( St 32 ) , en ( Sp 1 , Fengong ( S 40 ) , exi ( St 4 , Chongyang (St 42) , Tachong ( v 3) and Xngjan (v 2) ; hold n seeze Xueha (Sp 0 , angqu (S 34) , Ynngquan (Sp 9) and Yanglguan ( G 34 ) . Pressknad and hodsqu the prescre pnts ne y ne from the ppe the lower for 35 es (3) Put th hands on the nner sdes of the ankles (one on eac h) of the lower bs Whle nhalng, rub the lowr lbs fro the ankles to the grons along the nnr sdes of th lgs and thghs and sultaneousy gne that Q and blood ow along wth the oe ent of th pals whle exhalng , rub the outer sdes of the lwer lbs fr th uper par of the thghs own to the dorsal part of the feet an agne that Q and blood low along wth th pal oveen Repeat the rubng for 810 resatons ( 4 ) Pat he nnr and outer sdes of the lowr lbs wth the hands 1 88
4 Patients with ry sin esquaation thickene nails of the toes ifficulty in healing the lesion wan an sallow copleon an lassitue ay practise the Exercise of aking Essence to Store Vi tality (see "yseor hea ) in aition to the basic exercises . C fr An
1. Strictly prohibit soking an ep the boy war especially
theisease lib. Wash the feet with war water an ry the ieiately after that. It is not avisable to coprss o wash the isease li with very hot water. 3. Mycotic infection between the toes or aroun the toenails ay ring negative effect n angiitis an shoul be prevente an treate.
Acte Mstitis Acut astitis calle in Western eicine is nae aary carbuncles in traditional Chinese eicine. It is an acut suppurativ inflaation usuall y i woe at lactation perio especially in the priipara 34 wees after irh. A. Qgg xr
1. he Massage Exercise f Prooting Lactation (see "Noules
of Breast ) he Relaxaion Exercise for issolving the Maary Mass (1) Choose the staning or sitting psture relax the whole boy get the breath even slihtly cls th eyes an uth an put the tongu against the palate. () Procee fro the last stance. Inhaling concentrate the in on the top of the hea exhaling concentrate the in on the overall relaxation of the whole boy fro the hea to the feet. Repeat this for 57 ties. (3) Procee fro the last stance. ae natural bre ath concen 189
trat th ind on th a my ass for a wh and iagin that th ass gradually dissolvs into fluid Gt th brath vn and , whl ialing , concntrate the ind on th softnd ass hil alng, iagin that th dissolved mass (fluid) is bing plld out of th nippl Rpet this fr 100 rsprations (4) Concntrat th ind n the vrall relaation f th whol body fro t the f pints fr 5(K tms b cncn 1) for fllowd 510 inuts trating th the indhead n Yongqn B emeny Exeses
1 Patints with swelling distended and painful brast, difficulty srtion of l and feer and chills may pracctis th assg Eris for thng the rest in addtn th basic rciss Th assag Eercise fr hing the Bras t : ( 1 Choos th sitting psture , rel the whle bdy nd sre Qi in antan Inhaling , cnentrte the mind n antian ehaling , conntrat the ind n he nds. (2) Gntly ned Rgen pnt (t 18) and n point (Sp 18) of th disasd breast ith ne finger fr a whil , thn prss and rla Tahong pint (Rn ) Gansh pnts (UB 18) and Qn points (iv 14) rspectvel w th te ip f finger. Hld th nppl of th sased breast wt the thm nd te inde finger f ne hand and spprt the re w the rest thr fingers. Gntly nad and twist the rest w hat han d for 3 nuts , followd b gntly pulling the nipple fr 1 times (3 Pull th nippl t diseased brest gently with the thub and th ind finger f e d te her nd n th ass and slowly push and nd he mss cenripetally, til th ass bos softnd hn gntly psh the disasd brast fr th root to th nppl f or 3 tes. (4) Push th cest nd bdmen frm ahng point (Ren 1) do to antian , with th two hands (ne n p f othr) , for 36 ts , concntrate th mind on antian fr 5 inutes , rub th pals wth ach other and rb te fce wt te ward pas 2 Patients th lcert tn ps dfficult pus dranag , difficult haling and lssde ma prctise th Fvstep Ercises fr
Vital Qi ow ( see Edea in addition to the basi exerises C Pon or Anon
1. If ilk onstantly oes out fro the wound, use a otton pad to absor the ilk and avoid ilk stagnation in the wound 2 Keep the breast ean Apply a breast pup or assage ani pulations discharge 3. Keeptoa hep happyilk ood Prohibit raw , old and pungent diet
Hn he condition hat th e ojets in the abdoi nal avity slide down into the srotu when a an sands or walks and return bak into the abdoinal avity when he lies down is alled hernia , also naed abdoinal external hernia , whih ay happen in en of any age A. Qgong Exr
1. he BreahHolding , Expirating and Inspiating Exerise ( 1 ) Choose the sitting or lyingonbak posture Relax al over , slightly lo se the eyes , put the tongue against the palate , expel dis trations and ake deep respiratio ns While inhaling , take in a great aount of fresh air swalow i and guide it by will to flow down to antia while exhaling, slighly ontrat the pudendu and the anus , divide by wil the Qi in the thorai cavity into two parts , filthy and fresh Expel the diseased Qi slowly th ough the nose and send the fresh Qi to anian When inhaing again , relax the puden du and the anus and do the sae as desribe d above Repeat this for 7 9 inhalations a nd exhalations , followed by onent rating the ind on ntian for a while (2) Proeed fro the last stane While inhaling, raw with wil the objets the in the scrotu into the loation of antian, then hold breath while exhaing , slightly ontrat the pudendu and the anus and oncentrate the ind on the oveent of Qi at antian Repeat this for 49 inhaations and exhalations respectively 191
(3) reathe eveny and concentrate the nd on Dantian for 10 1 intes . he Massaging xerc ise for Reglating Qi ( 1 ) Sit on the bed with the two lower libs stretched and straghtened , body relaxed , hands ( one on top of the other ) covering the ower Dantian and ind concentrated on the centers of te palms Press nd nead te lower abdoen contercloc wise for 3 circles () Pt the tips of the two iddle fingers on hid t ) with mind concentrated on the two finger tis Inlng press the point wth te two finger tips ; wie exaling , release the pressre Repeat the pressing and releasng for 1 tmes respectively Repeat te same exercses in te sae way for the sae ties at Glai St 9) and Qichong (St 30) respectively Rb te aovementoe tree points respectively with hypothenars of te two alms on whch the ind is simltaneosy rbng downward , the manipation is lgter concentrte wen ringWe pward , the anplation is heavier Rb downward and pward for 3 ties respectively (3) Press and nead with the nails of the two thmbs Dadn (iv 1 ) and aichong (v 3 points respectively for 1 3 intes til the sensation of aching pain and distension is fe ( Fig ) the ndmind simltaneos concentrate o t t thb nais 4) Concentrate te ind on te two pals , r the inner sides of te ower lis fro e g low to the groins parate te tigs hold and psh wit the index mdle and ring fingers the testices into the hernia ring ; nea and r gently the hernia ring wit te index , iddle and ring fingers for 3 inutes , and con 1 92
centrate the ind on the sensation of the anipulations. (5) Proceed fro the last stance Put the hands on Dantian (o ne on top of the other ) , rub and nead Dantian counterclocwise for 36 circles , then clocwise f or another 36 circles Finally, concentrate the ind on Dantian for a while to end the exercise B uemenry Eercises
Patients with hard and cold assforin warth the inguinal region , ragging1 pain of the testicles , preference and intolerance of cold ay practise the xercise of Waring up Yang and Dispeling Cold in adtion to the basic exercises. The Exercise : Choose the sitting or supinelyi ng posture with ind caled down Iagine that the practitioner hiself is on a vast , war and winless seashore , that all the joints and uscles of the oy are totally re laxe tat the or ing sun at seven or eigh t shines upon the body an the warth is penetrating it all parts of the ody which ae the body war and cofortable an that all the Yang i in the dy is cected and concentrated at Dantian enabing i a antian t ecoe war and sufficient Concentrate the ind on ntian for a while Regulate the breath to get it even. xhaling, iagine that a warflow of Qi runs fro Dantian to the tiptoes along the lower is ; inhaling iagi ne that te warth runs bac to Dantian through the srcinal path. Repeat this for 24 inhalations an exhalatins respec tively. Concentrae the ind on Dantian for a while to end the exercise. 2 Patients with changeable size of te ass pon exertion pale coplexion dyspnea upon exertion , dizziness , lassitde an wea ness ay practise the Exercise for iching i an Building the Constitution (see Abnoral Aenorrhea 1 ) in ation to te asic exercises 3 Patients with swelling pain in the lower abdoen or in the scrotu , uncofortable stagnat ion of the ass and worsening o f the syptos upon eotional irritation ay practise Xu Qi xercise (see Typanites 1) in addition to the basic te xerc?ses. C Points for Attention
1 Keep the abdoen war and restrain raw and col foodstuffs 1 93
2. If the protruded oject fails to turn ac into the lower adomen y itself , and there is no pain and voting , repostion can e achieved by supporting the protruded oject with two hands and slowly push it ac into the lower adomen in the opposite drection of the protrusion. Close attent ion should e paid to the status aft er reposition. I the symptoms of adominal pain , voiting , etc . oc cur3, medical treatment t heninecooper souht. lt fixation may shoul e applied ation with Qigong exercises. The simple elt fixation is applied as follows : fold a cotton elt in the mddle , put the folded e nd of the elt against th e internal ring of the hernia and the other end arond the gron and hp an passing through the folded end, and finally fixed on the ac of the waist.
Chronic Prostatitis Chronic prostatitis , usually classified i nto nonacterial and acterial , is characteri zed y the following symptoms : driling of white secretion at meatus urinarius , sexual disorder , malaise o_ pain at perineum , raiation pain in he testicles , diffculty in urination , fre quent cturition, urodynia and rgency of urination in some cases. i gong Eercises
1. The Exercises of Warming Dantian and Directing the Flow of Qi (1) Choose the sitting or standng posture with the oy relaxed, distractions dispelled, reath even, hands put on the Lower Dantian ( one on top of the other ) , ears hearing nothing , field of vision shortene, eyes slihtly closed and mind concentrated on Dantian. ( 2 ) Imagining that there is a warm air ma ss (Qi ) in Dantan which rotates , slowly and evey , clocwise for 24 circles and counterclocwise for 24 circles . Direct the mass of Qi to the perineum , get it warmed and to move up and dowm. t the reath even. Inhalng , direc the warm air mass wth wll to move upward from the perineum to Dantian, simultaneously conract the anus gently and 1 94
iagine ha he esicles driven y he war ass of Qi ove ino he adoinal caviy; while exhaing, iagine ha i slowly reurns o he perineu. Relax he perineu and he anus a he sae ie. Repea he inhalaion an exhaaion for 72 ies respecively. (3) nd concenr aion on Dan ian and guide Qi a Danian o circulae cockwise and counercocwise for 24 circles respcively. he cculaing sped should ecoe faser an d faser and he circles saller and s aller as Qi circulaes . 2. he xercie fo eghening he Loins and Invigoraing he Kidney Funcion (1) Lie on ack wih he lower lis en, hads (one on op of he oher) pu on Danian and ind concenraed on he pals and he sensaion eneah he. (2) Knea an ru he adoen c ocse and counerclockwise for 36 circles respecively ih increasing srengh. While exhaling , push and rub , wih he wo pals , he adoen fro he xiphoid process o he puic syphysis o send he vial Qi ino Danian, for 36 ies. (3) Hol he ece ih e o ands , genly wis and knead h esicles for 0 � 100 ies , and concenrae on he sensaion produced by he hand anipulaions o he esicles and he Logong poins ( ) 4) roee from he las sace . i up wih he lower lis ee e ee. We ea u u ih e wo hands he inne e of e h fom he on o eai (p 1 0 ) ; while inhaling , fro uehai ( p 10) o e groins. ueeze an pess he ecle olguely alog he iguinal die ion and hol reah for a hile i he sensaion of swe llig isension occurs in he esicles . Reea his fo r 24 inalaions and exhalaions resecively. (5) Proceed fro he las sance. Concenrae he ind on he ips of he wo iddle fingers and pu he agains Mingen (D 4) While inhaling, urur he wors of srenghening he loins and release he finger ip pressure ; while exhaling , pess Mingen ( D 4) and murur nvigoraing idney funcion, and iagine 1 95
ha he vial Qi is peneraing ino he poin. Repea his for 100 inaaions and exhalations respcively. Finally, concenrate he mind on Danian and res quiey for a whie o en he exercise. B ulemen Exerce
1 atients wih he sympoms of pain in he lower abdomen an lumbosacral porion , lassiude , languor , spermaorrhea , impoence and prospermia pracise he Exercise aking Black Qi (see 3) may "Edea or he Iron Croch Exerciseof(see "Impoence 1 ) in addiion o he basic exercises. aiens wi he sypoms of ropping an swelling pain in he ower abdomen and perineum, hemauria, purplish dark onge or ongue wih ecchymosis may pracise he Auomaic Qi Circulaion Exercise (see "Diarhea ) in adiion o he basic exerci ses. 3. aiens wih he sympoms of pain in he lower abdomen, fre quen criion, urgency of urinaion, burnin senion in e pe nis and yellow, urbid rine may pacise he sic Exrcises see "ympnies ) , givin he prioriy o he "Hu Qi xerci se. C oin or Aenon
1 xual inercourse is prohibie durin he execise reamen . Raw, cold, pungen an peppery foosffs are pohiie an an opimisic emoion shol e inaine 3. Keep he loins an he lower limbs warm.
Cervical ponylopathy Cervical spondylopahy , also call cervical sp ondyloic syndrome , refer o he synrome ue o pressre or irriaion upon he cervical neve oos n he spinal cod of he cervical porion, case by pahological changes of he cervical verebre and he surroun�ng sof issue s. I someimes may involve he caroid and he cervical sympaheic nerves and is characerized by pains in he neck, shoulders an bac and limie movemen of he neck. 196
.
ic gong Exercises
1. he Eercise of reating the Neck by romoting Qi (1) Choose the standing posture with the fee apart at shoulders width , hands naturally hanging on the body side s , palms facing the body , fingers bent slightly , tongue put against the palate , neck erected as if supporting an obect on the head and mind concentrated (D
on (2) ihui urnpoint the palms20). to face the sky and slowly lift he hands up wards Hold Qi (as if holding a ball ) n the hands and pour the Qi ito ihui ( D 20 ) concurrently turning the palms to face th e floor Sloy lower the hands and , when the hands are at the height f the Loer antian, trn the has ackward along he ai Chan nel with palms facing ouwards urn the palms and slowly moe the hands forwar to ho Q (as if hldng a bal) an hen pour Qi into the Lower antian Loer the hands naturally at the sides of the body (3) Guid Qi with will , to flow from antian to aihui (D 20) along the Channe ia Huiyin (Ren 1 ) then nod the hea to help Qi continue to flow to azhong oi (Re 13) When nodding the head, eert force on the toes to clench the ground; when raising the head , overraise it to face the sky Reeat the nodding and raising for 3 times () Cetrae he n ah i 0). aking the cerial erterae as an axs t rie he luar erebrae wly ur he head clockwise for 3 tes , hen terckwise f r another 3 imes () Cncentrate the min on the iner Laogong points ( 8), stretch out the arms backards and , conrrently raise the hea backwards and lift the heels sightly hen naturally swing bak the arms , lower the heels an lower the head forard Repeat ths for 3 imes () Concentrate the mind on the inner Laogong point s ( 8) and swing the arms leftwards and rightwards When swinging the arms leftwards , the left forearm is swinged to the back with the left pam outward, and the right hand is swinged o the left ribs with he 1 9
righ pal inward. Along wih the leftward swinging of the ars turn he upper body lefwards to its ost Then swing the ars rightwards and concurrently turn the upper body rightwards oo Repeat the swinging leftwards and rightwards for 36 ies (7) Whie ialing lif the hands upwards with pals facing the sy o hold Qi in hands (as if holding a ball) and pour i ino ihui (D
poin 20)of; while exhaling lowerfacing he hands in front of he body o the heigh Dantian wih pals the guound Repeat his for 9 ties followed by rubbing the hands wih each oher rubbing the face wih the hands and cob the hair wih he fingerips 2 The Exercise of Sponaneous Moeen ( see " Abdoinal Mass I ) 3. The Exercise of Dredging he Eight Exra Chaels (ing Gui Fu Qi ng) (1 ) Choos he siing posure Pu he fee apar wider han he shoulders pace he hands on he nees (one on each ) or sit aibo wih he hands placing on the groins Fig 88 ( 1 » put the ongue agains he palae pull in he lower aw sighly close he eyes re lax the whole body (especially he hips and loins ) ae natural res piration or antidroic abdoinal repiration and concenrae he ind on Qihai poin (Ren 6) aling guide Qi o flow ino an ian; while exhaling eep Qi in Danian. Repea the procedure for 81 respiraion cycles (2) Concentrae the ind on he cerical erebrae While exha ling slowly bend the cerical ertebrae forward which drie he lubar ererae forward ill he exhalation is exhause and ia gine he uteros forward bending of the cerical erebra Fig 88 (2» ; while ialing slowly lift the head and nec and sraighen the bac ill full exent of he inhalation and iagine pulling the ceri cal ererae upward and bacward o he os Repea he proce dure for 3 mes. ( 3 ) Proceed fro the las sance Concentrae the ind on the nec and urur "relaing he nec for 18 respiration cycles (4) Concentrate he ind on he ower Dantian pu he hands on Guanyuan point (Ren 4) (he right hand on top of he lef for 1 98
ale and vice versa for feale) with aogong points (P 8) pointing at Ga (en 4 Press and knead colckwise nd then counter clockwse for 36 circles respectivel while taking natral breath g 88(3) b the face and head for a while and open the ees to end the eercise
(3)
F 88
199
uemen Eercises
. Patients with pain in the neck and shouldes , aching pain in the occipita egion and posteio side of the neck, adiating pain in the foeams and finges aong the distibutio n of the neve oots , stab bing pain in sevee cases and positive sign in tation test and neck compession test (all this suggests a cevical spondylopathy of neve oot ) may topactise theeecises. Massage Exeise fo Impoving th Neck type in addition the basic he Massage Exeise fo Imp oving the Neck ( ) Choose the sitting postue. Pess and nead the tmls ith the tip segments of the middl finges (one on eah) fo ne minut hen, ub and ush fom the temles to Fengchi (GB 20) along the Channel of Footshaoyang pess and knead Feng (GB 20) the sides of the evial vetebae and ianing points (GB 2). Conn tate the mind on the sensation unde th ti of th midl finges hile essing and uing. (2) Stth th finges saatly and bend thm ( of te to hands ) , comb the hole head fo m the foehe ad baad i th the bent fingetips , fo 2 tims. (3) Place the hands on the knees natually imagin tat th nck is eeted and the evial veta a ulled ua t thi most. Wle inhaling sloly tun th head leftad and loo awad; hie ehaling, tun the head ba to its oiginal ostue ig. 9 ( ». hen tun the head ightad hile taing anoth inhaling and tun the head ba to its oial tue hil tai anothe ehalation. Reat te ocedue f 1 tim. ( Sloly bend th e neck fo ad to l t th loe a w toutch the stenum hile inhaling an eect the head hile xhaling . nd th ne bakad to it most hile taing anothe inhaling, eect the head hile taking anoth xhling Reeat the pode fo o times. 5) Rub the hands ith each othe , thn ub the sid e of the cevical vetebae fom the ue to th lw fo 2 times. Concentate the mind on the sides of the evical vetebae while ubbing Fig. 9(2». 00
1)
F 89
2 Patients with se vere pain in th e nec , adiating pain in te oc cipital egon top of the ead o the shoulders , severe pain and limited movement of the head and nec and stiff nec muscles (all this suggests a cervical spondylopathy of local type) ma practise the NeckRelaxing Exercise n addition to the asc execises : Choose the standing posture with the arms naturally hanging on the od sides the tongue elaxe without touchng the paate Qi gatheed at antian and nec elaxed. Keep this elang postue fo 10 minutes . Then slowly turn the cervica and luma veteae clocwise (taking the cervical verterae as the axis to drive the lumar verteae) fo 36 tmes and counteclockwise for another 36 tmes. Ru the posterior part of the nec fo 36 times with the palm of one hand 3 Patients with no pain in the nec and shoulders, no cervica malaise , clumsy and inaccura te movement of the han ds unstale gait lility to faing own narowing of the interveteral disc and veteal proliferation shown in Xray eamination (all this sug gests a cevical spon dylopathy of spnal type ) may practise the aoyn Execise of Breathing Regulaton in addition to the asic 01
eecises : Coose te standing posture wit fe et apat at soulders widt, soles flattened on te ground, toes adutd, tongue put against te palate, th wole ody relaed, te knees sligty ent, ars naturally falling on te ody sides , antidro adonal es piation taken and ind concentated on antian When antian is fet wa, inhale and siutaneously guide Qi to flow fro antian to te l uosacral potcontinue ion of te two sides then , th eale siltaneously guide Qi to to flow down; along outerandsides of te lowe lis fro the luosacal portions to Y ongquan pints (K ) via te dosal pat of te feet ; sti ten , inae an siuta neously guide the war Qi o continue to flow upwads along te inner sides of the lower lis fo Yongquan points (K 1)to antian via Huiyin point (Ren 1). ake antidoic adoina espiation fo a wile. Wen again inaing , guide Qi to flow fo te Lowe antian to te Uppe antian along e D Cannel via Hiyin poin (Ren ) and Cangqiang point (D ) ; wen aain eling , guide Qi to ow down fo te Uppe antian to te Lowe antian along te Ren Channel via Tanhong point (Ren 13) t te saliva wit the tongue , swallow te saliva , ru the hands with each other , tun te nec lftwards and igtwards and stetc the uppe and lower lis 4 Patients wit pain in te neck and e occipital aea or pai n in the neck and shoulders , lited neck ovnt , vertigo upon neck and ed oveent , tinnitus , dizziness and yponesis (all tis suggests a cevical spondylopaty of veeoateial t ype ) ay practise the Psycosoatic Relaation Eecises (see Angiiis " 1) in addition to te asic eecises. . Patints with pain in the nek and te occipital aea , weakness of te eyelis , achycadia o oligocardia pecordial p ain , o cold lis and fist nedling sensation ten swelling pain wen eposed to cold (all this suggests a cervical spondylopaty of sypatetic type ) ay pactise the Eercise of Relaation and Quiescence (see "Palpitation -I) in addition to te asic eercises C Poi for eio
1. When such positive signs as ypeyotonia in te cervical 0
pondylopathy of spinal type appear urgical treatment i better o be done a early as poible lay of urgical tre atment may rsult in an irreversible case due to prolonged pressure on the pinal cord 2. Vicim of evere cervical pondylopahy of nerve root e is alo advied o eek urgical treament. 3 When praciing the Exercie of Spont aneou ovemen the movement of the neck and head hould be gentle and proper Exertion houd be avoided 4 he exercies introduced in thi section may be done for reat men of stiffneck.
capulohumeral Periarthritis apulohumeral periarthriti a o call conge aled houlder adher ive omarthrii or omalgia i a retrogreive and inf lammatory le ion of he capule of houder joint and is peripheral oft iue. In i aer ae h e affeced iue may become adheren which often caue dyfuncion or funcional lo of he houlder join (uually called frozen houlder) I i liable to occur in perons over 40 years of age and i seen more often in female and in he left houlder A. c Qgng Ec
1. he pper Relaxaion and Lower Exerion Exercie ( 1) he HoreRiding Standing Exercie. Stand he wih body re laxed feet apart at shoulders width toe tips pointing o he fron, oe lightly clutching he ground, upper limbs relaxed and he palm facing he body uat to the exten ha he nee cap and the toe are on verical line , bend the elbow and lif he arm ( wih e forear m in fron by side and the palm facing · the ground) turn the arm ouward wih he f ingerip poining to the ground and he palm facing idewards urn he hands o make he palm face the ky and he finger ip poin o he fron nd lowly puh forward and urn he forearm to make the palm face he ground and he finger bend a litle . While praciing he exerci e 03
the upper body (the bak, nek, elbows and wrsts) should be re laed , and the lower body (the hps , knees , heels nd toes ) should be naturally eerted, and the respraton should be natural (Fg. 90) hen slowly straghte the legs and body make hollow fsts , bend the toelbows slowly ft the hands the ,laves (one to eah) and sultaneos y make deep and long nh ton through the nose. Rel the hoow fsts ower the arms to resume the prevous standng posture d smutaneousy make a sow and even ehalato through the mouth. For the new learners the prate duraton may be shor tr, 20 miutes are eough Fg For the veteran prattoner s the prate duraton may last for 4 mnutes . If strty o owg the postre and movements stpulated n ths eerse , 4 tmes of prate may result the folowng sensatos : < heat the hands nd egs whh gradualy rates t the whole body ; ® umbess sometmes w thfnge eedng nforeg the fgers pamsn; t he swelg n the rs and sesaton pams , wth body sensto enter of the palms and ahng n the nees , with spltng sensa ton hese knds of sensato wl or naturly durg the prte of the eerse and need not to be soght purposey. 2 ) he erse of Hodng the Moo Arms Lt the arms sowly upwards and nwards n frot of the hest and bend the e bows. he rght forearm s about 10 etmeters hgher th the eft d the midde fnger of the rght h ponts at Quh I ) 04
of he lef elbow he righ arm is a he height of the shoulder , wih he upper ar and he forearm foring a 90 angle and he righ fingers forming a rapezoid ( bending a lile ) Fig 91 ( 1 ) Keep his posure for a wh ile , then rela and sraighen the fin gers for 1 seconds , folowed by resuming he previous rapezoid epea he finger ovements for 3 imes Slowy lower he elbows and urn he hands make crosshands fronhand of heonches he palms facing he osuprasernal area, heinright top of, wih he left and he major henar of he left hand pointing o ianu poin (en 22) Fig 91 (2» Keep this posure for 30 seconds , hen slowy push forwar he hands and pul bac hem o heir oringinal posiion Afer a whle , separae he hans sidewards , lower he forears wih pams fcing gron , n resume he sanding posure Sand sil for 35 efo cng he follong eercise
1)
ig 9 1
(3) he Eercise of oing a Ars Slowl lif he forerm upwards and inwards o mae cross hands in fron of he bod, wih palms fcing he ground and he righ hand above he lef urn he forearm o make he palms face he sky nd approach he dbomen 0 cm of h e cheshnd disance ) , urn he palms o fce 05
each othr (23 c of th pal pal distanc) (Fig 92) ift the right hand and forear slowly to the height of iantu point (en 22) and lower the lft hand and forear to the height of Guanyuan 4) Kep this posturepoint for 1(en inut hen again draw close th two hands (23 c of the palpal distance ) and sparate the to thir srcinal positions peat this for 1 2 ties Push the forears forwad with fingrs point ing to the front and siuta-
g 9
neously slowly pull the unchan ged , ela the ars , turn hands sidewards with apat the pals the left pal into in pa (facing the ground) he keeping the right pal unchangd, rsue the horseiding standing postue While pacti sing the Eercis e of Holding a ll in Ar s , the el bows , shoulders and wrists should be rela ed and aogong points ( P 8 ) should be aied at each other when the pals facing each other Oy then , the sensatio n of holding a ball betwen the pals can be felt above introduced 1) , (2): and 3) ay be pactised in he the following orer aseercises a set of (eercise ( 1 ) (for 5 inutes ; (2) for 5 inutes , and ( 1) again ; then ( 3) fo 5 inutes and ( 1) again ; and thn take horseriding stand ing for 5 nuts Th whole st of eercis es lasts 25 inut es , including the ervals (4) he ercise of Moving the Finger s Keep the pals facing the groun d and the fingers relaed and straightened. Very slowly ove down and up the fingers one after another, starting fro th thub When one finger is slowly oving down , relaation is felt at the tip of that finger , and the rest finges should reain unoved ; 06
after ne finger has slwly moved dwn to its most it s eguired to kep tat sture for a while befre slwly mving up When one fnger esumes its prevus relaxed and straightned mod all the tn fngrs will frm tw trapezoids one f each hnd h movng don and up f ach fingr lasts 4560 secnds Tis xercise usually begins after practising ( 1 ) ( 2 an ( 3 ) ss for 4theweeks tand in hrseriing psture for 5 mnuts before ending exercise 2 Te Exrcise o f Spntaneus Mvement ( see " dlninal ass ) 3 Te Daoyin Exercise of Inducing Qi t Flw in hree Dien sions (1 ) Chse the standing psture. Re the whe bdy drp the hands on the bdy sides and take natur breath r antirmic abdomnal breat ift the arms lterally t the height f the sulers with the palms facing the flr Mve the s f rwd wt the palms facing fon then facing eac ter stl then te thumbs touching each other befre the tp f inex middle nd rng fngrs tuchng each ther respetiv el the pa ceter nt th each oter) ull the hands slowly tward he het th the elbs slowly bndng to make the ined tms pnt at Tint pint (Ren 22) while the rest fingers still put tether as hst greeting with these fnge rtips pntng t the eil ing. Cncentrate the mnd on ntan Inhaling keep Q n antin whle exaling guid Qi to fow to the shulers the t the arms palms nd ut f the ingertips Repeat the prcedure fr 1 espirtin ycles Fig 93 (1» (2) rceed f t lst stance. en exlg ete th e hands with the left hand mving upr rihtr n rr y the left ; at he me time trn te right hand leftwar dwar foward and rightwar t th sie f the right hp ne ncetate the mnd on aogng point ). hen inhaling turn the hands bak in frnt f the chest a a Buddhst greeting l same rout ; while exhaling exchane te hand mvements Repeat the procedure fr 9 tmes respectively and ed the mvemen wth the 0
stance of "a Buddhist greetingFig. 93(2» ( 3 ) Proceed from the last tance. Ehaling , slowly turn the pams to face the floor and lower the hands dwnward, separate te hands sidewards and turn te palms to face the ceiling when he ands are lowered to the height of Dantian; inhaling, lift the hands slowly upward, as if holding a ball, and stop lifti g them when tey are overams the head by front hich then20turned to mae the, center o the pointing at ii pointare (D ) whie ehaling slow ly loer t hands with te pams facing the floor, guide Qi to flo to Dantian and then concentrate the mind on Dantian. Repeat the procedure for 9 times before concentrae te attention n Dani r a ie to end the ecise ig 93(3
(1)
()
(3)
g 93
B Spplmen Exercss
1 atients with aching pain in the diseased soude ich may be orsened with eposure to cold nd dampness and relieved with warmhmay practise the Eercise of Strengthening Qi and Invigoaing ang (see "Asthma in addition to the basic eercises. Pients with severe pain in the diseased shoulder, limited 20
movement of the shoulder oint and marked ressure ain in the shoulder nd back a ractise te assage Eercise of elaing houlders in addition to the basic eercises The assage Eercise of el aing houlders : ( 1) Choose the standing osture rela te whole bod eel the distractions store Qi Dantian take naturl breath or antidromic
abdominal respirtion and15concentrate 14 Keep this mood for minutes the mind on Dazhui oint (2 Proceed from the ast stance ift the hands to the eight of the lower border of the sinous rocess of the 2nd lumbr vertebra with the outer aogong oints (P 8) covering henshu oints (B 23 (one on each Whie inhaling bend forward the neck to its most contract the shoulders inward to their most straighten te back and imagine t the neck and back are getting aart Fig 94 (1 ) ; while ehaling raise te ead rea te souders nd ima gine tt e neck shouders and back ave been totall relaed epe his respirtions (3) m te st stance. Lift the hans to the front of he ces e low fists bend the ebows nd set te elbows n souders t t he same height While ealig pul the souder towrs ec other cross the forearm in front of the chest nd imagine tt te back contract s to its most Fig 94 (» ; wile in ing pull back te souers buge te ces stec te elows bckwards and imagine tht the scaue re ue owrs each other to their most epeat this for 21 respirations. (4 Proceed from the lst stance Crss te and s in front of te cest with plms fcing the bod and ower te eows . Wie ex hing, stretc e ns sow sidewrs wit pams fcing te body sides n fingers erect get the shoulders eows an wrists the same heigt nd imgine tt te disease is being carrie by Qi out of aogo g oints (P 8 ) ong the back souders arms n plms ; while inhaing drw back the ns cross them i front f the cest n concentrate te mind on the shoulers n ck ( 5 ) Press ianing (GB 1 ) , inu ( 1 4) Zhongfu ( u 1 ) Quchi ( 1 1 ) housanli (L 1 0 ) nd Hegu ( 4 points of te 09
dieaed ide with the tip of the inde and ddle finger o the other hand Pe and eeae each point fo 2 inute. (6) ower down the hand naturally on the body ide way the a forward and backwad with the houlde joint a ae for 36 tie then eftwad and rightwad fo another 36 te . While waying take noal breath way inadvertently and agine that the()sholder being to their ot. Sway thearelet hadreaxed pwards and ightwad to pat the right houlder we at the sae tie way the right hand rghtwards and backward to pat Migen poit (D 4) with the doral ide of the right nd Then way vice vea. urn the wait right ad left whle waying the hand take natual epirati on gradualy en large the waying range and iagine that the houlder are relaed copetey ig 94 ( 3 ». Repeat the waying for 36 or 1 ti es. Concentrate th e nd o atia f a whe efore eg the exerce
1
()
Fig . 94
C on or Attenton
1 f the dieae is too evere to yield theapeutic effect b Qigong 210
exercises , mapulative l ysis may be done under anesthesia Press the affected shoulder with one hand, hod the per with the other , turn the humerus inwards and outwards , then slowly abduct the shoulder joint The splitting sensation on the shoulder joi nt can be felt during the ovement Te manipulation should be slow and gentle at first epeat the turng and abducting till the normal ovingand range the shoulder is reached gentle slowofmovement is essential so asDuring not to te maemanipulations any fracture , or slocation ter the manipulating , punctue the shoulder joint with a neee to draw out the fuid and blood in the aticular cavity and inject 10 of 1 % novocaine and 25mg of hyocortisone acetate , followed by hanging the arm with a triangular bandage ry to ove the seased shouder on te following day 2 During the course of acute episode and severe pan, such drug therapies as the anal gesic nd antiphogistic re atments , with both Western chemical drug or traditional Chinese medicine may be applied 3 Keep warm and ae enough rest not stay in the draught or under the electric fan for long Pay secia attention to eeping the seased shoulder warm
Prolapse of umbar Intervertebra Dis Prolapse of lubar interverera disc s a common disease in or thopedic illnesses and also the common cause of lumbago and eg pain ts symptoms include lumbago , radiated pain in the leg , in creased abdominal pressure , increased pain , claudication , and dysfunction in urinaion and efecaion or araplegia in severe cases ic gg Exrciss
1 The Psychosoatic eaxation xercise (see " Angiiis 1 2 he inang and espiration ercise (1 Choose the stnding, yng or sitting posture, relax al over, expel istractions , breathe evenly , tae a relaed and calm moo 11
and put th togue against th palat ( 2 ) Tap th uppr tth wth the lowr for 36 tis , rins h outh with th saliva, swalow th saliva i 3 tis (/3 ach tie) nd igi that th sliv is flowing to tia fo Vowing ach swalowig Conctrat th ind o Dantian to rplnish Qi thr by takig atidroic abdonal rspiratio. (3 Wl inalig, th adon, anus and iagin that t war pull Qi iniYongquan poitscotract (K 1) isth flowig upwards to ntia, thn to ingn poin (D 4) along th inr sid of th owr tritis ; whil hlig , iagin that th war Qi is flowing downwards fro ign point ( D 4) to Yongquan (K long th outr sid ad bck sid of th lowr rities. Followig ach ispiratio ad pirtio , Qi fows fro Yongquan to ingn va Dantian and fro ingn to Yongquan via Dantian alog th Yin and Yng Channls. (4) While inlig , iagine that the war Qi in Yongqua points (K 1) flow pwards to ingen point (D 4) via Dantian along the outer sid ad th back side of th low r tritis ; wh halig, fro igen point (D 4) to Yogquan points (K 1) a long th iner sid of th lowr etreities. Repat (3 and (4) for 36 respirations rspctivly. () While inhalin g , iagine that th outr and ir Qi is gathring towards Dantian fro ihi poin (D 20) and Yongquan points (K 1 ) ; whil haling , iagin tha Qi a Dantian is flowing down to Yongqa poits (K 1) alog th thr Yin Channls (at th innr sid of th lowr etreitis). Rpat this for 36 respations. 6) Tak natural rspiration and concentrat th d o nti for nuts , followd by rubbing th hands ith ach othr and rub th fac wth the war hands B Sppmen Exrciss
atits with ild stat of ilss and lss liitaion in body oven ay practise th alRubing Ercise : ru the pals with each other then ru the loins up and down with th wared pals (o on ach sd) and tak natural brth or iha whie rubing p and hal whil rubbig down ub th loins for 1
imes. 2. Patients with severe state of illness and more limitation of ody movent ay pracise he Stretching and Pulling Eercise wih Mind oncenraion (1) Lie supine on a hard and fla ed cross the hands and p hem on the upper abdomn ( with palms facing he do men sretch lower the heels a ou fist wideou) he rela theere wholemiies body (the anddisance inhale of through theisnose n ehale hrough the ouh. aing the spinous process o h lumar verebra as the dpoin imagine hat the spinal colmm i s eing sretched and pulled upward while inhaling ; he hips nd he lower eremiies are eing stretched and pulled downward hile e haling. epeat this for 36 imes. (2 Lay he hea d on he cross ed hans (sill lyi ng on ac ) li he legs h the hip and nee oins en en strech ou he egs owards he ceiling. epea he sretching or 6 times s nd for ore times in the later period. C Pn fr Aenn
1 Paients wih severe sympoms eensive uscular paraysis hypoesthesia lession of canda equina and parial or complee par plegia should see surgical treament as early as possile. 2. Patiens ih disconneion or dislocaion of the lumar ver e rae should see surgical reen a once and shoud no ccep manual mapulaion reamen. 3 H Qigong eercise herapy gives no ovious therapec e fe see oher therapies (massage racion acupuncure ec). 4 aiens wih lumago and leg pain caused y sciaic neragia may pracise he Qion eercises inroduced in ts secion. . not epos o cold an dumpness. Sleep on ar and fla bed.
Traumatc Paraplega raumatic paraplegia here implies paralysis of he es and owr 1 3
rt y un r injury sne ts stos ainy nclude nntience of urine an stls an ffcly in staning an waking and in severe cases the vctims a be confin t e n Exerce
inYang an Resiai ercs see Prlase
Lmr erveter 2 FieSte ercissDis2) for Vital Qi Flw s m 3 Pating Ercise Srntng the Ky ) Chse h sitting sture Clench te t fss ress an kn t t jints e tums Sensh U 23 ) liao ( 3 32 33 and 3 ) an Yyanggan 3 for 2 ts r s; r ams it each other an then rb the loins and lmaral rtin with the ared als tll thy get eeply heate While kneaing r rubbing mainain ven resiratns n cncntat te in n t kneae an rubbe ins r ortion (2 Po� m t s se Make hllow fsts knk the mn rtn an t is i t orsa side of the sts 81 tes resctiv ly then at t lins an lubosac ral orton it te ls 81 ies respecively Wile kncking and atting aintai even resiratins ad ncentrat e nd n the ocke an te ltins Fig 9) 3) Prcee frm th last stance Knock the frontal back iner an t! sie s e t l er lims fr tp to bt 9 or 18 times resectively with e rs f the alms r e sides te hythenars f te als Wile kncng cncentrat te nd on the kncke locations and g te relaeFig 9 2) ) Proceed fr the last stance b the a l they gt ware then rub t e lns lubscra rions an s wit t r m 9 r 18 tims rtvl; tn r t a ack r tr si t lr lims 9 1 ims rs ivly Wi in mintain n rsi ns nnra th m n Fi 9 3) B Sple Ex
Patients it aralyss t le ims nntinece f 4
rine ad stools , sclar flaccidit , hpootonia , tendon h poreflexia or asence of tendon reflex a practise the Eercise of Eiching Qi and Bilding Constittion ( see " Anoral Aenorrhea 1 in addition to the a sic exercises
2. Patients with paralsis of the lower lis , incontinence of rine and stools , sclar spas and contraction , hperotonia and tendon hperreflexia a practise the Eercise of Strengthening F
Qi and nvigorating Yang (see "Astha
1 or the Pschoso 5
matic elaation Eercise (see "Angiitis asic eercises.
"
1 ) in aition to the
C oin for Attention
1. he eercise treatment introuce in this section mainly refer to te eerises for the lowpositione praplegia after the presre on the spinl cord is release. Howeer certn eercises intr ouce n this secton may e selecte n the treatment of highpositione parapegia anas te somereferene owpositione paraplegia cause y fragmentation of the spin or. 2. f paraplegi is ae y tuerulos s f pne erta in eerci ses introuce in this section may e eecte ccoringly for prac tice which is together with antituerculosis rug therapy enefitial to the recoery. 3 Pay attention to preentng frotte or e sore. 4 It is necessary to ep the pten e e isease m or massage the paralyze part wi rege mprtant means fo promoting circulation of Qi an loo an for functon recoery.
Pan n the eck , Shoer an Back Cinicly tis is a common isease which manfest tsef s pan maiy ote in the upper part of the ack inoling the neck an shouer It s l e fasciit is of the sholers an ack fasci iti of the souer n ne et frs et n Westen meicine. A ic Qigon g Eercie Te Sinew- frg Eerce
1 Wei uo Presenting the Pestle 0 tep leftwar with he lef foot to set the feet apart at shou er with wt the n hanging naturly he n nec p right eyes lighty open an ooking straigt ea ne k gainst the palate shuler reaxe wih elow rppng het tcke in an ack straightene men ntrcte n uttocks relaxe knees at ease an slightly ent feet et teaily on the gron and te whoe oy relaxe. 6
() Tun hands into Yin pams (pams facing the gound) a ift them sowy o shoude ee. Tu hands into YYang pams (pams facing each ohe) and aw hem towads each ohehe andchest. pu hem be foe nd togehe he ebows sowy to get the fingeips pointing upwad the pois haoshang (u 11) on the two humbs ouching each othe gen ig ty. Reax he shoudes and op the eows (Fig. 96) en pactising 0 take noma beath cam he mind and ex pe adopt abdomina iothe andiaction guide Qi to; whe fow opactising atian. () Dung inhag guideespiaQi o fow ou o the fingetips ete he nostis and go down to Dan ian. Duing exhaing guide Qi fom Dantian to the chest and then to the pams aong the Thee Yin Channes of Hand o fi he fingeps. Repea his fo 6 o espiatio. Caying he MoseVaquishing oe Acoss on the hou es. oee fom the as stance. Tun both hands sowy ino Yin pams (pam acg the god) and moe hem sidewise espectey to om a staight hoizota ie. imutaneous y if the hee sighy to stand on tipoes (th skied one may touch he goud with ony the big toes ). Cocenate th min ad ook xey ahead with the ches pued in ad h back staightened aome otacted ad butocks eaxed ad togue tuck against he paate (Fig. 97) Beahe natuay concentating the mi o aogong ( 8 ) and o he toes. Tu natua espiaion into ab domina espiation when one gets famiia wih he execse and concentae the mind on Laogong ( 8) when inhaing; an guide Qi to ow aog he Chaes of HanYagmg a ooYagmig to he tiptoes and cocentate the md o the ig oes o the e 17
when ehaling. Repea his for 918 respiraions.
g 97
3 Holding he Heavenly Gae wih Palms ( 1 .) Proceed fromhands he as sance ove boh ( in Yin pals) soy up fro he respecive side o draw an arch. Turn he Yin pas ino Yang ( pas facing upwards ) wih fingers of he o hands poining a each oher and he dorsa of he hands us abve Tianen (3 c above he fron hair line) as if holding e heaveny gae. if he hees siuaneously o sand on ipoes and o incline sighly g 98 sidewise o se he Yinqiao Sorehouse (he poin Huiyin Ren 1 closed a he same ie se he poin Huiyang ( U 35 ) open. Clench he eeh and res he ongue agains he pala e. Aply inwardvision o sare hrough Tianmen
ake fists , the arms falling slowly aong the srcina arc until
they are in the stance "Carrying a Monstervanquishing Pole Across on the Shouders, then urn nasal inhaling and mouth exhaling into nasa respiration and guide Qi down to Dantian The respiation should be fine, even, long, slow and continuous During inhaling, the mind is set on Dantian and gradually shifted to between the two palms low Qi.during inhaling When Qi is in circulation , let the mind fol Repeat this for 4 or 8 respirations 4 Plucking and Resetting the Stars ( 1) Proceed from the last stance Lift the right hand upward ad forward with the palm facing the sky, hen slowy ben the right el bow and wrist and draw the right hand sowly to the forehead, keeping one fist in distance between the finger tip and the forehead Lower the left hand simultaneously and rest the dorsum of i on the left side loinrigh of the ack the sight on nner Lao gong (P f 8) the of the am FigConcentrate
F Lift the left han o aout one fit off he forehead and lower
the right ne and res its dorsum on the right side of the loin of the back Concentrate the sight on Laogong (P 8 ) of he left pam ake nasa inhaling and mouth exhalin g and adjust the breath ev en While concentrating the mind on Laogog (P 8) of the raised hand, 1 9
mae Inne aogong (P 8 ) of te aised and te two eyes an Oute aogong (P 8) of te lowered and at te loin a staigt line As you exale and inale te loins of te ac fluctuate wit eac inaling and exaling Concentrate te attention on Inne aogong ( P 8) of te aised and wen exaling and on Outer aogong (P 8) of te lowered and wen inaling e mind te Inne aogong eyes and te loins of e ac sould move sligtly aong (P wit8)eteflcation Repea (1) and (2) fo 11 o 22 espiations espectively . Pulling Nine Oxen y ails ( 1 ) Poceed fom te last stan ce. ae te igt and off te rigt loin of te ac dop it sligtly turn it naturally into Yin palm and tst it foward nti it is p to te sould er level en ring te finges togete to fo rm a catcing an d wit te wist en a little te finges poining pwad to e ig and te strengt focsed on te te igt internal aove movements leg side taesof ate igwist step Along forwadwit wittete igt nee en e lef leg steces saig t to form a fowad lunge (te font leg is lie a ow and e ac an aow as in Ws o gymnastics) A e same time op te ef an an s i acwads to te lef wit te finge tips pt togete an te wis an e elow en e ig and is ed a e ee te eft am is madefoeead an angle an of 1tedegees wit te aiened eft leg (Fig 100) ( 2) Cange te last stance geti e left leg ent te ig taigened and te lef and up and te ig down in te same way as equied in (1). is execise needs also nasal in 0
Fg 100
aling and mot ealing. magine tat yor ands are in a line as if plling te tail of an o. Wen inaling , loo at te forward stretced and wi inward vsion and lean te ody acward a lt tle as if to pll te tail; wen ealing, loo at te acward stretced and wt nwar so and lean te ody forward as f dragging te ail. e forward a acward movements of te ody n coordnation flcation Qi in Daian a e lower are adomen , and ew legs e , was , ac , ofsolder and e el ows , too , moe or rae orres poingly to te orwar an acward movements. s repeaely for 1 respiraios. . ren e aws ad preag te Wngs 0 roced from e las stae . ae e advantage o e ac wardpllig , ge te fron en leg ac to stand wit eels toc g eac oer . aw ac te as an ol em a te pocondria wt e ners sra war and als facin e ront, to form montaitopplg pals. ( ) s te oatolng als slowly forwa. e forwar sg s ery e as sng a windo e. to e ps we te solers , elows and wrsts are a e sae level , ten separate e fngers forceflly , eep e oy straig , old e reat, open te eyes wely, loo strag aead wto any movee o e eyealls or even a lin, and concentrate te mnd o e als F. 0 (3 raw e moanolig alms a slowly l ey oc te ypocondria. e psing and raw for 9 or es . ae asal naling ad mot exali . ale we p sing gely forwar, old reat somewa wen te arms are straigt and egin to ps wt ore , o stretc e arms as mc as possile as if gaterng all te sreng to topple a montain. ale wen drawing te palms ac . oncenrae te attention on e two pals. . Nne oss llg ot ares 1) rocee from e las sac e. Rase e rigt an o raw a secircle ow ards te ac of te ead , apply te palm o Yzen gan (UB 9 ) at te occip , old and pll e tp o te left ear 1
(pont ancheng G 9) with the inde ddle and rng fngers and keep the shoulder and the elbow in a vertcal lne and the rght arpt open Abduct the left hand half a crcle leftwse until the back of the hand touchs the interscapula r regon Keep the left arpt closed ighly (Fig. 102)
ig 101
ig 10
(2) Pu dowm he rig hand and move i acward o res its dorsu aganst the nterscapular region. Raise the left hand siulaously to the back of the head wth the pal coverng Yuhenguan (G 9) and the hree fingers holdng and pullng the rght ear gently with the lef arpit open and the right closed tighly. hs eercse needs nasal inspiration and epiration. Wen ialing concentrate the nd on the tip of the lifted elbow which pulls upward a little and ove the head and neck n coordnaion wit h the mapulation of the hand. When ehaling concentrate the nd on the Outer Laogong (P 8) at te back of the hand at the nterscapular area and get Q down to Dantian. he eercses for 1428 respirations. 8. hree Dshes Falling o he Ground ( 1) Proceed fro the last stance Rase and stretch out he ars sidewise to for a straght lne at shoulder level wth the pals facing foor. At the sae tie the left foo takes a big step to the
lef o keep abo . 7 7 meers bewee the wo fee he distace ca be alered accordig o he height of he praciioners). (2) d he knees ad squa down slowly to from a horseriding sace, wih he chest tucked i, he back straighened, ad the a gle bewee he high ad shak beig 90 degrees. Simulaneously, he wo i palms press dow il the plams are a he kee level. e should be slow, head stregh seadily, wih moveme toe sk as e ad plae eyes exerted widely ope Fig. 103)
g
(3) r palms p io ag p alms. Picure hold ig somehig , move he palms pwards along wih he sraigheig movemet of he legs l ey are a ches level. e exercise 3 imes. Ihale by ose whe sraigheig he legs ad exhale y mouth whe squating do and le Qi dow o Daia. Cocerae the mid o he wo palms as if holdi ad pressig eavy higs wih he padow moemes of he ads. 9 he Gree ago Srechig o Is Paws (1) Proceed from he as sace. Wihdraw he lef foo back o stad wih fee apar a shoulders wid h. ur he lef palm o face he floor o form a "drago paw e jois of he figers be , he ceer of the palm hollow ad rod). By force of wais, draw e lef had backwards ad lefwards wi e ip of he elbow i he lead; a he same ime r e rgh palm o face he floor ad 3
into " dragon paw , take advantage of the backward drawing of the lft hand, strtc the right hand leftwards as if to rave the wind and th waves , to get the left Qin (iv 14) and the Yunen (u 4)closd points As open and right ones th left hand draws backward and the right stetches ef twards , turn the waist correspondingy and rela it as uch as possible , y which the Dai Channel (t Fg 104 Channe) can be trained to be as feible as silk and its tightness odeate ig. 10). the ight hand stetch the eft in (2) thehen saewithdraw way entioned aoveand Whicheve handrightwards is eing stetched eftwards o ightwards , one shoud u ur "Xu in cooperation and shoud trn the hea an eck aong with the oveents of the hands he eercise needs nasal inspiration and outh epiation Inhae during the process of withdrawing the eft hand and stretching the ight or vice vesa and send Qi slowy down to Dantian; ehale when the withdawing and stetching is ade to the utterost , whie ururing "Xu, scatching genty once with the thid seg-two ents of the ten fingers bent and concentating the nd on the pas. 10. he lying iger Pouncing on ts Prey () Proceed fro he ast stance. Shift the body wight to the ight foot, and ake a big step foward to the eft with the eft leg, to ake a forward unge Siultaneously stetch the hands f orward to set the fingers on the ground, with the pa centers hoow (beginners ay set the pals on the ground instead) and head raised sighty ig. 105 ) . 224
(2) Withdraw the left foot and rest its instep on top of the rigt hee ig. 105 (2». a pusup first and then lower the body nd withdraw the buttocks slowly (bending the hip joints and knees ) , with the eyes looking straight ahead, the waist relaxed as if a tiger ready to pounce on ts prey Fig. 15 (3».
ig 105
(3) Hold up the head, keep the chest 14 centmeters off the ground ad get the head , waist , buttocks and extremties moving 5
orward up and down lik wavs. Assuming a tigr rady to poun on its pry, gt th two eyes looking ahead and th waist rlaxed. Throw out t hst a littl whn th arms are straightend and tuk it in whn th arms are bnt. this or 816 times bore resu mng th srcnal orwardlunge stan. ( 4 ) Draw th lt oot ak and stand upright. Th right oot taks a stpaov rward and mak8 a 16 orward beright t sam or another tims lung. (this an rdud or mntiond te new larnrs. Rturn to th postur o t ltoot orwardlung and thn to th standng postur with t apart at shouldrs wdth. Th xrs rquirs nasal ispiraton and mouth xpiration. Whn th tw palms ar rstd on th loor i n a orward lung , rgulat t brath vn. Inhal whn th ody is raisd a nd hal wn it s lowrd durng th pus. Inhal and ontrat th adomn to gud Qi to flow along th Ren Channl to Dantian when withdrawng th ody; hal and gud Qi to low upward along th D Cannl wn waving the body orward. Conntrat t mind on an objt ahead and imagn to poun on it. nding th Wast and ating t Drm (1) Prod rom th last stan. Stand uprigt with t apart as wd as th sholdrs. () Hol t had wit oth ha nds , palms ovrng th ar s , th two mddl ngs agat ngan (UB 9) wit thr tps touhing a thr gntly. Th lw ar t an as t shouldr lvl Fig. 106(» Strik with th two indx ngrs at ungua U B 9) repeatdly to giv rumblings n th ars . s s alld atig th havnly drum. (3 tr strng, wt hands stll holding th ha, nd t waist slowly down as mu as possl to gt th had twn t lgs, wt t lgs straightnd, t wast and utts lad, th tng std on th alat and t tth lnhd Fig. 106 (» (4) Ris to gt th body upright and beat th heav nly drum again and bnd to rpeat th abovmntioned xerse or 1 times. 226
n pight standing pstr. nl piain dring cis. old bra slig ly n bnng dwn and ising (n can ld b cmplly on ising pid o practic). Cncnra mind n Danian n ng �n nd on wo palms n ising. 12 Wgging ad and Tail lasthsanc. Ps atands ad t1backPd o t m ad. K arms stcd sold lvl.m
(
1 106
2 C n ingrs with th lbows bnt and pams acing l. Wid t hands slowly towards t chs nil y a w ists aay rom h chst , thn ush m dwards i wist bn, t h palms rach th lor w lgs saignd. Pus crssd ands straight downward, by th lt and by h ig nc c, wih had nodding accordingly (Fig. I ) Sagn wais slowly and driv th hands ris. L g cssd ingrs. nal spiaion during racic. Kp nd n cn plms whil ushing t alms to t ground, and on ZZ7
the tip of the nose whie staning straight Ening the Exercise : roceed fro posture 12 (3) Lift the hans along the boy sies and slowly turn the finger tips to point to the the hans forwar to sky therpushost while slowly lifting the heels wt th front parts of the sols suor ing the body weight and turni the palms lftwards and r wars respectively en shoulders, lws and wrss frm two straigt arallel l s ,
g
move the to draw t rs eft ards and rightwars tively an hads then rst the ad s udr the arpits , wth the respec pals facing upward, and lowr te els and lf upwas the front parts of the foot soles Repeat th ending exercise for 7 ties an finally rsume th first osture of Wei Duo resenting the estle" When pratisng t d ing exercse , take ormal reath an iagine that Qi n ody s separated fr om t surrounings , gathere an stord t Dtan Tes 12 sic exercises are better to e practise one after ano therthe in tr order, which will enableandQi coorinatively in all the channels of odyorginal to circulate systematically course , one may select an pr acts on or mor e exercises acc orng to ones own nee one practises the 12 exercises all togete, 3 7 times prctice for each exercise is enough for new learners B uemen xeises
1. atients with aching pain, heaviness an numbness n te back and shoulders may ractis the Exercis of Sontaneous Moveent (see Adoinal Mass" 1) adtion to the basic exrcises 2 atients with ain in the ack an shoulers , raiate pain n 8
the neck and the upper arms , and lmitaton of movement of the neck and uppe ars ay practise the Massage Exercse for Rela xing houlders (see apulohumeral Perarthrts" 2 n addtion to the basic exercses. C Poin o r enion
1. eep the affected pats am. not let the sholders and back aggravate be exposedthe hen sleepad ng.reduce vasion nd anresult cold ahogn may dsease the of therapeutc of exer ses. 2. Ne leaners of the basc exercse ( the newTransformng Execise) should not pursue forcefully the dered respratory rsult of threadiness , evenness , slownes and prolongat on n order to avoid i stagnation.
9
i on C llisthenics nd ion Obesit Relief
gg llt eep-fit Qigog and Qigong isthes inude the two as pecs of dynam exerises nd stti exeises , whi may bring about heathy and strong onstitution. Dynam exeises re retive to stati exerises , the therapeuti nd heath keeping resut of te two spets an not be divided. Indeed , dy nami exerises and stati exeises ompement eh other. Heath-keeping Qigog stati exerises f to three tegories : Qi irulation and movemen, nd onentrtion nd g, nd seeping exerises. Heath-keepg Qigong dynami exeises ude sew-trns ong exerises , bode exerise in eigt forms , broade exerise in tweve forms , et. Hee , simpe nd ommon series of Qigong isthens for heathkeeping nd figure-buiding pupose is intro dued. 1 Pessing the Top of te Hed nd Tnquiing te Mind (1 Chse the sitting o standng posture. Push nd rub the foehed from Yintng poin (xt 1 to the font hirine with the
K
23
m d of t rt gmnt of t tumb. Rt t for tm. Durng uing nd rubbing tk norm rrton nd concntrt t mind on t ar bing rubbd. (2) Procd from th l t tanc. Pu and rub t for d from t urciary rc of t ybrow to t front r ln wt t alm id of th firt gmnt of th middl fingr Rt t for 7 tim. W uing ndr rubbng tak norm rton nd contrt t mnd on th bng rubbd. (3) Procd from t t tnc . Wt th m id of th frt gmnt of t dd fngr r nd knad Taiyang ont (Extr 2) for mnut; tn u from Tiyang (Extr 2) to Touw ( St ) n Tw ont (St ) or ; t n rom To (S ) to Bu (Du 2) nd r knd Biui oint (Du ) for mnut ; t tn r nd knd Fngfu (Du 16) for 1 mnut. W ng rng nd kn d t norml rrtion nd concntrt t mind on t b d nd knd. () rod from t tnc. r nd knd t Sncong ot t 6 ) w t ttogr t of um , nd , mdd nd rng ngr of on nd for mn W ring nd knding tk norm rrton nd oncntrt t mnd on Snong ont. () rod from t t tnc . Put t rgt n on to of t t nd ovr t to of t d t oo n ) o t to nd ontng t B on ) o mnt. T norm rrton nd concntrt t tnto on t tot r xo of t body nd t mnd. Wn nng tor Q n t owr Dntn; w xng mgin tt gut of wrm Q flow dowwrd from B ont (Du 2) to t owr Dntin long t Rn Cnn (Fg ) ot T bovntroducd xrc can nvgort t crua to o Q nd bood n t d nd fc which my mrov comon nd dy t wrnkl to aar in t fc. d t xrc t fficcy of trnuilizng t mnd crng wy rtfir nd trngtnng th brn. 31
2. ubbing the Head and Cobing the Hair (1) Choose the sitting or standing posture . Stetch and sepaate the fingers of the two hands natually, ub the head with the stretched finges and pals fo 81 ties. While ubbing, take noral espiation and concentrate the ind on the areas being ubbed. (2) Proced fro the last stance. nd the ten fingers and cob the hai and the backwards side ooff te the bent upwards fingers fo teples with to thethetopdorsal and back the tips headoffor 515 inutes till a war, cofortable and relaxed sensation is fet on the head. While combing , take nora spia tion and concentrate th mind on t aras (Fg. 109) being combd.
g 8
g 19
3 Poced from the ast stance. Stretc the gers natually, push and ub the head , with the fingers and pals , fo the forhead to the occiput , then to the neck. epeat this for 14 ties. While rubbing , take noal respiat ion and concentrate the ind on the areas being ubbed. ote : The aboveintodu ced exercise has the efficacy of promo ting blood circulation of the scalp, thus ensuring nutrition supply to the hair and enabing the hair to becoe lustrous . Longte pac 3
tice of the exercise ay bring about the therapeutic result of ourishig the hair , relieving itch of the scalp , seborheic baldess , abundant dandruff, broken hair and lighteg of the hair color. 3. rubbig the Eyelids and Moving the Eyeballs ( 1 ) Choose the sittig o standing posture . Press and knead Sizhukong (SJ 23 , Tongziliao (G 1), Sibai (St 2 , the iner and outer respetively with the thubs or the iddle fingers. noralcanthi respiation and cocetate the id on the points ad tryTake to feel the sensations produced Press ad knead each point for 3 0 se cods. ( 2 Proceed fro the last stance. Make holow fists with out bending the fingerpam jot of the index finger. ntly scrub the uppe and lowe edges of the eye orbitsside andofthe the radial theeyelids iddle with seg ment of te index finger for 2 tmes respectively Take norma respiration and concerate th mind on the area being scru (Fig. O ( 3 Proceed fro the as stance. tkead ingmng Fig points 3 utes with the(Utps1 )offothe1 thub and the ddle finger of one hand or wth the thub tips of two hands. Take noral respiraon and concentrate the nd on the relaxed eyes and the sensation prduced by the anpulations. (4) Proceed from the last stance. Move the eyeballs clockwise fo 9 circles and counterclockwise for 9 circles. Take noal respiration and image that a rng of light circulates following the moving pupils.
(5 Proceed fro the last stance Rub the hands wth each other 33
ti they get wared and then cover the eyeballs with the wared pals , letting the Laogong points (P ) point at the pupils , for no less than 3 inutes. Take noral respiration , orthodroc abdoi nal respiration or antidroic abdonal respiration. When inhaling , iagine that Qi flows into the pupils and when exhaling, Qi flows from the pupils to Dantian. ote circulation This exercise effectcultivating of regulating viscera , pro oting of Qihas andt he blood, vital the Qi and tranui lizing the ind. Fro the point of view of Western edicine , this eercise may promote the oo ratn of the eyes and nourish the optic nerves Longter prctice of this exercise ay iprove vsion, prevent eye diseases and eep flashing eyes even in the old ages. . Plling the ars and ating te Dr Choose the sitting or standing postre. Genty hold and twist the with then rband theconcentrate auricles with the hees hands for fingers times for Tae mnte normal an respration the nd on the auricles. ( 2 ) Proceed fro te l stane. Hold the ear lobe wt the thub and the index finger one n each hand, and pl the ear lobes downwards for ties. Then grp the pper part of the helixes ddle ingerswith and the pullindex thean up wads for 14 ties respectively. Take noral respiation and oncentrate the ind on the pulled auricles (ig. 111). ( 3 ) Proceed fro the last g stance Block up the antru au rs (ear hole) with the tip of the ne fingers respectvey, ove the finger tips clockwise and counterclockwise for 14 circes respe 234
tvely then make 4 smultaneous gentle nsertons Take normal respraton concentrate the mnd on the ner part of the two ears and lsten carefully to the sound of the hand manpulatons (4) roceed fro the last stance Cover the two ears wth the two hands one on each and place the fngers on the occput wth the roots of the palms facng the front and Laogong ponts ( 8 pon tng at the ear olesand ress and reease the ears forears tmes Take normal respraton cncentrate the mnd on the (5) roceed fro the last sta nce Knock on the occput rhythm cally wth the ndex and mddle ngers stop knockng for 3 0 sec onds after every 3 tmes o knockng Knock the occput for 2 tmes Take normal respraton concentrate the mnd on the occput and carefully lsten to the lngerng sound n the ears ote Ths exercse has the e fcacy f renforcng the kdney n vgoratng the kdneyQ mprovng udton and refreshng the bran and mnd Longterm practce of ths exercse may brng about a good resut n treatng tntus and deafness and n relevng dzz ness In the pont o vew o the Western medcne ths exercse has the effect rrtatng the audtory nerves nd reguatng the central nerves 5 Kneadng ngxang ( 20) and Rubbng the asa Lateras ( ) Choose te sttng or standng posture ress and knead the lateras of the nasal bone from the upper to the low er wth the frst segments of the thumb and the mddle nger oe hand or wth te frst segment of the mdde fngers of to hands or 7 tmes Then press and knead he pos 6 cm beow the nner canthus and ngang ponts ( 20) for 3 mnutes respectvey Take normal respraton and concentrate the mnd on the parts beng kneaded (2) Proceed from he last stance ake hoo sts wth the frst segments of the thumbs touchng the second segments of the ndex fngers ub the nasal lateras round ngxang ponts ( 20 ) wth the dorsal sdes of te frs t segments of the thumbs for 3 mnutes Take normal respraton a nd concentrate t e mnd o the parts beng rubbed (Fg 2). (3) roceed from the last stance ress and knead the ponts 0 3 35
m below and lateral to te two wings of te nose respetvely wit te tips of the iddle fngers of te two ands for 1 mnute. Take normal respraton and onentrate te mind on te parts being kneaded. ote Ts exerise as te ffiay of improving t blood irulation n te nose ar and inreasing te resistane to di seases of te uppr respratory trat. Protrated prat of tis xrise may nsure a in osprsis prvent ommon od
Fg
and bringisaout godligb trput Tis exrise spay for thost wonarero pronrintis. to ommon old. 6 lidifying t Tet and Rnorng t Kdy (1) Coos te sittng or stdng pstur Cm d t d and tap t uppr tt wt t wr ruly r 36 tms T normal respiratin and magn tat t mor you tap t tt te mor solid yur tet wll beom. (2) During bowe movement and urnt t tt t norma rspiraton and imagin tt t r r ng vauatd wt rspiratn. ot Ts xrs s t fft vigrtng t kidneyQi nd soldifying te tt ongtrm pat s xris may solidify t tet prevnt toot oosenss ane tota and brg about good tera putal efft dtpts prttt d dribbing urnation. 7 Rubbing and Kneadng t Tmps and t fa R gions (1) Coose te siting or standing postur . Prss and knead a 36
guan oints (St 7) and Jiache oints (St 6) with the ti of the two middle fingers respectively for 1 minute. Take normal resiration and concentrate the mind on the oints. (2) Proceed from the last stance . Press and knead the temoro mandibular areas with the major thenars of the two hands for a while then ut the center of the alms on the temoromandibular regions one on each resiratio side and oen and cose the times Tae normal d cetate the mouth mi onforthe7 aeas being kneaded. ( 3 ) Proceed from the la stance Put the major thenas a gaist th mandibles one on each side with the thumb tuchig the lower angle of the mandibles and the rear area of t he earlobe and the alms covering tem oromandiblar regionstheScb the temoomandibula egios for 2 times or till local warmth is felt (Fig 113). ote This exercise has th effect of relaxing the mscles mg lood circulation and lubricatg he t g
g 3
term srengthen ractice ofthe ths exercise may temoromandibla joits ad revent dysfuncto d dislocation of them. What is more it has some efficacy on the sequela f fcial araysis an aolexy. rom the oint of view of the Western medicine this exercise has he effect of im roving blood circulation in the temoromndibula areas strengthen he masseters and maintain a oer relaxationtention orde of he tem oromandibular joints. 8. assaging and Kneading the Face (1) Choose the sitting or standing posture. Gently massage and 37
knead the face with the ajo thenas of the two hands fo 3 5 inutes . Take noal espiation • concentate the nd on the aeas being kneaded and lax th facial uscles. (2) oceed fo the last stance. Rub th pals with each othe then with the waed hands scub the forehead the lateals of the foehead the tepls and the entir ace (the inor thenas put against the nose) spctively nuts or tiion the facthe getlatals waedof and slightly flushed. fo Take3noal espiat and concentrat th nd on th ara bing scubbed. ot Ti xecis e ha th fect of nvigoatig th low of Qi and blood and nouishing th facial scls and ski. Westrn edicine holds that assage on the face ay poote blood ciculation of t facial aeas ipov its skin spiati on increas its tabois get id o the agd pithelial cells ad r a a good antiaging xecise in keping th ace ealthy ad bati . T ancient Cies also hld th iilar vw ayig tat Th ac rve a the window of th ind .. . • longte scubbing and assaging the face til it gets wad each tie will get the face lustros and no winkles or speckles will appear on th face. Five yars' assage pactic ay keep a yog ady' ac hi excis seves as th ain on in kping acia baty. t alo ha t effect on pventing coon cod ad protcting vision. 9 Tuning the eck and Looking Aound Chooe th standing postue . ut t hands against th waist with arms akibo t thubs in font ad t rst or ingrs coveing Shnshu point UB 3» d t ck orward backward leftwad and ightwad spctivly or mint. Take no ma espiation and elax the neck. (2) Proceed fo the last stance. Slowly tun th head and neck round fo one cicle te lan the had forcefully forwad and lft ward followd by rightward and backwad with the ys looking aso rightwad and backward. Stop o a whil and do the sae trg xcis in an opposite diction. Turn th ead ad the nck or 2 tie espc tively. Take noal espiation and concntrat t ind on the laxation of th neck. 38
( 3 ) Procee fo the last stace. un the waist leftwar a backwa with the neck as an axis to lea the ubar vertebae an look at the left heel. Keep this postue fo 3 espiations. the irection. sae exercise the opposite epeatin the execise fo 7 ties espectivey. Take noral espation a relax one sie of the neck while contract the other (Fig 4) Note : This execise has the effect of strengtheing the ten
ig 114
os an muscles the improving neck its flebility. Longterm praclubicating the jointsof an tice of this exese may strenghten the muscles an igaents of the neck ense flexible oveet of the hea an neck ipove its bloo cicuation a prevent cervical spoylopathy. This execise aso has cetai pevetive an theapeutical efficacy o stiffneck etrogae affetion of cervial veteba an pain o the shoules neck an back an lubago. 0 Movig the Shoules a As hoose has faligthe naturally on the()boy sies.the Liftstaing the eftpostue shoulewith while loweig ight the vice vesa. Practise this exercise fo 2 o 42 ties. Take nomal respiation an concentrate the min on the relaxation of the shoues to the ost extent (2) Pocee fo the ast stace. otate the shoulers in one ietion fo 2 o 42 cicles the i the opposite ie ction fo anothe 2 o 4 2 circles. ake oal espiation an cocetrate t he min on the relaxation of the sholers. (3) Procee fo the last stance. Sta eect with as akimbo 39
and chst slghtly bulgd. Mov th lft shouldr forward whl th rght backward, thn vc vrsa, for 2 or 42 tms. Tak noral rspraton and concntrat th mnd on th rlaxat of th shoul drs. ( 4 ) Procd fro th a stac. Lft th hands uard and forward palms f cng th body atwth thth chst hght and th lbows bnt sghtly, as f holdng a bg bl. Chag th Mnor un Shou to Major un Shou (wth palms facng ach othr, prolong and shortn th dstanc btwn th two pams) (Fg. 5). Rpat th xrcs for 3normal 5 mnut or or. Tak rpraton and concntrat th nd on th rlaxaton of shouldr. g ot Ths xrcs has th ffct of rlang th mucls , promotg blood rcuaton , drd gng th channls and lubrcatng th jonts Longtr practc of ths xrcs may toughn th shouldrs , prvnt and trat scapulo humral rarthrt , facts of th nck , shouldrs an d back and
panffcacy n th on uppr arms. Itcrvcal als has om prvntand vstffnck. and thraput cal nrvroot spondylopathy . Rubbng th Hypochondra (Costal Rgons) Pattng th Chst ( ) Choos th tdn or sttng postur. Prss and knad u n ponts (Lu 2 ) , Zhongfu ponts (Lu ) , Rugn ponts (St ) , Zhangmn ponts (Lv 3)and Qn ponts (Lv 4) wth th palm for nut rspctvly. Tak noral rspraton and concntrat th mnd o th onts. (2) Procd fro th last stanc Rub th hypochondra from h 2 40
upper rib down to the anterior uperior iac pine with the two plm(one on each ide) for 7 or 1 time. Take noral repiration and concentrate the ind on the area being rubbed. (3) Pro eed fro the lat t ance. Pat the ide of the chet a long the mammillary line from the upper part down to the 7th epicotal end with the two hollow palm for 1 time. Take noral repiration concentrate thelat mindtanc. on th Rub region Proed from the the being chet patted. along the Ren ( ) and hannl from th upper part down to the lower with on pal for 1 time or tl the area b eing rubbed get wared. Take normal repi ration and concentrate the min on the area being rubbed. (5) Proeed from the lat tnce . rub the hypochondria (c otal region) from he upper part down to the lower for 2 or 42 time. Take noral repiration and concentrate the nd on the area being crubbed. ote : Thi exercie ha the effect of rlieing chet tu ffine regulating Qi cculation a nd oothing the lie r. Longter practie of thi xrie my kp h doer broadinded and pleaant and my wll reent and treat emotional depreion fullne and tuffi ne in the chet and bypochondria chet pain due to tagnation of Qi cough and dypnea. It alo ha certain ffect on the preention and treatment of chronic hatiti holecytiti and cholelithiai. 1 Pining h Point and Rubbing the Knee Joint (1) Chooe the itting poture. Pinch and kned the inner and outer condyle Yinlingquan (Sp 9) and Yanglingquan (GB 34) and he two Xiyan (xtra 36) with th tub on on ide and the ret four finger on the other repectiely for one minute. Take noral repiration and concentrate th mind on the point. ( 2 ) Proceed from the lat tance. Rub the knee joint with the palm (one on eah ) till the joint get warmed. Take normal repi rtion and concentrate the mnd on the relaxation of the knee joint . 3 Prod frm th lat tance. Put the palm on the two knee cap one on each then re nd knead the kneecap clokwie for 1 circle followed by counterlockwie for anothr 1 circle. Take normal repiration onentrate the mind on the relxation of the 4
kneecaps and imagine that a heat sensation is generating in te knee joints and gradually the nee joints are full of heat stream. Note This exercise has the effect of relaxing the muscles , promoting blood circulation a nd warming up the channels. Longterm practice of this exercise may prevent and treat arthritis , chondroma lacia of the kne ecap , patellar ligament injury , injury of infrapatellar fat pad and chroc traumatic synovitis It alsojoint has and somepoliferative therapeutical efficacy on meniscus injury of the knee arthritis. 3. Rubbing the dy and Invigorating the Skin Function 0 Choose the sitting posture . Rub the anterior , outer , posteri or and inner sides of one arm with the hand (palm) of the other side, then vice versa, till the areas being rubbed get warmed. Take normal respiration and imagine tat te heat in Dantian is flaming and spreading, from the lower part t te e all vr the body. (2) Proceed frm the last stance, ru the chest and the abdomen straight from te upper part down to the lower with the two palms till the areas being ubbed get warmed. While rubbing , take e same respiration and mind imagination as that in () ( 3) Proceed from the last stance. Ru with tw palms the loins , the sacral parts and the buttocks from the upper to the lwer till the areas being rubbed get warmed. While rubbing , take the same respiation and mind imagination as that in 0 (4) Proceed from the last stance. Change the sitting posture into the standing. Rub the antrior , oter , posterior an d inner sides of the lower limbs , till the aeas being rubbed get warmed. While rubbing , take te same respiration a nd mind imagination as that in 0 (5) Proceed from the last stan ce. Rub the dorsal p art of the left foot with the right hand, and vice versa, till the areas being rubbed get warmed. Then twist the toes one ofter another, 35 times fr each. While rubbing , take the same respiration and mind imagination as that in 0 (6) Proceed from the last stance. Rub the two palms wt each other till they get warmed; then twist the fingers of one and wth the other 3 5 times for each finger ; still then , hold and slide the 4
fingers one afer anoe 3 5 imes or more for eac inger Wen rubig sing and siding ake e sam resiraion mind imagination as ta in ( Noe: his eercise as te eect of romoig e circuaion of bd and Qi dredging e cannes and vesse reguaig funcion of e viscera nourising e seen and kide ou gening e genera cnsiuion Lng-em racice of his ercise may improve e compeion an e figure of e pracitors I as a good evenive an eapeuic effe on erosis cuis sk) and uius
term practice of ts exercs may eep the practitioers cle ided ad ealthy. It as good prevetive ad trerapeutic efficacy o dysphoria wth feve rish sesatio i te chst , palmsisoa ad soles,and dizziess, ve tgo, papittion, ad t also has some ffet n lowerg the blood pu Tis exercs serves n te ain exerces for n het of t dda n old people and f tnt t yprtnsion and t s
g 116
Qigong Obty Rlif Ob b epositon of fat te body. W n ntk tn ndd, t xt nutts may be tras fo nt t t n t tu nd suutnou arts, utg in obesity. n, n' bodyas wgt s 10% o tan sGenerally stndadn, bdy gt s taen "over wegtd , and 20 % o , ng o�ty. Obity ay oc ur t any age gups , o tn in rons above 40 yeas of ag ad ore ofte n oen tn n n. Qigong obesity lef t x, nudn postues , rspiration ad n nntton , y pondigy ipov th funtion t gt t f tose with obesty. Dung te course of prtsng t xs , t pratit oner soul reduce o sp ung n fftvly control th n 44
tae of et What is moe, these exercss may regulate the fun tions of the espiatory, circulatory and endocrine systems d coo date the functios of othe systems Wth the nomal consumption of the exta fat i daiy activities and th pactce o the exercises, obesity ca omaly elieved, beauty canbe restoe a diso des ca be prevented and cued ( )Paparation. The ThoracicAbdominal Respiraton Exercise Choose the standing postu with feet apart as wide as the shouldes , shouldes exd , elbows dropd , chest pulled i, bac staightened, buttocks slighty contracted, ees staightened and elaxed, toes clutching the gound, espiation na tural, eyes looking stgt fowad o slightly closed, dstactions expelled, left palm (fo men, rght palm fo women) on the lowe abdome with the nn Logong point (P 8) coveing th lowe Dantian and the ight pam (fo mn, eft pam fo women) put on the cest th ogong coving point (Renwith 7) (F. 117). Stand thispont way, (P stil8)ad elaxed,Tahong fo wle, th tp t upp t wt h ow o 36 times, fol owed b strng the sv n mou wt t tongue a then swallow th saliva in 3 times , 1/3 each time While swallowing the savliv, magne tht t savv s beig caied to th chest fist then sowly nto ntian. Stn st nd cam for while. ( 2 ) Thoacc-Abdon ston. Inhalng , stck out the cest and pu n th o bdomn (Fg 18 ) ; w xhalng , pull the chest bugxrcs th low abdon to te60 most (Fig 9)in Rpeat theand espiat xcis fo 30 inhalations nd xhalations usualy 40). The spd o espiration is smila as that omal spiration, nd the espiratio should be slow, hthmic ad speedstady wt no uposful xetion of force This exercise can also be pactsed n stting, ling-supine wit nees bent ig 20) nd wakng posus.
25
g 117
g 118
g U9
Fg
Pusigubbig t Cst. Coos t stadg sittig or lyg-o-bac postu. Pus ad ub t cst fo t rigt sid to te lft t the igt pal Fig. 12 for 36· ties th vic versa ith t lft pal for aotr 6 tis. Ta ora respatio. (4) Kag-ubbg t Abdo Tag t ubilicus a t ctr ead ad rub t abdo clocis it t igt pa for 6 ccls Fig. 122. kad ad u it outocis it t left pa fo aot 36 cs. 2
Fig 2
ig 22
ote This exercise , producing waved moveent of the chest and abdomen upon respiration may press and massage the dgestive an respiratory organs , which can , during the course of exercise pr c tice, reduce or reieve hunger, control et ntake, iproe norl digestion and absorption, increase oxygen intake, regulate the fution of viscera and thus reduce the extra fat. It serves as one of the main exercises in controling diet intake and relieving obesity. This exercise s to be practised ony wen one fees ungry. nerally , 3 days' practice may enabe the practitioners to feel no hunger or diminish the hunger, and when hunger is no longer felt the whole day , stop practising this eercise . If dizziness , nausea or ekness occur in the course of practice, they may disappear gradually with continuous practice. And if the hunger is stil severe with some un toward reactions , stop the practice of this exerci se. 2. The Abdomina Respiration Exercise ( Preparation. Sit on a chair or a stool the height of which should allow the knees to form a 90 angle and the sole to touch the ground. Put the feet apart as wide as the shoulders . Slightly clench the right fist and hold the right fist with the left hand ig. 123 ( 1 Then, put the ebows on the respective knees, gently close 2
the ees , place the togue agaist the palate , bed the waist ad bow the head, ad put the forehead o the radial side of the bet i dex gers ig 23(2» Or, lie o bac with the legs crossed, cross the idex , middle , rg ad ltte figers of the two hads ith the tips of the two thumbs touchig each other, put the hads o the lower abdome (ig. 24) ad regulate the respiratio to be eve ad expel all the dsrcos
(2) F 23
F 24
2
(2) Abdoinal Respiation. oceed fo the pepaation stance . Regulate and concentate the n on espiation: tae an inhalaton and then slowly exhale wth the whole ody elaxed and the eala tion being theady, slow, even and polonged, an siltaeously iagine that the ialed ai is flowin into and then ot of the loe abdoen along wth the exhalaton Oy afte the exhalaton is ex haustedbeay the inhalation ththetheexhalation inhalatonshould and exhalation shoul theady, slow andbegin. eve (ut e polonged while the ialation shotened ) , ay huy o exeti on of foce should be avoided. Whe fullness in the lowe abdoen is sensed, hol beath fo 2 seconds afte each ialaton followed by exhalation, aing the espiation be inhaleholdexhale". The espiation is coodinated with abdoinal oveent : inhaling , i is being sent to the Lowe Dantian, the adoen is slowly ulge and the lowe abdoen is full of i; and whle ealng, the abdoen is slowlyPactise pulled in. chestfodoes ot ise and fall with the espation. this The execise 30 ntes. ( 3) scending Qi and Refeshing the ain. oceed fo the last stance Slowly open the eyes , aise the hea , staighte the waist and sit on the cha stll and cally. ush and b the fo ehead fo the iddle pa of eyebows o the fontal hai line with the palma side of the index and the ddle finges of the two hands fo 24 times (Fig. 25) ; then fo the middle of the foehead late ally to the temples fo 24 times (Fig. 26 ) ; still then otate and knead theub teples wih the fo 24fo tiesthe(Fig. ; lastly push and the lateal sidesthubs of the head font27) to the ea , aong the Gallbladde Channel with the tips of the sidebyside in dex, iddle, ing and litte finges of the two hands fo 24 ties espectively (Fig. 28) , followed by otating the finge tips on the side of the head clockwise and counteclockwise fo 24 cicles espectively. ush and ub the left sde of the head fst fo ale and ight side fist fo feale.
49
Fg
Fg
Fg
(4) Rotate-rub te abdoe (Fig 2) se ad couter 2
clockis fo 36 cicls spctivly. Rub the pals ith ach oth and b th fac ith th ad pals to end th ecs. Note This cis is to b pactisd ainly ding the cos f dt intak contol ad obsity lif 2�3 tis a day. Whn pactising es piation fllnss abdoinal of th loe abdon ding inhalation de pnds on ndvdals ov ton of foc shold b avoidd and th whol pactice of this cise should follow th pincpe o feelig cofotabl" with o stuy sensation. Ate pat
g 2
g abdoal spiatio cis st al and stil o ee a wle beoe sloly opng t y and one the eye a ope pactise eeciss (3) and (4) idi atey to avod dzzess ad malaise. Thi eece has th ect of egulating i of th ppjiao (eatQi and lun gi) elehing th vital and nab ling an tia to be ull o i and sevs as an ipotant xcis in dit in ta oo ad obeity ee 3. T xece o Rotatig th llHolding Hads ) Ppaaton. Stand eet body natually laxed th a (wde a the houde th wth handsthealling on th apat body ds bath oalized dittions epelled eyes closd ad th tongue put against the palate (Fig. 29). (2 Veicay Holdng ad Twisting an Iaginay ll ith th Hands. Sttch th hands natually n font of th cht ith th lft hand at th hight of Tahog point (Rn 7) and th lft thb poting to it whil th ight a th hight of th bilicus and th ino thna of the ight hand facing it if th pactition is a f al (hag th positions of the to hands in al). t th 25
pams facg each other as if verticay hoing a b. Igine tat the Yin-Qi ad YagQi are circuatig beteen te hans. Tke an inhaation and imagine that Qi is ent to antian, ie exhaing, iagine that Qi is sent into te space (the imaginary ba). ss and reease the ba with intinsic Qi, for severa times t Qi-trac ting and drawig and seing sensation i fet in the pas. us an tistight th and imagnary ba,the it te eft o and and the fooing oveent the rotatg eft, for cokise 25 circes the nubers of rotation of te a at te height of Tahong (Ren Then push and tit te ba countercocke for 30 cires (the nube of ottion of te an at te heigt of the u biicus) (Fig. 30). Take nt eition and concentate the n on te enation e te to pas. Hod the ba fo a ie efe e eei
Fg
Fg
(3) Taneey Hoing an Titing an Iagin it the Hands. Lift the han upad n for it te f ing eac other and te to tub t te eigt ong oint (Ren ) a if tanvee oing a b. k n ntion and imagine that Qi is sent to ntian, te tke extion an iagine tat Qi is sent into te b (te sae beteen te pa) 252
Press ad release the imagiar ba for several thimes til the Qi tractig ad drawig ad swelig sesatio is felt i the palms Push ad twist the ball th the left ad rotatig cockse ad the right had movig correspodigly for 25 circles (umber of rotatio of the left had) the with the right had rotatig couter cockwise ad the left had movig correspodigly for 0 circles (umber of ad rotatio of the right hado ) (Fig 11palms ). TakeHold ormal respiratio cocetrae th mid he two the imagiary ball for a whie bfore ed te exrcise 4) Rotatig the Su ad the Moo Lift the arms i frot of the body with he left arm at the hegh of Tiatu poit (Re 22 ad the right a Sheque poit (Re 8 as if holdig a object i the arms (the left arm is o op of the object ad the right arm is sup portig the object) Take a ialato ad imagie that Qi is beig set to Datia the take a xalaio ad imagie hat Qi is beig set o the space theoftwo palms Pushcotractio ad pul the with itrisic Qi tillbetwee the force chest-abdome adarms se satio of Qi are felt i pal Tu he left had clocwise ad move the right had correspodigly wi e forearms horotally drive to move accordigly for 25 ccles (umber of the circulatio of the left had) Repeat the same exercise coutercockwise fo 0 circes (umber of the circuatio of the right had) (Fig 132) Resume th preparatio posture rub the had with each other ad rub the face with th wared a o d the xercise Note : the Thisitrisic exerciseQi has thbody effectwit of evirometal balaci Y adad Yag mergig of te rep ishig the itrisic Qi with the vast essece of the heave ad the earth ad serves a oe of the exercses of obesity rlief t ca e able the practitioers o keep balace of Yi ad Yag of the boy regulat the viscera ad proot h circulatio of Qi ad blood thus playig a vigorous effect i cosoidatig the result of obesity relief ad stregtheig the costitutio
25
g
g
T StllSttng n Q Noursng xrcs
( 1 ) Prpara ton St urgt on a cair th heiht of wch should nabl t kns to orm a naural 90 anl with th soles fl on t floor t et apart at shoulers widt and the ths and th trunk formng a 90· anl too Put t rgt and on top of t lft (r l ; n c vrsa for female) with te minor tnars o t two nds agast t lowr abdomn and th pal facin t clng rct t had an neck pull in the ower jaw sraihten t c n waist relax th shoulrs pul l in e chst slily clos t ys and month and put the tonu aainst t palat (Fg 133) Crosslged sittn postur s also lgbl (F 134). (2) Mnd Concntraton and Rspation Rulat t rspration tl it becoms slow trady evn prolond and naural tn concenra t min on Dantn and lstn uily o te sound o rsraton til l the practitionr can ar notin nly tn concntrat e mind on xlaton Wl xalng rlx t ol body part atr prt from to ft Wn t wo y s to rougly rlaxd tak norml rsprton n tt t stnc of te body bcomes indist nct Practs ts xrcs or 10 30 minutes 25
g
Fi
ot Ths xrs , hh nourshs Q and rgulat the nd n a alm stat , has th ft of strngthnng th vtal Q and rp len shng ssn and srvs as an mp ortant xrs n obsty relef and onsoldaton o th rsult of obsty rlf. ung obesty re , ths xrs s usully to pratsd 3 tms a day , 0 20 mnuts ah tm; and durng th ours of onsoldatng the reslt o obsty rl, 2 3 tms a ay 30 mnuts ah tm e. Ths Qgong sty Rl xrs has a good thraput effa y on sm osty and sml osty ompad wth metabol dsturan and th no obvous untonal hang of th nrvous and ndorn systms . As to th sonary osty usd by suh dsass as dsordrs n nphalon and tutary, go and see th dotors to gt th prmary dsass urd. aus th ndvdual df frn and th dffrn of auss o osty vry rom prson to prson th dt nta tms and daton o xrs and othr physal atvts should adjustd and modfd aordng to the slf prptons durng th ours of pratsng th xrs. Ponts for Attnton () et Inta. ae food (l ss than usual ) only when the pra ttonr wth obsty fls vry hungry, and ta nothng whn h or sh dos not fl hungry. 255
(2 Practis te exercise in ine wit te reements in trms of te practising times and duration Avoid excessive ractice (3) Activity of oter pysica eercise soud adustd accor ding to te individua conditions , and avoid overoig it drig te cors of Qigong exercise Te woe set of igong Obesity eief Exercise incuds for
subexercises : ( 1 ) Te ToracicAbdomina Exercise (2 T Abdomina Respiration Exercise, (3) Respiration Te Exercise of Ro, tatig te Hodng Hands and (4 T StSitting and i Nourisg Exercise Gneay, exercise (1), ( 2 a (4 are cosen in oesity reief, and wen obesity is reieved to a desird x tet, coose (3) and (4 to consoidate te resut, to repenis Qi and to strengten te constiution Carefu seection of te exercises and instructions from Qigong doctors are important sure not to see obesity reief aone and bindy In case evere maaise appears , stop practising te exercise and eek e doctor' advice
2
Peveion and reaen Qion Devaio
gong devatons , also called devatons of Qigong eerces , reer to the abnormal phenomena and adverse reactons emrged n the corse of Q gong exercises , whch can not be controlled by the practtoners themselve s and ay case menta and physcal agony.
Q
A ai o Eercses
The Brocad Exercs n Sx Forms (L Duan n) 0 Strtchng t Hands to Shut the Cave or. t feet apart at soders wdth wth the tos pontng inwards to form inerted splayfeet , the wast and legs straght , eyes lookng straght ahead , mnd concentrated on Dantan and breath natural (Fg. 35 ) Lft the two hands with palms dowwards to th two sides of the chest , and push forwards slowly as shttng a door. Then stran the wrsts and the ten ngers to exert tracton to the tendons of the arms, 0 tmes (Fg. 3) (2) Strtchng ms and Shruggng Shoulders. Proceed from the last stance. Turn the arms sidewise n opposite di rectons and keep them at shoulder level, palms facng upward as f carryng a shoulder pole. Stretch the arms backwards and smutanosy shrug the shoders (Fig. 37) ths 0 tmes. (3 Pressg Gr d Gently. Draw the hands bac k to the chest and 25
h h h sids of he highs wih pas facig d as ad h figs f he piig sideads ad sa a ite ress dowwads forcefuly times (Fig 38).
F
F
F
dig Ove to Touch Dan (Genuine Q). h gs
saigh ad h ais fowad Wih pals facig dwwads , 25
coss th ltntly whil prssing th hnds down to stro tims Fig 9) (5) olding Mont ihng by nds. Fom th lst stnc n th plms pwrd s i to fish o somthig nd lit thm slow ly o hong Rn 7) with th bc strightnd . Addct th pls a sttch th rms slowy pwrds ovr th top of th hd plms pt t sholds width. hn sttch th rms nd plms oclly upwds s i to hold up mont tims Fig ) 6) Schig h lt with Hnds Altrntly. Pocd from h s stnc Low th lt m towrds th front nd simult nosly sntch s i to g somthing Withdw th lf hnd to th chst nd sntch wih h righ hd Rpt this tims Fig )
139
g 4
g 141
2 Th Doyinmsg ci o Rgug Do Yi Mo io i ng (1) Pushing th Forhd. Pushrb th ohd with th for ings clos to ch othr othr thn th thmbs of th two hnds rom h midpoint o th two ybrows pwrd o th ront 259
hairine , 24 50 ties. Then pushru b fro the idpoint of the forehead to the two templs 2 4 50 ties. The rspiation shoud b een , fine and ong. Push hard when exhaling and gently whe inhaling with the in concentrated on the sensation of beneath the fingers. (2) neading Taiyang (Extra 2) nead Taiyang (Extra 2) coun terclockwise for sensation 2450 ties the iddle fingers. Concntrate the ind on the of Qiwith beneath th fingers. (3) tng the Fac. Rub th face with the two pals , starting fo the idpoint at the forehead sidewards , then downwards , ad then upwards alon the sides of the nose back to th forehead for 24 50 ties , with breath natural and nd concentrated on the sensa tin of Qi beneath the pals. (4) Cobing the Hair. Get th fiv fingers separated ad curved slightly. Cb the hair with them for 2450 times , startig from the front hailine backwards , with th tongue proppd agaist th palate, breath natural ad nd concentratd on the sensatio of Qi beneath the fingers. (5) Sweeping the Gallbladder Channel. Get th four fingers (o ther than the thub ) close to each otr ad slightly curvd. rapeswep with th figertips alog th Gallbladder Ch fro above the ears backwards towards t back of the head ith ind concentrated on the sesation of Qi bneath the fingrs and the respiration even and log. rapeswep backward 5 0 times dur ing exhaing and suspend th mapulatio duri ihali, for lto gether 7 10 respiatory cycles. The kad digitaly th poits Jiaosun (SJ 20) and Hayan (GB 4 several times. ( 6) Rubbing the ck of the Had. terlock th fing ers of the two hands. Clasp the occipital bone with the roots of the pals and rub the back of the had fro the upper to th oer with the nd concentrated on the snsation of Qi beneath the plms. Rub 5 0 ties during exhaling and suspend th apulation during inhaling. for altogether 70 respiratory cycles (Fig. 2) (7) Dredging engchi (GB 20) nead the point Fengchi (G 20) gently with the thubs 5 times during eac inhaling and exhaling for 60
aoghr 4 siaory cycs Thn ith h thubs an nex an i finrs cnch toghr, ta on ngchi gnty fo 30 s 8) Massagi iahu G 0) n th ha forwar sighy b th back of th neck aong its iine with the fist segen of h fo fings of ihr han fo he o of h nck ownwars fo xhaing, an( stop4 th rubbing uing nhang. 7 is his for 8ing siaory cycs
142
43
( 9 ) Massaging the ood Was. ose the four fngers oh than h thub ) of te right hand an rub wt te fis th ofbood wae rgionssgns on h si he nck. During exhaing, rub the e sie th eft si fst n ae an the rght se rst fea ) , fro unr the jaw ong th strnoeoastod sc own to the aice g 144 sto th rubbing uring nang ig 44) hn change has and rub the other se o te nek. 61
) Patting th Shouldrs and As with Fists. Mak a hollow fist with th lft hand and pat th extrnal internal and antrior sids of th right ar fro th shouldr to th wrist 35 tis re spectively. Then pat the left ar with the right fist in the sa way. ) Pushng the Chest to Reglat Qi. pushng assag with th right pal strting at thand iddl pointthe of anp th chest lftwards times during hling suspend ulaton durigfor in aling this for rsprtory cycs. Conduct th sam to t ght sd o th chest with mind concntration following th hand mnipulations 2) Rubbing the pochondrum to owr Qi. This is don d rng xhaling with the two plms doing pushing assage starting from th arpts to th respctiv sids of th abdon for 5 tims 3) nang th Abdon. Appy t right nd to Zho ngwan Rn 12) rion and ov th hand cockws nd counterclockwis t nad t abdon or 36 times rspctivly. 4) Psng th Adomn iquy. pushn massag with th four fingers or th who palms of th two hands starting from t ipoid rocss along th bdoinl midlin to th puic sympysis for 3 6 tis and thn do it starting fro th xiphoid rocss pusing the hands apr sidwis and obliuely downward or 6 tms ) Pounding th Waist Trn hands nto holow fists and pound wit tm the two rna rgons and t luosacra portion 36 tm spctivly. 6) Rng the Rnal Rgions R the two pals with ach otr til thy ar hot thn rub with th t lumr and renal r gons from th uppr to th lower ntil ths regions gt wared. ( Pshruing th Uppr mbs. Sit upright. Pc th right hand on th rght thigh with pam supin. Pushrub with the ft palm the ntrn sid of th right ar from th upperost down to th pal long th Three i Channls of Hand. Thn turn th rigt hnd pron nd pusr with th ft pal th back of th 262
righ ar aong he Three Yang Channes of Hand fro he ight dosu o shoue , for 7 ies Rub he ef for anoher 7 ies ( 8 ) Pushrub bing he Lowe Libs Si on bed , put the ef hand on op of he righ go in and he ig h hand on he oue side of he righ high Conduc pushing assage along h The ang Channels of oo o he foo Then ov h pal he inena side of hedownwad eg and conduc he pulling assage frot h foo along he Thee Yin Channels of Foo up o he upperos of he hgh fo 7 ies Rub he ef high and eg for anoh 7 ies B ulemen Eeses
. Practiiones wih unuly flow of Qi and boo which causs dizziness , suffy ches , shor breah , unconroled shake of the ody and libs , panic or even syncope during or after pracising Qig ong exercises , ay pacise he paing ercis of tng t head , back, lower exreies or ches and abdon h upp por ion o he ower , and pushrubbing he uppe and owe bs n addiion o he basic eerciss 2 Paciioners wh disoder of Qi c causs pa n , heaviness , aching , sweling , sufiness , ighns , thickn may pracise he folo wing assage execises , in addiion to th basic c ses () Pracitioners h tndress a th t of h head may pres and knead ihui poin (D 20) and Fengu nt D , opn Tanen (push and rub h lines on he forehd m dd poin of h eyebrows o the hai rline) , pus and u Ka gong (h uppe edg of he eyebrow ) , push and ub aiyang poins (ra 2 ) , knad Dahui poin (D 4) and pa th D and Rn Chaes fro he upper porion o he lower (2) Praciionrs wih eaviness an d ighness n he orehad ma open Tianen (push and ub th lins on he forehad from h md dle poin of he eyebrows o he hairine ) , puh and rub Kangng (h upper edg of he eybrows push and rub Taian (r 2 ) , knead hui ( D 20 ) , rs Jingng (VB ) nd pat the Ren Channel fro he uppe porion to he lower 263
3 Practitioners with swelling and pain arond Dhi point ( 14) may press and knead Dazhi (Du 4) , Feng{ ( ) , Fengch ( GB 20 ) izhong (D ) and pat the Du chanel and the Urinary Bladder Channel fro the pper portion to the lower. 3 Practitioners wh o sense the cont inos leakin g of Qi ot of the body fro the anterior and/or posterior pdend or soe certain botheseles, points , and the soe leang c an not be by the, practition rs syptos likecont lossroed of weight weakness , palptation, short breath, spontaneos perspiation and nght swea tin following the episode of Qi leaking, ay practise the following exercises acco rding to the part wher Qi leaks () Cases with leakage of genine Qi fro the pepend and ans ay add he Exercise of Contracting the pdend and ns (o Yin Ti Gang Gong ) : Take the standing , sitting or lying postre Relax he whole body, get rid of distractions and inhale slowly and nasally , and at the same time contract the abdoen and ans , prop th tonge ainst the paate and concentrate the nd lightly on Baihui (Du 20). During exhalng, guide Qi to flow downwad to Dantian and concentrate the ind thre. ths for 9 respiratory cycles. ( 2) Cases with leakage of genine Qi fro the hands and feet should a the followi ng exrcise : Take the crosslegged si tting o the lying spine postre with th toes of the feet bent, the hands in hollow fits (the thumb orlapped or the back of the for fingers) nd pt at the sides of the abdoen at the sae leel of the nael Inhale slowly and iagine that Qi of the hands and feet is conerged in Tahong (Ren 7). During exhaig, get Qi down to Dantian. hs fr 9 or 18 respiratory cycles (3) The practitioner ay rub any palces whee he feels leakage of genuine i and carry ot patting and rbbing aplations in the direction contra y to th flow of Qi. For exaple , if there is leakage of Qi from the anus , one ay rub the lbosacral potion pa fro the lower to the upper alon the D Channel. this way the leakage of Qi wil be relieved. 4 Pratitioners who hae eal iage, phonis, hallcination 64
or photism durin g or after practising Q igong exercises which can put the practitioners in a trance or cause mental derangeent may practise the Exercise of efreshing the Mind and nducing esusci tation in addition to the basic exercises he Exercise of efreshing the Mind and nducing esuscitatin: First push ianmen and angong and knead yang (Extra 2 ) , ihui 20) and Fengchi (G B 20 ) then p the tip f the fie fingers and the root of the nails ; and finaly pat and rub the upper and lower extremities along the Yin Channels and Yang Chaels an pressknead Quch ( L ) , Hegu (L ) Neigan (P6) and Shenmen (H 7). 5 As the ital Qi in the body grows increasigy becmes mre focefully and combats the pathogens more igrously during the course of practisi ng Qigong exercises the pathoges ay die to a certain part in the body causing discomfort i that part Pat ting pressing and kneading that part and pushng rubbing alng the correspnding channel (s ) to drie the pathogen ut of the bdy are the way to treat te Qgog deviation of this knd C Point for Attention
Practise the Qigong exercises 3 times daily he exercises should be started as soon as the symptoms occur til they are allei ated or disppear 2 Discotiue te eerises at g ive rse to the deviations find out the cause of them and begin practising the exercise for correcting the deiations f the conditon is serious definte diagnosis by a Qigong therapist is necesary and the patient shuld do whateer the therapist advses. 3. me sensations such as discomfort pain sourness and numb ness may not necessaril y be Qiagong deiations. hey ay be the phenomenon of tiding which occurs in the course of Qigong practice The proper way is to find out the cause and proide poper treat ment Unnecessary doubts and menta burden should be a oided 4. n cases ith severe Qgong deiations such as leakage of ge nuine Qi and mental derangemet guiding of Qi with outgoing Qi of the therapist should be aoided because the outging Qi from others 5
ay activate the Qi activities of the patient hisef and ake the proble ore coplicate or aggravated. In soe practitioners , the conditions of their inesses ay becoe ore severe whenever they counicate with those who are skile in Qigong practice. The reason is that their own Qi activities are triggered by Qi of the skiled. Special attention should be paid to this pheno enon. sidessspisions active treaent keep lighthear ted,5 reove and take, the partpatient in soeshoud ore recreationa and physica activities. voiding concentration of the ind on the place where one fees discofortabe is helpful to he iproveent of th syptos. D of igong Deviio
. Failure of seection of the proper Qigong exercises which should be based on the overal anaysis of t he practitioners constitu tion, ex, age and the types of diseases (e g cold, eat, deficiency and excess For exapl , if a patient as a heat syndroe of excess t� those exercises which have the efficacy of replenishing ang sould nevr be selected. 2. Failure to find a quaified Qigong doctor for the guidance of practice ; iproper practice of Qigong exercises ; curiosity and quick change of ind in the pracice of Qi gong exercises ; or overanxiety for quick results , which leads to the proper practice of Qigong exerses. 3 Those , who are oversspicious of Qi function , Qi activity and phenoena occuring during practising Qigong exercises, ay have ideologica probes weighing on the nd wch can lead to Qigg devitions. 4. Failure of proper regulation of the body ( adjustent of posture , of proper reuation of breathing and of proper re gulation of enta ativities (ind oncentration , which eads to the disorder of the functional activities of Qi; or ailess change of Qigong exercises , whih ay lead to eotional and ideologica disorder and disorder of i 5 Failure of proper treat ent and contiuation of practisig Qigong eercises after the practitioners get frightened during prac 66
tiig or have emtioal iaion befoe pacising Qigong exerci e 6 lid guidce of the fow of i o aie ss guidance of intrnic i to go out of the durig pacisng Qigong exercises.
26
Appendix
Th
H-TJ . ' I ( � I
\ �
. . , I )�/\ J
'
"
,
'
i H-Y.
'"
\
\
I
t
\
\
\ I
I I ,
The G S
�- / !
r
/
Distrib ution o f th e Fouten Ca nels ( Latera )
68
The u Chnnel
T Re Chan l .
o H-,
en Th K C of FSy
Ditib ution o te Fouteen C annel
6
,
Th S mte Chd,o H- Tay
Dsbuion o f the Foueen Channels (Pos erior )
27 0
Apendix n
. Dtuton o the dy Point (Lateral)
1. Tongiliao 2 . Fegchi Huaiao 4. Fegshi 5. Yangingqan 6 nnangxe 7. Xahog Qiu 9. Yiingqan 10 nnjiao 11. ngsun 12 Yinbai
2
20
Distributon of the dy Points neo
Bihui 2 Yiag 3 Siai 4 Suliao 5 Tiau 6 Sahog 7 Zhogwa 8 Shuife 9 Sheque 0 Qihai Guayua 2 Zhogji J 3 Tiashu 4 C 5 Que 6 Niguan 8 Liue 2 hoho 9 She 20 Shaosha 2 1 Laogog 22 24 Yiua 2 5 yijiao 2 6 T 2 7 Gongs 28 ngjia 2 Yiai 30 Zusai awei 32 Neiig
7
strbuton o the dy Ponts
1. Sidu 2 Zhigou 3 Waiguan 4. Guanchong 5. Tantu 6. ui 7 su 8. Fengmen 9. Feishu 10. Jueyinshu 11. Xinshu 12 su 13. s 14. Yishu 1 5 . Ganshu 1 6. Danshu 1 7 Pishu 1 8 Weisu 1 9 njiaoshu 20 Mingmen 21 Sehu 22. Qihaisu 23. Dachangsu 24 Guanyan 25. Ciliao 26. Pangguangshu 2 7 Biah 28. Cengfu 2 9. Yn 30. Weiyang 3 1 . Weizhong 32 Yingu 33 Chengsan 34. Hand-Wangu 35 Ho 36. Saoe
2
